131
132 133
134 135
136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161
162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169
170 171 172
173 174 175 176 177 178 179
180 181
182 183
184 185
186 187 189 190 191 192 197
198
Algebraic, extrcmal & metric combinatorics, M-M. DEZA, P FRANKL & I.G. ROSENBERG (eds) Whitehead groups of finite groups, ROBERT OLIVER Linear algebraic monoids, MOHAN S. PUTCHA Number theory and dynamical systems, M. DODSON & J. VICKERS (eds) Operator algebras and applications, 1, D. EVANS & M. TAKESAKI (eds) Operator algebras and applications, 2, D. EVANS & M.'i'AKESAKI (eds) Analysis at Urbana, I, E. BERKSON, T. PECK, & J. UHL (eds) Analysis at Urbana, II, E. BERKSON, T. PECK, & J. UIIL (eds) Advances in homotopy theory, S. SALAMON, B STEER & W. SUTHERLAND (eds) Geometric aspects of Banach spaces, E M. PEINADOR and A. RODES (eds) Surveys in combinatorics 1989, J. SIEMONS (ed) The geometry of jet bundles, D J. SAUNDERS The ergodic theory of discrete groups, PETER J. NICIHOLLS Introduction to uniform spaces, I.M. JAMES Ilomological questions in local algebra, JAN R ST'ROOKER Cohen-Macaulay modules over Cohcn-Macaulay rings, Y. YOSHINO Continuous and discrete modules, S.H. MOIIAMED & B J. MULLER Helices and vector bundles, A N. RUDAKOV et at Solitons nonlinear evolution equations & inverse scattering, M. ABLOWI'IZ & P. CI.ARKSON Geometry of low-dimensional manifolds 1, S. DONALDSON & C.B. THOMAS (eds) Geometry of low-dimensional manifolds 2, S. DONALDSON & C B. THOMAS (eds) Oligomorphic permutation groups, P. CAMERON L-functions and arithmetic, J. COATES & M.J. TAYLOR (eds) Number theory and cryptography, J. LOXTON (ed) Classification theories of polarized varieties, TAKAO I.1JJITA Twistors in mathematics and physics, 'I'.N. BAILEY & R J. BASTON (eds) Analytic pro-p groups, J.D. DIXON, M.P.F DU SAUTOY, A. MANN & D. SEGAL Geometry of Banach spaces, P F.X. MU)LLER & W. SCIIACIIERMAYER (eds) Groups St Andrews 1989 volume 1, C.M CAMPBELL & E F. ROBERTSON (eds) Groups St Andrews 1989 volume 2, C M CAMPBELL. & E F. ROBERTSON (eds) Lectures on block theory, BURKHARI) KULSHAMMER Harmonic analysis and representation theory for groups acting on homogeneous trees, A. FIGA-T'ALAMANCA & C. NEBBIA Topics in varieties of group representations, S.M. VOVSI Quasi-symmetric designs, M.S. SitRIKANDE & S.S. SANE Groups, combinatoncs & geometry, M.W. LIEBECK & J. SAXL (eds) Surveys in combinatorics, 1991, A.D. KEEDWELL (ed) Stochastic analysis, M.T. BARLOW & N.H. BINGHAM (eds) Representations of algebras, H. TACHIKAWA & S. BRENNER (eds) Boolean function complexity, M.S. PATERSON (ed) Manifolds with singularities and the Adams-Novikov spectral sequence, B. BOTVINNIK Squares, A R. RAJWADE Algebraic varieties, GEORGE R. KEMPF Discrete groups and geometry, W.J. HARVEY & C. MACI.ACIILAN (eds) Lectures on mechanics, J.E. MARSDEN Adams memorial symposium on algebraic topology 1, N. RAY & G. WALKER (eds) Adams memorial symposium on algebraic topology 2, N RAY & G. WALKER (eds) Applications of categories in computer science, M.P FOURMAN, P.T. JOHNSTONE, & A.M. PITT'S (eds) Lower K- and L-theory, A RANICKI Complex projective geometry, G. ELLINGSRUD, C. PFSKINE, G. SACCHIERO & S.A STROMME (eds) Lectures on crgodic theory and Pcsin theory on compact manifolds, M POLLICOTT Geometric group theory I, G A. NIBLO & M A ROLLER (eds) Geometric group theory II, G.A. NIBLO & M A. ROLLER (cds)
Shintani zeta functions, A YUKIE Arithmetical functions, W. SCHWARZ & J SPILKER Representations of solvable groups, O. MANZ & T.R. WOLF Complexity: knots, colourings and counting, D J.A. WELSH Surveys in combinatorics, 1993, K. WALKER (ed) Locally presentable and accessible categories, J. ADAMEK & J. ROSICKY
Polynomial invariants of finite groups, DJ BENSON Finite geometry and combinatorics, F DE CLERCK el at Symplectic geometry, D. SALAMON (cd) Two-dimensional homotopy and combinatorial group theory, C. HOG-ANGELONI W. METZLER & A J. SIERADSKI (eds) The algebraic characterization of geometric 4-manifolds, J.A. HILLMAN
London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series. 184
Arithmetical Functions
An Introduction to Elementary and Analytic Properties of Arithmetic Functions and to some of their Almost-Periodic Properties
Wolfgang Schwarz Johann Wolfgang Goethe-Universitt t, Frankfurt am Main Jurgen Spilker
Freiburg im Breisgau
CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS
Published by the Press Syndicate of the University of Cambridge The Pitt Building, Trumpington Street, Cambridge CB2 1RP 40 West 20th Street, New York, NY 10011-4211, USA 10 Stamford Road, Oakleigh, Melbourne 3166, Australia © Cambridge University Press 1994 First published 1994 Printed in Great Britain at the University Press, Cambridge
British Library cataloguing in publication data available Library of Congress cataloguing in publication data available
ISBN 0 521 42725 8
To OUR Wives DORIS and HELGA
Contents xi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . preface xv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acknowledgments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . xvii Notation Tools from Number Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Chapter I 2 I.I. Partial Summation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2. Arithmetical Functions, Convolution, Mdbius Inversion Formula 4 15 1.3. Periodic Functions, Even Functions, Ramanujan Sums 19 1.4. The Turin-Kubillus Inequality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I.S. Generating Functions, Dirichlet Series . . . . . . . 25 . 31 1.6. Some Results on Prime Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7. Characters, L-Functions, Primes in Arithmetic Progressions 3S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 1.8. Exercises . . . . . . . . . 43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Photographs .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Chapter II
.
.
.
.
.
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, I
11.1. Motivation
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
11.2. Elementary Mean-Value Theorems (Wlntner, Axer) . . 11.3. Estimates for Sums over Multiplicative Functions (Rankin's Trick)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
4S
46
.
49 56
.
11.4. Wirsing's Mean-Value Theorem for Sums over Non-Negative 65 Multiplicative Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II.S. The Theorem of G. Halasz on Mean-Values of ComplexValued Multiplicative Functions . . . . . . . . . 76 11.6. The Theorem of Daboussi and Delange on the Fourier-Coefficients of Multiplicative Functions 78 . . . . 11.7. Application of the Daboussi-Delange Theorem to a Problem of Uniform Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 82 11.8. The Theorem of Saffari and Daboussi, I. . . . . . . . . 11.9. Daboussi's Elementary Proof of the Prime Number Theorem 85 11.10. Mohan Nair's Elementary Method in Prime Number Theory 91 .
.
.
.
.
.
.
- vii -
Contents 11.11. Exercises
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Chapter III
Related Arithmetical Functions . . . . . 111.1. Introduction, Motivation
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
93
.
97
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
118
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
121
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
III.S. On a Theorem of L. Lucht . . . . . . . . 111.6. The Theorem of Saffari and Daboussi, II 111.7. Application to Almost-Periodic Functions 111.8. Exercises
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
111.2. Main Results . . . . . . . . . . 111.3. Lemmata, Proof of Theorem 2.3 111.4. Applications . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
98
.
.
.
.
101
.
.
.
.
.
104
.
.
.
.
.
110
.
.
.
.
.
115
.
.
.
.
.
117
.
Chapter IV
Uniformly Almost-Periodic Arithmetical Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IV.1. Even and Periodic Arithmetical Functions . . . . . IV.2. Simple Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IV.3. Limit Distributions IV.4. Gelfand's Theory: Maximal Ideal Spaces . . . . IV.4.A. The maximal ideal space 0B of ,$U IV.4.B. The maximal ideal space 0., of Bu IV.S. Application of Tietze's Extension Theorem . . . IV.6. Integration of Uniformly Almost-Even Functions .
.
.
.
124
.
.
133
.
.
139
.
.
142
.
.
.
IV.7. Exercises
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Ramanujan Expansions of Functions in 8" . Chapter V V.1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V.2. Equivalence of Theorems 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.S . . . . . .
.
. . . . . . . V.3. Some Lemmata V.4. Proof of Theorem 1.5 . . . . V.S. Proof of Lemmas 3.4 and 3.5
V.6. Exercises
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . .
.
. . .
.
.
. .
. .
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
. . .
.
. . .
.
.
.
147 .
155
.
.
IS6
.
162
.
165
.
.
.
.
.
.
166
.
.
.
168
.
.
.
171
.
.
. .
142
.
.
. .
123
.
. . .
.
175 .
.
Almost-Periodic and Almost-Even Arithmetical . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . ... . . . . Functions VI.1. Besicovich Norm, Spaces of Almost Periodic Functions VI.2. Some Properties of Spaces of q-Almost-Periodic Functions
178 184
Chapter VI
.
.
- viii -
185
186 197
Contents
VI.3. Parseval's Equation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VI.4. A Second Proof for Parseval's Formula . . . . . . . VI.S. An Approximation for Functions in S1 . . . . . . . VI.6. Limit Distributions of Arithmetical Functions . . VI.7. Arithmetical Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . VI.7. A. Mean-Values, Limit Distributions . . . . VI.7.B. Applications to Power-Series with Multiplicative Coefficients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VI.7.C. Power Series Bounded on the Negative Real Axis VI.8. A 2 q - Criterion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VI.9. Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Photographs .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
206
208 210 212 21S
215
218 221
224 229 231
Chapter VII The Theorems of Elliott and Daboussi 233 VII.1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 VII.2. Multiplicative Functions with Mean-Value M(f) * 0, Satis.
fying
II f 112 < CO
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
239
VII.3. Criteria for Multiplicative Functions to Belong to 21
243
VII.4. Criteria for Multiplicative Functions to Belong to 2q
251
VII.S. Multiplicative Functions in Aq with Mean-Value M(f) $ 0 VII.6. Multiplicative Functions in ,4" with Non-Void Spectrum VII.7. Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
257
.
.
.
Chapter VIII Ramanujan Expansions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIII.1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIII.2. Wintner's Criterion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIII.3. Mean-Value Formulae for Multiplicative Functions VIII.4. Formulae for Ramanujan Coefficients . . . . . . . . VIII.S. Pointwise Convergence of Ramanujan Expansions .
.
.
VIII.6. Still Another Proof for Parseval's Equation VIII.7. Additive Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIII. 8. Exercises
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
261
266
269
270 271
276
.
280 284 289
.
.
291
.
.
291
.
Contents
Chapter IX Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, II IX.1. On Wirsing's Mean-Value Theorem . . . . . . . . . IX.2. Proof of Theorem 1.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IX.3. The Mean-Value Theorem of Gabor Halasz . . . . IX.4. Proof of Proposition 3.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IX.S. Exercises Photographs Appendix
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
A.I. The Stone-Weierstrass Theorem, Tietze's Theorem A.2. Elementary Theory of Hilbert Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A.3. Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . A.4. Tauberian Theorems (Hardy-Littlewood-Karamata, Landau-Ikehara)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
303
309
.
313
315
. .
315 316
. .
.
298
311
.
.
294
.
.
.
293
.
319 321
.
.
A.S. The Continuity Theorem for Characteristic Functions A.6. Gelfand's Theory of Commutative Banach Algebras A.7. Infinite Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
323
A. 8. The Large Sieve A.9. Dirichlet Series
329
.
Bibliography
Author Index
.
.
.
.
.
. .
Subject Index . . . Photographs . . . Acknowledgements
. .
. .
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
. .
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
. .
.
.
.
. .
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
.
. .
.
327 331
333
.
.
325
.
353
.
.
.
.
.
.
357
.
.
.
.
. .
36S
. .
.
.
.
367
.
Preface
This book is an attempt to provide an Introduction to some parts, more or less important, of a subfield of elementary and analytic number theory, namely the field of arithmetical functions. There have been countless contributions to this field, but a general theory of arithmetical
functions does not exist, as yet. Interesting questions which may be asked for arithmetical functions or "sequences" are, for example,
the size of such functions, (2) the behaviour in the mean, (3) the local behaviour, (4) algebraic properties of spaces of arithmetical functions, (S) the approximability of arithmetical functions by "simpler" ones. (1)
In this book, we are mainly concerned with questions (2), (4) and (5).
In particular, we aim to present elementary and analytic results on mean-values of arithmetical functions, and to provide some insight into the connections between arithmetical functions, elements of functional analysis, and the theory of almost-periodic functions.
Of course, standard methods of number theory, such as the use of convolution arguments, TAuBERIAN Theorems, or detailed, skilful
estimates of sums over arithmetical functions are used and given in our book. But we also concentrate on some of the methods which are not so common in analytic number theory, and which, perhaps for -
xi -
Preface
precisely this reason, have not been refined as have the above. In respect of applications and connections with functional analysis, our book may be considered, in part, as providing special, detailed examples of well-developed theories.
We do not presuppose much background in these theories; In fact, only
the rudiments of functional analysis are required, and we are ever hopeful that mathematicians better acquainted with this theory may provide yet further applications. In the Interest of speedy reference, some of the material is gathered in an appendix to the book.
Our book is not intended to be a textbook. In spite of this, some of the chapters could be used In courses on analytic number theory. Both authors quite independently, have led courses on arithmetical functions, and the present text is - In part - an extended version of these courses, in particular of lectures on arithmetical functions given in Frankfurt
am Main and In Freiburg Im Breisgau in the 1992 summer term to third- and fourth-year students.
Our book presupposes some knowledge of the theory of complex functions, some fundamental Ideas and basic theorems of functional analysis and - on two or three occasions - a little knowledge of the theory of integration. Some acquaintance with elementary number theory would be helpful, and [sometimes] a good deal of patience in performing long and troublesome calculations Is demanded.
An attentive reader will notice that certain techniques are used again
and again, and this may be Interpreted as a hint to develop these techniques independently into a universally applicable scheme. We have
attempted to do this for one particular case in Chapter III, where a general theorem on "related" arithmetical functions is presented with some applications. The underlying idea is to replace multiplicative arithmetical functions by "related", simpler ones. Thus, It is often possible to reduce proofs of complicated theorems to simpler special cases.
- xii -
Preface
The main topics of the book are the following: - a study of elementary properties of arithmetical functions centered on the concept of convolution of arithmetical functions; - a study of mean-values of arithmetical functions, In part by simple, in part by more complicated, elementary methods, and by analytic methods;
- the study of spaces of arithmetical functions defined as the completion of the spaces of even, respectively periodic, functions; - the characterization of arithmetically Interesting functions (in particular multiplicative functions) In these spaces: we discuss Important theorems by P. D. T. A. ELLIOTT, H. DELANGE and H. DABOUSSI. The more general theorems of K.-H. INDLEKOFER 11980] will not be proved In this book, and INDLEKOFER's "New method In Probabilistic Number Theory" (1993) will not be dealt with.
The idea of presenting a book on arithmetical functions grew out of a series of papers presented by the authors, beginning in 1971. Our aim was to replace some number-theoretical techniques, as far as possible [for us] by "soft" techniques that are more common in mathematics.
The papers mentioned and this book itself are an attempt to draw together number theory and some aspects of main-stream mathematics.
We have tried to write the book for third- and fourth-year mathematics
students rather than for specialists In number theory, and we have tried to produce a book which is more or less self-contained. Exercises
of varying degrees of difficulty are given at the end of most of the chapters. These are Intended to provide material leading to greater insight Into some of the methods used In number theory by applying these to more or less special problems. "Pictures" of arithmetical functions give some impression of the behaviour of [well-known] arithmetical functions. Hopefully, visualization of arithmetical functions will be helpful for some readers; mathematics is abstract, but concrete, two-dimensional geometry can illustrate abstract - xiii -
Preface
Ideas of arithmetical functions. Of course, those diagrams that Illustrate inequalities are not intended to be proofs for these inequalities; proofs could be provided by any first-year student, by means of the TAYLOR
formula, for example, or using similar techniques. However, in the authors' opinion, a diagram is both striking and convincing, while an exact proof is often tedious. The relevant literature on the topics treated in the book is enormous, and we thus had to omit many important and interesting results from the bibliography. However, an extensive list of references is given, for example, in ELLIOTT's books.
There are many books which deal with arithmetical functions, some of which we list below, although we feel that there are distinct differences between these and our own book. K. CHANDRASEKHARAN [1970]; his Arithmetical Functions deal with analytic aspects of prime number theory, making use of the properties of the RIEMANN zeta-function and of estimates of exponential sums, P. J. MC C ARTHY's Arithmetical Functions 119861, and R. SIVARAMAKRISHNAN, Classical Theory of Arithmetical Functions, 119891.
Texts covering topics similar to ours seem to be those by P. D. T. A. ELLIOTT (1979, 1980a], J. KUBILIUS [1964], and J. KNOPFMACHER
[1975]. Many interesting aspects of a theory of arithmetical functions may be found in the books by G. H. HARDY & E. M. WRIGHT 119S6 ], L. K. HuA 119821, and T. APOSTOL 119761.
Preface
Acknowledgements
The authors are solely responsible for any errors still remaining. However, they are grateful to Rainer TscHIERSCH for generous assistance with some proof-reading. The manuscript was written on an ATARI 1040 ST Computer, using the word processing system SIGNUM2 designed by F. SCHMERBECK, Appli-
cation Systems, Heidelberg, which in the authors' opinion seems to be suitable for the preparation of mathematical texts.
The diagrams, intended to give some indication of the behaviour of arithmetical functions, were produced by the first author, using the PASCAL-SC system (A PASCAL Extension for Scientific Computation)
created by U. KULISCH and his group at the university of Karlsruhe (version for the ATARI ST, A. TEUBNER Verlag); this said author alone is responsible for programming errors or inaccuracies.
The cartoons at the beginning of each chapter were designed by the artist ULRIKE Dt1KER from Stegen, and we are grateful for her kind assistance.
For help with photographs and permission for publication we are grateful to many mathematicians and to some Institutions (for example Miss VORHAUER (Ulm), The Mathematisches Forschungsinstitut Oberwolfach, The Librarian of the Trinity College, Cambridge and many others). Their help Is acknowledged on page 367.
Finally we wish to thank the staff of Cambridge University Press, in particular DAVID TRANAH and ROGER ASTLEY, and an unknown lector
for their help and patience during the preparation of this book. Wolfgang Schwarz & JUrgen Spilker,
August 1993
Notation a) Standard Notation for Some Sets
N={
1,
2, ...
}, the set of positive Integers,
No = IN U {0) z = ( ..., -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, ... }, the set of Integers, Q = { b ; a, b E 7L, b * 0 }, the set of rational numbers,
the set of real numbers, C the set of complex numbers, real [imaginary] part of z C, Re(z), lm(z) B(a,r) = { z c C; Iz - a( < r the set of prime numbers, 9' [the letter p [in general] denotes a prime] u(,v4) is the number of elements of the [finite] set s4, is the [additive] group of integers mod m, 7L/m7L x (7L/m7L) is the [multiplicative] group of residue-classes mod m, prime IR
E
to M.
b) Divisibility, Factorization
gcd(a,b): greatest common divisor of [the integers] a and b; often also written as (a,b); lcm[a.b]: lowest common multiple of [the Integers] a and b,
din: d is a divisor of n, d 4 n: d does not divide n, pklin: pk is the exact power of the prime p, dividing n: pkIn, but pk+i n, pv,(n) n= gives the prime factor decomposition of n according to pin
the fundamental theorem of elementary number theory, P(n) denotes [sometimes] the maximal prime divisor of n. c) Some Notation for Intervals and Functions on IR
[13] denotes the greatest integer s B (where 0 is real), (B) = B - [B] is the fractional part of the real number B, - xvli -
Notation B0(13) = 13 - [13] - 2 is the first BERNOULLI-polynomial [sometimes also
denoted by 4(13) - we avoid this notation], [x,13] closed interval (X c R; a s x s ]x,13 [ open interval (x e IR; a < x < Q }, x li x = li(2) + f { log u)_' du is the Integral logarithm, L° = 0.577 2...
2
EULER's constant, (2ni'x n),
e,,: n '- exp r(x) = f o ti-1
e-t dt, the Gamma-Function, exponential function and logarithm function, O( ... ), o( ... ) are LANDAU'S symbols; f = O(g) is sometimes also written as f << g, f - g means lim m f(x)/g(x) = I.
exp, log:
x
d) Arithmetical Functions
A(n) = log p, if n = pk is a power of a prime, = 0 otherwise, n(x) = Y-Psx 1, the number of primes less or equal to x, 49(x)
= zpsx log P,
la(x) =
:nsx A(n),
f * g convolution of f and g (see H2.1)), f -l(*) convolution Inverse of f,
f' = µ*f, f(a-)' fa, resp. f(b,)' fb : shifted functions n '- f(a+n) resp. f( b'n), ii, p, c, tk, o, w, U are standard notations for arithmetical functions (Modus, EULER, divisor function, higher divisor functions, sum of divisors, number of distinct prime divisors, number of prime divisors, in general a DIRICHLET character,
X:
ilr:
characteristic function of the set of r-free numbers,
d'1i(r/d) denotes the RAMANUJAN sum, Gdsgcd(n,r) r n Pf(p S) = 1 + P_'-f(p) + p-2s. f(p2) + pth factor of an EULER product. c
:
e) Some Dirichlet Series RIEMANN Zeta-Function, c(s) = Z n=I L(s,X) DIRICHLET L-functions,
£(f,s) = En=1
f(n)
n
DIRICHLET series associated with f: N -) C,
- xviii -
Notation
f) Mean-Values, Densities, Fourier-Coefficients
X-1 I f(n) denotes the mean-value of f if this limit exists,
M(f) = Jim
nsx
x
g(4) = xlim -m
nsx,xCS4
1
is the density of the set A c
IN,
8-(4), resp. 8_(8), denotes the upper, resp. lower, density of the set A sup, inf ], [ Jim m has to be replaced by lim - resp. lim x - x x is the a-th Fourier-coefficient of f (if it exists), f^(a) = also written No, c
M(fMp()
ar(f) _
W
r
denotes the r-th RAMANL[IAN-(FOURIER-)coefficient.
g) Norms, Spaces of Arithmetical Functions "f"lu = SUpnEN If(n)I, supremum-norm, II f IIq = { Jim sup x m x1 nSx If(n)Iq }i/q,
,8, D, A: Vector-spaces of linear combinations of RAMANLIJAN sums, exponential functions ea/r, resp. e,,, a E IR/7G,
,u Du A u: closures of 2, D, A with respect to 21q, 2)q, 8q : closures of $, D, A with respect to 1Y(.) null-space of .',
11-11
u,
II.11q,
:
are the GELFAND maximal ideal spaces of 21u Du Au (see IV),
tB, A.D, A
f, g >
inner product in 82, '(X) is the vector-space of continuous complex-valued functions defined on the [topological] space X, f ° : continuous image of f E ,$u Du A u in e(A ) L°( AD), 1?°( A,4) under :
the GELFAND transform. h) Some Special Series
S1(f) _ Z P 1 (f(p) P
S2'(f) _ >p,If(P)Is5/4
1 ),
S2(f) = E P
p-1
P-1
I f(p) - 112,
If(p) - 112, S2 q, (f) _ XP,If(P)I>5/4 P-1
.
If(p)Iq,
S3,q(f) = IP Ek>2 p_k .If(Pk)Iq,
0q = If multiplicative, S1(f), S2'(f), S2,q" M , and S3,q M are convergent}.
Chapter I Tools from Number Theory
Abstract. This preparatory chapter forms the basis of our presentation of arithmetical functions. Such techniques as EULER's summation formula and partial summation are Introduced, as is the notion of convolution. Examples of standard arithmetical functions are provided; some properties of RAMANUJAN sums are Introduced, and MbBlus Inversion formulae are proved. The TuRAN-KuBILius Inequality Is discussed, prior to its application in Chapter II, VI, and IX. Finally many results from prime number theory (including some results on characters and the prime number theorem in arithmetic progressions) are presented without proofs.
Tools from Number Theory
2
I.I. PARTIAL SUMMATION
Assume for some given complex-valued function a: n H a(n), defined on the set No of non-negative integers, that some knowledge concerning the sum nsx a(n) is available; then the problem of obtaining information about the sum >
nsx
where g: [0,co[ -4 C is a sufficiently smooth function (think of g(n) = n°C or g(n) = log n, for example) can often easily be solved using partial summation. The following version of this technique is taken from PRACHAR [19S7].
Theorem 1.1 (Partial summation). Assume that a sequence an of complex
numbers, and a sequence an of real numbers, satisfying al < a ... , A n
2
<
--) co , are given; then for any continuous, plecewise continuous-
ly differentiable function g : [a1,x] -* C,
the formula a n g(A n )
(1.1)
= g(x)
I )" sx
an -
fx(
Z a n ) g'(u)du
X^
is true. Corollary. If g satisfies the assumptions of Theorem 1.1 In [A 1,co[, then Z
Isn
an g(Xn) =
xI'M( -m g(x) Asx an / .
- al f ( Ya
if (at least two of) the limits exist. The proof of Theorem 1.1is nothing more than an application of the formula for partial integration for STIELTJES-integrals. An Important
special case Is obtained, if all the reals ?` n are equal to n and If the are all equal to 1: The heuristic expectation that the sum a Ga<nsb g(n) is nearly equal to the corresponding integral fa g(u)du is true, as is shown by the following theorem.
1.1, partial Summation
3
Theorem 1.2 (Eui R's summation formula). Assume that the complex-
continuous and piecewise continuously differentiable. Define the BERNOULLI Poly-
valued function g defined on the Interval [a,x]
is
nomial Bo(x) by 1)
Bo(x)=x-[x]-Z. Then
g(n) = f xg(u)du + f'
Z
a<nsx
a
a
- g(x) Bo(x) + g(a)
Bo(a).
The proof begins with
Gnsx g(n) = g(x) Ni + fl { B0(u)'g'(u) - u'd(u) + 2g'(u) } du, and an easy, somewhat lengthy, computation gives (1.3). Abbreviating the constant 2 - f1 Bo constant) by i°, Theorem 1.2 implies
... (EULER's
n-1 -( log x+ L°)I s x-1, if x 2 1.
1Z
(1.4)
du = 0.577 21S
nsx The proof of (1.4) is achieved by a direct application of EULER's summation formula. One additional Idea is necessary: replace by
fix Bo (u) -g' (u) du
fl
j f1
and estimate the second Integral by 2
'
}
Bo
x-1; the first integral from I to
co is convergent.
Similarly, replace f
du (via partial integration) by
1
fu B ()dw u-1 In+ fn u-2 ( fu 130(w) dw ) du, O 1
1)
1
The common notation 4)(x) = x - (x] -
1
1
will not be used In this
book In order to avoid confusion with the function 4) from prime-number theory. Ex] denotes for the largest Integer less than or equal to x.
Tools from Number Theory
4
and estimate I f 1 B0(w)dwl by 1/8, Then Theorem 1.2 gives
I log(n!) - n-log n+ n- 2 log n - D I
(1.S)
s
1
g
n
where D is some constant. Note that the same technique leads to summation formulae of higher order (see exercise 1).
A discrete version of partial summation, which can be proved by Inverting the order of summation on the right-hand side, is provided by the following result. Theorem 1.3 (ABEL's summation formula). For given sequences an , bn of complex numbers and Integers M, N define Z av Ann = M
, M<nsN.
Then
(1.6)
M<nsN
an
bn= AN b N - M<nsN-1
A
n
(b n+1 -
b n).
1.2. ARITHMETICAL FUNCTIONS, CONVOLUTION, MOBIUS INVERSION FORMULA
In this section, simple, but useful, notations and results concerning the notion of convolution of arithmetical functions are given, together with a number of examples of standard arithmetical functions.
An "arithmetical function" is a map f: IN - C, defined on the set IN of positive integers. The set CN of arithmetical functions becomes a C-vector-space (
by defining addition and scalar multiplication as follows: (f+g): n H f(n) + g(n), X f: n H X f(n).
1.2. Arithmetical Functions, Convolution, MBbius Inversion Formula
S
This vector-space is [obviously] not finite-dimensional. A pointwise definition of multiplication is near at hand. However, the existence of divisors of zero suggests the following definition of a different kind of multiplication, the convolution of two arithmetical functions f, g.
Definition. For arithmetical functions f, g e CN the convolution f*g is the map
f*g: n H
n
where the summation is extended over all the [positive] divisors d of n. Theorem 2.1. Convolution is commutative, associative and distributive
with respect to addition. Moreover, there is
a
unit element
E,
defined by E(n) =
(2.2)
1,
if n =
1,
f = 0 or g = 0.
f * g = 0 Implies
Finally,
E(n) = 0 otherwise.
Proof. For the moment, denote the set of divisors of n by 7(n). The map L: d -* n/d from J'(n) onto T(n), associating with a divisor d the "complementary divisor" n/d, is bijective. Therefore, (f*g)(n) =
df9 (n) de7(n)
f(d)g( d f`
)
demo(n)
f
(Ld)g(t d
d ).g(d) = (g*f)(n).
Associativity of convolution is proved by careful handling of [finite] double sums: (f*(g*h))(n) = ddn f (d
(2.3')
tl(d)
g(t).h(n/dt)
say, and (2.3")
((fig)*h)(n)
But, putting E1
dZ -tin 2: f
=
Dn TTD f D in (2.3'), one obtains
j
EZ.
n h(n/D) d TD f (d)'g(D/d) = EZ
The remaining assertions are easily proved.
Tools from Number Theory
6
Definition. An arithmetical function f is multiplicative if f * 0 and if for all pairs m, n of positive integers the condition gcd(m,n) =1 implies f(n).
f(m)
(2.4)
An arithmetical function g is additive if g(m) + g(n)
(2.S)
whenever the greatest common divisor of m and n is
The following remarks are trivial, but useful.
1.
Every multiplicative
and an integer n may be chosen for which f(n) * 0. If g is additive, then g(l) = 0. If fl and f2 are multiplicative, then the pointwise product f1'f2 is also multiplicative; if is multiplicative and f(n) * 0 for every n, then n H 1/f(n) is multiplicative. A multiplicative [resp, additive] function [resp. g) is determined by its values at the prime-powers: function satisfies f(1) = 1, since
IF
IF
(2.6')
f(
1 pv.(n)) = IT f( p P(n) f. l/
P
(2.6")
P
g( rT pvP(n)) = >- g( pv.(n)). P
P
In these formulae, according to the fundamental theorem of arithmetic, an integer n is written uniquely as n_
pv,,(n)
P
The set of all additive functions on IN is a subspace of the vector-space C
.
Of course, this is not true for the set of multiplicative functions:
a multiplicatively defined concept is seldom compatible with addition. Examples of additive functions are cil(n) = Y_ PIn 1 [the number of distinct
prime factors of n], and 0(n) = ZpIn vP(n), if n = pvP(n) [the total number of prime factors of n], and the logarithm function n H log n. If f and g are multiplicative, then the pointwise product is multiplicative, as mentioned above. The same is true for the convolution-product, as is shown by the following theorem.
12.
Arithmetical Functions, Convolution, Mbblus Inversion Formula
7
Theorem 2.2. Let f, g be arithmetical functions.
If f, g are both multiplicative, then the convolution f * g Is
(1)
multiplicative.
If f satisfies f(1) * 0, then there exists a uniquely defined
(2)
Inverse f-1('*) with respect to convolution.
(3) If f Is multiplicative, then
f-'(*)
Is multiplicative.
where gcd(n1,n2) = I , and let d be a divisor
proof. (1) Write n =
where dX = gcd(n.,d ); the greatest common (n1/di, n2/d2) are equal to 1, and the map divisors (di,d2) and
d of n. Then d =
.: 7(n) -3 7( n1) x 7(n2), d '- ( di,d2) is bijective. Thus
(f*g)(
dl n
Z
g(al aZ ) = (f*g)(ni)
a na f(did2)
(f*g)(n2).
(2) The equation X*f = e (with an unknown arithmetical function X) is equivalent to the system of infinitely many linear equations n
dTn f(d
I
,
If n =
0
,
if n - 2,
1,
3, ...,
in the unknowns X(d), d = 1, 2, .... The coefficient matrix is triangular: f(1)
0
f(2) f(1) f(3)
0
f(4) f(2)
0
0
.
.
.
0
0
.
.
.
f(1)
0
.
.
0
.
f(1)
0
and so the system of equations is recursively solvable, and the solution
is unique. (3)
If f is multiplicative, f(l) =
n > 1, n =
1,
then we proceed by induction. Let
gcd( n1, n2) = 1. Assume that the relation
f-l(*) (m1'm2) = f-1(*) (m1)
m2)
is true for all pairs (m1, m2), satisfying m1'm2 < n, gcd ( m1, m2) = 1. Then
Tools from Number Theory
8
f-t(*)(nt ,n2 ) _ - E
f-1(*)( d1,d2)
E
d,In,
d, Iq
f
(ni
dt d22-
d, d2 * n, n.
E d,ln,
E
d,In,
-E
...
d,ln,
d,* n, d,* n,
E ...
d,In,
d,= n, d,* n,
-
E d,In,
E
d,In,
...
d,* n, d,= n,
_- f-t(*)(nt ), f-1(*)(n2)+ f-1(*)(nt ).f -1(*)(n
)+f-t(*)(nt) f-t(*)(n2) 2
=
f-1(*) (nt),f -1(*)(n2)
11
Remark 1. A simpler proof for (3) is possible: by (2), the convolution inverse f -l(*) exists. Define the multiplicative function g by
g(n) = n f-t(*)(Pk) p°Iln
Then, for prime-powers pk, g and f-t(*) have identical values, and so (f*g)(Pk) _ (f*f-t(*))(pk) = 0 = E(pk)
f*g and a are multiplicative, therefore f-t(*) equals g and is multiplicative.
Remark 2. If f is an arithmetical function satisfying f(l) primes p the following values are obtained: f-t(*)(P) f-t(*)(P2) (2.7)
f(P), f(p2) f2(p), + f(p3) + 2
ft(*)(P3)
=
1, then for
f3(p),
and so the values of the convolution-inverse of a multiplicative function for prime-powers (and, by (2.6'), for any integer) are recursively computable.
Denote the characteristic function of a subset s4 of the set N of positive integers by 1J4. Then, in the special case ,v4 = IN, the function 1 = 1N is
[trivially] multiplicative, and so its convolution inverse, the MoBlus function (2.8)
i!
= IIN 1(*)
1.2.
Arithmetical Functions, Convolution, MBblus Inversion Formula
9
The identical map IN -4 W, n H n, is denoted by idIN or id, and we define EULER's function 9 by
multiplicative.
By definition 1 * µ = E, and so
(a)
1, if n = 1, din µ(d) (b)
The functions
(c)
µ(p)
(d)
t(pk) = k+1,
(e)
(p(pk) =
p(n)
µ,
cp,
t,
tk are multiplicative.
for every prime p, µ(pk) = 0, if k 2 2.2)
1
tm(Pk)
km
Pk
=n
otherwise.
0
jl
-
IT pIn
(
(1 -
in
1-
1
1
).
P-1
P-1).
(f) p(n) is the number of residue-classes mod n, which are coprime with n. this (D(n/d) = u(i'd), where
Proof:
Denoting
number
by
O(n)
for
the
moment3l,
ed = (v 5 n, gcd(v,n) = d) _ (v s n/d, gcd( v, n/d) = 1 The union
1°
dn I
d
).
consists of all Integers in [1,...,n], and is disjoint,
and so n = Edln tt(e d) hence 0=µ*idIN =cp.
Edln D(n/d). Therefore idIN
=
1
*
0;
The next theorem, known as the Mt BIUs Inversion Formula, does not express anything other than the fact that the functions 1IN and µ are Inverse to each other with respect to convolution.
Theorem 2.3. Given two arithmetical functions f and g, the relations
2) 3)
by Induction from (a) and I + t(p) + µ(p2) + ... + µ(pk) = 0. For a [finite] set D we denote by a(te) the number of elements In 2).
Tools from Number Theory
10
f(d) for every n e IN,
g(n) =
(2.10')
d n
and (2.10")
f(n) =
do
µ(d)
g(a) for every n
f IN
are equivalent.
Alternatively, these relations may be expressed in the following way.
Theorem 2.3'. The map T: C Tf :
-) CN, defined by f(d)'
n
Is linear and bijective, with the Inverse map T 1, T -If
This follows from Tf =
1
:
n 3 diZnµ(d) ' f (n ).
* f and T_if = µ * f by the associativity of
convolution.
11
The results just given may be generalized: let h: IN - C be a completely multiplicative function h: IN -* C [this means, that h(1) = 1 and h(n), thus h is a non-trivial homomorphism from h(m ' n) = h(m) the semi-group (N,-) into the semi-group (C,.)]. Then the map
Th: C - CN , (2.12' )
defined by Th f :
nH din
Is linear and bijective, with an Inverse map Th 1 given by (2.12")
Th 1g : n H
h 1(*)
d
=
µ(d).
this is the pointwise product!),
Thf=h*f, andThlg=(rh)*g. A second kind of Monius inversion formula is now presented as follows.
Theorem 2.4. Let h: IN -> C be completely multiplicative and consider the vector-space
1.2.
Arithmetical Functions, Convolution, Mobius Inversion Formula
it
F: [1, w I - C }.
Cdefined by
Then the map 7h : Cti'°°t
.T F: x Hnsx E h(n) h
(2.13')
F(x/n), ( x 2 1
.
),
is linear and bijective, its inverse being
7,-'F: x H nsx Z
(2.13")
µ(n)-h(n)
F(x/n), ( x z I
.
).
proof. Obviously, 7h is linear. If rh F = 0, then for any x z 1,
0 =nsx Z µ(n)'h(n) J' F(x/n) = nsx E
i.i(n)'h(n)
1i
'
x/nk),
ks(x/n)
and, putting t = k'n, this double sum E tsx
v(n) = F(x)
t
h(1),
and so F = 0. Hence 7, is injective. The surJectivity of 7'h is proved similarly. 11
An application of this result is given next. 4) Corollary 2.5. If x z 1, then nsx n-1'µ(n)
(2.14)
proof. Choose h = 1=
nsx
1,
F=
I
I
s 1+ x
1.
in Theorem 2.4. Then 9"hF(x) = [x] and
µ(n)-[x/n] = x
nsx
n-µ(n) + Z nsx
where "%l s 1. The obvious observation result.
I
µ(n)'>4n,
Ensx µ(n) 45n
I
S x gives the
To obtain an impression of the erratic behaviour of the µ-function, see Figure 1.1, which gives values of the MoBius [L-function in the range
1sns298. 4)
We remark that Inequality (2.14), obtained elementarily, Is rather weak. From the prime number theorem (see 1.6) It follows that n-1.µ(n) Is convergent to zero (see also Figure 2, next page).
Tools from Number Theory
12
1
0
u
I
I I SO
III
I
I
II
I
100
200
ISO
25O
Figure 1.1, Values of the Moblus Function
The values of
En,,,,
n-1 µ(n) are plotted in
Figure 2 In the range I s x s 598. The values for x = 1 and x = 2 are cut.
100
200
400
300
Figure 1.2, Values of
Soo
nsN
Finally, we give some results on the divisor function t. For any E > 0 there is a constant C(E), for which the estimate t(n) s C(E)
n'
holds; this is proved, in HARDY-WRIGHT [19S6], Theorem
315,
for
example. A more general result is given in the same work, § 18.1 (see also SCHWARZ 11987a]), as follows
Theorem 2.6. If f is multiplicative and satisfies lim
n-m
lim
f(pk) = 0, then
f(n) = 0.
Proof. Given s>O, there is a constant N(E) such that If(pk)1 < E, if pk z N(s). In particular, lf(pk)l < if pk 2 N(1). Therefore there is 1
1.2. Arithmetical Functions, Convolution, Mobius Inversion Formula
13
some constant y, independent of s, p, k, for which If(pk)I 5 Y. The number of integers, composed entirely from prime-powers pt s N(E), is finite, and so any of these numbers is less than some NP(s). > N(s), which divides n. if n > N*(s), then there is some prime-power Denote by NPP(s) the number of prime-powers below N(E). The function f being multiplicative, we obtain ple
I f(n) I
s Y1vPP{1)
.
I
s,
if n > N*(s).
To obtain an impression of the behaviour of the divisor-function, this function is plotted in the range 1s n s 298 (see Figure 1.3, with the mean - value 20
plotted inversely), and in the range
15
10001 s n s
to
SI
10598
Illl
"ii" i`" _ iii ""ii i ilf " it II I If f I I 1111111 III II II r11'IiI I II I IIII I I I1 Ii 0 I 11'1'1l'19
I
Figure 1.3. The Divisor Function in the range I s n s 298.
So -i
10.100
10.300
(see
Figure 1.4).
I
10.500
Figure 1.4. The Divisor Function In the range 10001 s n s 10598
Tools from Number Theory
14
Theorem 2.7. The following asymptotic formulae are true for the divisor-function t: (a)
Z ti(n) nsx
(b)
nsx
n-1
= x log x + ( 2e -1) x + 0(,r-x), '
t(n) = z logZx +
log x + K + O(1/
2L'
),
with some constant K, (c)
nsx
ti(n) s C($)
x
)2e-1
(1 + log x
for 8 =
1,
2, ... .
Proof. (a) The simple attempt of interchanging the order of summation,
Ensx t(n) = Znsx EdIn 1 = Zdsx lnsx, n=O mod d
= Edsx [x/d] = x
d--1
Zdsx
1
+ O(x),
gives a result that is definitely weaker than (a). But a useful trick, due to DIRICHLET, proves formula (a):
_ dsx/m E 1+E Z t(n) _ E Z 1 = YmsB dsx/B msx/d
nsx
1- > msB
E
dsx/B
choosing the parameter B = x1 (this optimal!), the last line changes into = 2 :msIrX-
1;
is
[X/m] - [ x ]2.
Writing Ex/ml = x/m + O(1) and using the formula for ins (1/n), obtained from EuLER's summation formula (see (1.4), §1), one arrives at (a). (b) follows from (a) by partial summation. :i:
iY:;tiisY:is:iiii:X:F:kci x
Figure I.S. Lattice points below
x
1 .3.
periodic Functions, Even Functions, Ramanujan Sums
15
(c) is proved by induction; the assertion is true for t = 1. Assume that (c) Is true for t. Then, by partial summation, for x 2 1, s C(E)
E nsx
(2.15)
(
1
+ log x )2z.
Using multiplicativity and t(pk) = k+1, we see that for every pair (m,n) of positive integers the Inequality
t Is "sub-multlplicatlve"]. Therefore, writing n =
we
obtain t2+1(n) n&x
_
nsx ti(n) E 2: dsxt"(d)
In
1=
msx/d
dsx
Zmsx/d tE(m).
Using the induction hypothesis for the sum over m and then (2.15), a short calculation gives the assertion.
1.3. PERIODIC FUNCTIONS, EVEN FUNCTIONS, RAMANUJAN SUMS
Definition. Let r be a positive Integer and p a prime. An arithmetical function f is called r-periodic, if f(n+r) = f(n) for every positive Integer n, r-even, if f(n) = f(gcd(n,r)) for every positive integer n, p-fibre-constant, if f(n) = f(p',), where the exponents v are taken from the prime factor decomposition P
n=
qva.
qv' IIn
f is termed periodic [resp. even], if there is some r for which f is r-periodic [resp. r-even]. Obviously, an r-even function Is r-periodic.
Standard examples of
Tools from Number Theory
16
r-periodic functions are the exponential functions e(a), where a = aE7Z,rEIN, and where
a
r'
e(a): n -
(3.1)
These exponential functions satisfy the following orthogonality relations:
Let dir, tir, and gcd(a,d) = gcd(b,t) = r
r
J 0, if d
e` d m) e b m)
1,
m=1
if
Then
1.
t or a+b t and a+b
d
0 mod d 0 mod d.
a
The sum on the left-hand side is r-1
e(m
21
lsmsr
0,
at + bd dt
if
1
(at+bd),
otherwise.
The RAMANU.JAN sum c r is a special exponential sum:
cr(n) _
(3.2)
lsasr, gcd(a,r)=1 exp (2TCi '
r
'n ).
Important properties of the RAMANLUAN sums are given in the following theorem. Theorem 3.1. RAMANL(IAN sums have the following properties.
(a) The RAMANUJAN sum cr is r-periodic. (b)
Cr(n) =
2: dlgcd(r,n)
T
d
(c) The RAMANUJAN sum cr is r-even.
(d) For any fixed n the map r H Cr(n) is multiplicative. (e) The RAMANUJAN sums satisfy the following orthogonality relations:
If tir and dir, then r
(3.3)
I cd(m)
m=1
c (m)
- J
l
t
0, if
d
t,
cp(d), if d
t.
Proof. (a) is obvious. (b) Using * it = E, the value cr(n) is 1
cr(n) = 1sl
( r e\ r
-
n/
ii(d)
1.3. periodic Functions, Even Functions, Ramanujan Sums
Idir t(d) the latter
isasr,a-0 mod d e (r
part of the equation above is equal to
17
n);
.
isbsr/d
e( r/d b
n
and this expression is 0 if (r/d) 4' n, and is equal to r/d otherwise. Therefore,
cr(n) = Zdlr, (r/d)In µ(d)
.
(r/d) = Y-tlr, tln µ(r/t)
.
t.
(c) The r-evenness of the map n H cr(n) is obvious from (b). (d) In (b) cr(n) = (µ * Fn )(r) was obtained, where t, if tin,
0 otherwise.
Fn(t) _
The functions Fn and µ are multiplicative, therefore the same is true for the convolution µ * F. (see Theorem 2.2). (e) By the definition (3.2) of the RAMANLUAN sum the proof of the orthogonality relations (3.3) is reduced to an application of the corresponding relations for the exponential functions. More explicitely:
r
r
cd(m) m=1
I
ct(m) = r
r
e(a m) t e(b m)
a>'
gcd(a,d)=1
gcd(b,t) =1
I a sd
bst
gcd(b,t)=1
gcd(a,d)=1 0 =
,
if
r
msr
e(d m)
e(t m)
d $ t, or a+b * 0 mod d,
la-d
lbsd
gcd(a,d)=1
1
= p(d) otherwise.
gcd(b,d)=t
a+b= 0 mod d The reason for the last equality-sign is that for every a there is exactly one b, satisfying a + b = 0 mod d. 11
In Chapter IV we shall need some special values of cr(n). If the index r is a prime power pk, then, as is easily verified, -
pk
(3.4)
cpJn)=
- pk-1 0
,
p k-1
if p In, if pk-111n, if pk-1 t n.
Tools from Number Theory
18
Figures 1.6 and 1.7 illustrate the periodic behaviour of RAMANUJAN 30 and sums rather instructively. The functions c r with index r r = 210, resprectively, are plotted in the range 1 s n s 299. 10
so
loo
lso
200
300
Figure 1.6: RAMANUJAN sum c30 In the range 1 s n s 299 10
too
200
300
Figure 1.7 RAMANLIJAN sum c210 In the range 1 s n s 299
Other examples of r-even functions are 1, if gcd(n,r) = d, gd: n H 1
0, otherwise.
The functions gd, where dir, as well as the RAMANWAN sums cd,
1.3. Periodic Functions, Even Functions, Ramanujan Sums
where
19
dlr, form a basis of the C-vector-space of r-even functions
(this space is of dimension t(r)). This is obvious for the functions gd, and for the RAMANUJAN sums the assertion easily follows from the orthogonality relations. a The KRONECKER-LEGENDRE symbol P is equal to zero if pla; otherwise, if p]' a, it is equal to 1 or -1 If a is a quadratic residue
[resp. non-residue] modulo the prime p. (p) is a completely multiplicative, p-periodic function (considered as a function of the "nominator" a). For a thorough investigation of the LEGENDRE symbol as a function of its "denominator" p, see, for example, H. HASSE [1964]. This function a
Generally, given a character X of the group
(
7L/m7L )
x
of residue-
classes prime to m, in other words, given a group-homomorphism X : ( Z/mZ )x --) ( C,
.
),
IX(n)I = 1,
we obtain a completely multiplicative, m-periodic function X
:
IN -*{ z E C, Izi = 1 or z = 0 },
defined by X(n) = X(n mod m) If gcd(n,m) = 1, and X(n) = 0 otherwise.
1.4. THE TURAN-KUBILIUS INEQUALITY
An additive function w: IN - C is called strongly additive if the values of w at prime-powers are restricted by the condition w(pk) = w(p), if k = 1,
2, ...
.
In 1934, Paul TURAN [1934] discovered the following inequality for the strongly additive function n H ca(n), the number of prime divisors of n: (4.1)
1 ((j(n) - loglog x )2 s c
nsx
x
loglog x
with some constant c. P. TURAN used this result to reprove HARDY
Tools from Number Theory
20
and RAMANL[IAN's theorem [1917] that ro(n) has normal order loglog n. Inequality (4.1) was generalized by J. KuBILIUS [1964] to additive functions, and later "dualized" by P. D. T. A. ELLIOTT [1979]. If w is strongly additive, then
Z w(n) = Z
Z w(p) = pox Z w(p)
[x/Pl,
nsx pin
nsx
and so w(n) is, on average, heuristically approximate to 2: p-<X p w(p), The so-called TUPAN -KuBILIUS inequality gives an estimate for the 1
difference of the values of the function minus the "expectation":
w(n) - Y_ p_'-w(p) psx
in mean square. its general form the TURAN-KUBILIl1S inequality has often been applied to the study of arithmetical functions. We use this inequality in Chapter VII in order to approximate functions in 11 by even functions In
and to outline criteria for additive
and multiplicative functions to
belong to 21q
For an arithmetical function w (and x > 0) we define the expressions A(x) =
(4.2)
Z P -k. w( pk),
P SX
E(x) =
(4.3)
P
and
P`sx
p
k' Iw(Pk)I2.
Theorem 4.1 (Tur'n-Kubilius inequality). There exist constants C1, C2 with the property that for every x2 2 and for any additive function w the inequalities (4.5)
xI
nsx
I w(n)
- A(x) 12 s CI D2(x)
and (4.6)
x
> I w(n) - E(x) 12 s C,-D2(X)
nsx
are true. In fact, it is possible to have C, = 30, C2 = 20.
14 The Turdn-Kubilius Inequality
21
Remark. If w is strongly additive, then the CAUCHY-SCHWARZ inequality gives
A(x) -Z p p-1'w(p)
I
I
s
s p.
P-1'Iw(P)I2)1
psx
P-2'Iw(P)I
p-k,I w(Pk )I 5 2 2:
k22
P:rx
(
2
psx
5 (1 psx
p-3)
P-1'Iw(p)I2).,
and
D2(x) s 2 E psx Therefore, from (4.5) we deduce (4.7)
x-1
I
nsx
w(n) -
P-1. w(p) I2
psx
s 2 x-I Ix
( 4 CI + 2
s
for
I w(n) - A(x) 12 + 2 I A(x)
-
psx
1 psx p-1 . Iw(P)I2
every strongly additive function w. Note that the constants are far
from being the best possible.
Proof of Theorem 4.1. Inequality (4.5) is a consequence of (4.6). By appropriate application of the CAUCHY-SCHWARZ Inequality we obtain E Iw(n) - E(x)I)2 x Iw(n) - E(x)I2 s nsX
nSX
and
s x-I
E Iw(n)-E( x)I2 + 2x-1 E Iw(n)-E(x)I
nsx
nsx
+
(
Ep
p`sX
p-k-I.I w(Pk )I)2 5 (C2 + 2 C2' +
-k-1 .I w(Pk)
1
I
D2(X).
)
We follow the proof given in ELLIOTT [19791, p. 148. There is another proof, due to ELLIOTT 119701, which uses the "large sieve". First, the assertion for complex-valued functions is reduced to the corresponding assertion for real-valued functions in an obvious manner, and then the
assertion for these functions is reduced to a problem concerning nonnegative functions.
(i) Assume initially that w is real-valued and non-negative. Then S=
nsN
(w(n)-E(N))2 = 2]
nsN
w2(n) - 2 E(N)
nsN
w(n) + N
E2(N)
Tools from Number Theory
22
= S1 - 2 S2 + N
E2(N)
say.
,
First, S1 =
GN psN
w2(n) _ 21nsN Xp`IIn w(Pk)
w2(P )
'
1
nsN
+
ZgQIIn W(qQ)
w(p k)
plq'esN p*q
p` Iin
w(q- )
.
a(N),
where, for distinct primes p and q, #(N)
I
Zn,N, p`IIn, gEIIn
counts the number of integers, which are exactly divisible by the prime powers pk, q1. Then
+
[ N/ p kqe+l
Pk+1'qt
u(N) = [N/pk,q.e ] - C N/
1
[ N/ pk+1,qt+1
(4.8)
_
N/pk.q'
-
1
1
P
-
)
q
+ 20,
where 101 s 1, and therefore
S1 s N
D2(N) + N ' E2(N) + 2
P*q
w(pk) ' w(qt)
Second,
EnsN'p`IIn w(pk) = Gp,sN w(pk) .
Lp-k.N] (
-
[p-k-1
N]
N - Ep.SN w(pk).
p-k, Z
Putting these estimates together, the term E2(N) cancels. Application of the CAUCHY-SCHWARZ inequality gives N-1 S s D2(N) +
w(p k) E p`gEsN, p*q
s It + 2'N-1 ( p'gQsN, P*q pk
.
w(qt) + 2-N-'- E(N) . Z
p`sN
q'e+ p`sN
pk E p kD2(N)
Some standard estimates complete the first part of the proof:
k p*q p
qe)S
w(Pk)
2
-r2-,
j.4. The Turn-Kubilius Inequality
Y-p.SN p
ks
23
41
ZpwSN pk S N'
nsN
n 1 S log N,
log-1(N) N a 2.
1 S 8 N2
The last estimate uses ZpSN log p s 2-log 2' N (for N 2 2 ). This implies PIN I + ZPwsN,kk2 I
S
+ ZpsN ( log W) -1
log p +
21ks log N/ log 2 psN,.` 1 s Ni + (2/log N) ' 2 log 2 ' N + ( log N/log 2 ) ' N21 S 8 N ' log-1(N). S
ps,/N
1
Thus the method gives the constant 1 + 2 ' 2 + 2'i S 10. Due to part (ii) this implies C2 = 20.
If w is
real-valued, define additive functions f+, f , where f+(Pk) = max (0, w(Pk) ), f (Pk) = - min (0, w(Pk) ). Define E+(N), ..., (ii)
D (N) in the same manner as E(N) and D(N), but now using the functions f+ and C. Then I
w(n) - E(N) 12 S 2 ( If +(N) -
E+(N) 12
+ If (N) - E (N)12 ),
and utilizing the relation D+(N)2 + D -(N)2 = D2(N), we obtain the result for real-valued functions, unfortunately with an additional factor of 2.
(Iii) The case of complex-valued functions is reduced to the real-valued case in the usual way by decomposing f into its real and imaginary part.
Next, we are going to "dualize" the TUBA N-KUBILIUS Inequalities. Consider the complex vector-space CM of all vectors 2 = (z1, z2, ..., zM) with Euclidean norm (4.9)
11211=(
and the usual inner product <
,
E Izm 12 msM .
>.
For linear maps L: CM -4
CN
the "operator-norm" (4.10)
11
L II
=
11;2 11
=1
II
L(a)
II
is used. If, with respect to the canonical basis, the matrix C = (cm,n ),
Tools from Number Theory
24
1 s m s M, 1 s n s N, is associated with L, then the adjoint operator L* ( defined by < Lx, ti > _ < x, L*14 > ) is connected to the matrix Ct. Because of
II L II
=
II L
II we obtain the following result.
Theorem 4.2 (ELLIOTT's Dualization Principle). Let cm,n ' m =
1,
""
M,
n = 1, ..., N, be complex numbers, and let c > 0 be given. Then the inequality 2:.:,N I Zm:M Cm,nZm 12 5 C
(4.11)
ImsM IZm I2
is valid for all 2 e CM if and only if the "dual Inequality" (4.12)
Y-msM 1
2:nsN Cm,n Wn 12 5 C
2:nsN 1 Wn 12
is true for every to e CN.
Applying this principle to Theorem 4.1 yields the following theorem.
Theorem 4.3. For all x2:2 and for all complex sequences (w n ) the following Inequalities are valid: k'Ip
(4.5')
p°sx
(4.6'' )
GP
P
kP
x
pYsx
X nsx,p"IIn
1
- x nsx Z
wn
wn
W'(1-p1)' nsx nsx,p"IIn n x
12
C
l
2: x nsx
wn 2 5 C 2
1wn12,
1' nsxZ x
I W 12.
Further examples of applications of the dualization principle are given in the exercises, p.41. Finally, there is the following generalization of Theorem 4.1 to higher powers: Theorem 4.4 (TURAN-KUBILIUS-ELLIOTT Inequality). Given q
z
0,
there is a constant c > 0, so that the Inequalities x1
'
nsx
I
w(n) - A(x) I`' S c x1
I
nsx
w(n)
'
(Dh(x) +px I
P-k.
I
W(Pk)I9 ), If q > 2,
A(x) I4 s c' D9(x), if O s g s 2,
are valid for every additive function w and every x >-2.
The special case where q = 2 is Theorem 4.1 (only the numerical value of the constant c is not specified). We do not use this generalization,
and so we do not prove it, but, rather refer the reader to P. D. T. A. ELLIOTT 11980c].
I .S. Generating Functions, Dirichlet Series
25
I.S. GENERATING FUNCTIONS, DIRICHLET SERIES
The study of meromorphic functions near their singularities leads to arithmetical insight. In order to obtain meromorphic functions associated with arithmetical functions, different kinds of generating functions are used which are often treated purely formal; among the best known are LAMBERT series, generating power series and DIRICHLET series. (a) LAMBERT series: associate with a given arithmetical function
f; N -- C the infinite series L(f,z) = Znal
f(n)-z° (1-z°)-1.
Then, assuming absolute convergence in the [open] unit disc
B(0,1) = (z E C; Izi < 1),
the series L(f,z) can be transformed into L(f,z) _ Zn21 f(n). Zk20 zn(l+k)
rz1
z"
(
1
=
rx1 zr- Zdir f(d)
* f )(r).
Examples. In Izi < 1 the LAMBERT series L(1, z) _ n21 t(n) z° , since 1 * I = t , and L(X,z) _ n_t z°, where A is the completely multiplicative function taking the value -1 at every prime p. It is easily checked 2
that 1 * X = 1sq' the characteristic function of the set sq of squares.
If some suitable condition restricts the growth of the arithmetical function f, then the LAMBERT series L(f,z) is holomorphic in B(0,1). In = 1. This is true
general, there will be a singularity of L(f,z) at z
when the convolution 1 * f is non-negative and infinitely many of the values (I * f)(r) are non-zero, for example. Conclusions about the behaviour of the coefficients are often possible with the aid of Tauberlan Theorems; some of these theorems, important in number theory, are summarized in the Appendix (A.4).
Tools from Number Theory
26
(b) Generating power series.
We associate with the function f :IN0 - C the power series
9'(f,z) = nz0 f(n)
(5.1)
Zn.
If the function f is not too large, the power series (5.1) will converge in the complex unit circle B(0,1) = { z E C, Izi < I }. In order to obtain arithmetical conclusions, the most interesting singularity is generally the point z = (if this point is a singularity. This is certainly true, If f is non-negative and if infinitely many values of f are non-zero), However, in the case of the partition function n H p(n), for example, 1
with generating power series (S.2)
n=0
p(n) . zn = k=1 TI ( 1 - zk)-1
there are many other singularitites which have to be investigated if better estimates of the remainder term are desired. The method to be used is the analytic HARDY- LITTLEWO OD- RA MANUJAN circle method;
the coefficients p(n) of the power series (5.2) are expressed through a contour-integral, the main contribution to this integral being from small arcs of the integration path near the singularities of the function on the right-hand-side of (5.2). A useful device is outlined in HALL-TENENBAUM 11988]. If f Z 0, and 9D(f,z) converges in some interval I of the real axis including the point 1, then, obviously, for any N > 0, (5.3')
nsN nxN
f(n) s
f(n)s
f(N) s
inf x N . P(f,x),
O<xs1
inf x N x21,xcI
inf
x>O,xcl
x-N
9'(f,x),
P(f,x).
For example, using f(n) = (n!)-1, the last equation gives (N !)-1 s (e/N )N,
a rather good lower estimate of (N factorial). Another application of this principle is also taken from HALL-TENENBAUM 11988], section O.S. If E is a set of primes with least element
po(E), E(x) = Xpsx,pcE p-1, and Q(n,E) the total number of prime-
I .S. Generating Functions, Dirichlet Series
27
of n [counted with multiplicity] which lie inside E, then, for
divisors 0c< y < po(E ), the following Inequality is a consequence of II. Theorem 3.2: yf](n,E) << (x/ log
G
x)
nsx
TI psx
-L-
P
TI (I psx
)
p-1 \-1
pIE
pcE
< x e(y-')E(x)
J
Uniformly in 0 s k s (po(E) - c) E(x), taking y = k / E(x), (5.4) yields
#(ns x, fl(n,E )= k } s of
y-k.
YO(n,E)
2x
E k(x) k!
x, e- E(x)
<< x- e-E(x),ek (E(x)/k)k.
r k-.
As an example of the use of power series in additive number theory, we mention, for a given sequence A = (aV) of integers 0 s a1 s a2 s ... (where at most O(m) repetitions for am are allowed) the power series g(Z)=
n
Zg
this series forms the basis of the proof of the famous ERDbs-FuCHS Theorem. Abbreviating the number of representations of n in the form n = aV + a µ to Rn, this theorem states that, as N -) -, the relation n=o
R. =
log-N )
o( Na
cannot hold. The proof exploits the generating power series ZN=o (
n=0 Rn )
,
ZN = ( 1 - Z )-I
.
g2(Z)
For details see H. HALBERSTAM and K. F. ROTH, Sequences [1966], II. § 4.
(c) DIRICHLET series.
The most suitable of the generating functions for the investigation of multiplicative arithmetical functions are generating DIRICHLET series,
£(f,s) = gnat f(n)
(5.5)
.
n-s,
which are defined and holomorphic in some half-plane o = Re s > 60, if f does not increase too quickly. Multiplicativity of f Implies a product representation for £(f,s) by the following lemma. Lemma S.I.
If f is a multiplicative function for which 2:n2t
absolutely convergent, then there is a product representation
f(n) is
Tools from Number Theory
28
nE1 f(n) = IT (1 + f(p) + f(p2) + ... )'
(5.6)
where all the series 1 + f(p) + f(p2) + ... and the product itself are absolutely convergent. Lemma 5.1 is well known (see, for example, HARDY-WRIGHT [1956],
Theorem 286); its proof is left as Exercise 19. Applying the lemma to the DIRICHLET series Vf,s), we obtain the following corollary.
Corollary 5.2. If f is multiplicative, then in the region of absolute convergence of the DIRICHLET series B(f,s), the product representation (5.7)
Z f(n)-n-' = II ( p
nzl
1
f(p2),p-2s
+
+
...
is valid.
One of the simplest DIRICHLET series is the RIEMANN zeta-function (5.8)
c(s) = D(1,s)
nal
n
= IfP ( 1+p-s+p-2s+...
s
=r
(i-p-sY1
which is absolutely convergent in Re s > 1. This product representation indicates some connection with the theory of prime numbers. EULER'S summation formula (see Theorem 1.2), applied to In21 n-5, gives (5.9)
((s) _ (s - 1) 1
+
2 - s fi Bo(u) u cs+l> du.
The integral defines a holomorphic function in Re s > 0, and so formula (5.9) provides an analytic continuation of C(s) into the half-plane Re s > 0, showing that c(s) has a simple pole at s = 1 with residue 1. Further integrations by parts of the integral occurring in (5.9) give the
analytic continuation of C(s) into the whole complex plane; which can be achieved in one stroke by the functional equation
(5.10)
c(s) = 2s
r<9-1
sin(
its
) F(I-s)
c(1-s)
of the RIEMANN zeta-function.
The pointwise product of two DIRICHLET series is (in the region of absolute convergence of both DIRICHLET series) given by
I .S. Generating Functions, Dirichlet Series
£(f,s)
D(g,s) =
f(d)
nz1 dTn
'
29
g(n/d) '
n-s
= D(f*g,s),
and so the pointwise product of the DIRICHLET series corresponds to the convolution product of arithmetical functions. Thus, consideration of DIRICHLET series is useful for multiplicative functions and also in connection with convolutions of arithmetical functions.
Noting this remark and the convolution identities t
=
1*1,
I* V
=
s,
(p = id* v, one obtains formulae for some generating DIRICHLET series: 2 2(s)
n=1 (5.11)
V not ti(n) l
p(n)
n-s '
n-s
,
Re s
= -1(s), Re s >
1,
Re s > 2.
=
Many other formulae of this type are given in HARDY-WRIGHT [1956], and a general theory of "Zeta-Formulae" is developed in J. KNOPFMACHER's book [1975] on abstract analytic number theory.
The connection of the RIEMANN zeta-function with the theory of prime numbers arises from the generating DIRICHLET series
Zn
(5.12)
1
A(n)
n-=
Re s > 1,
where the VON MANGOLDT function A is given by (5.13)
log p
A(n) = l 0
5.000
,
if n is a power pk of the prime p, otherwise.
10.000
15.000
F i g u r e I.8. Primes in intervals of length 100
20 000
Tools from Number Theory
30
The number rt(x) of primes in the interval [1,x] behaves rather erratic locally. This is illustrated in Figure 1.8 on the foregoing page, giving the number of primes in intervals of length one hundred, from k s 199. The first interval contains twenty-five primes, the next one twenty-one, etc. , but there is also an interval containing only five primes.
The problem of obtaining an asymptotic formula for the number of primes up to x , rc(x) = > psx
(5.14)
1
,
is equivalent (via partial summation) to a suitable approximation to
,9(x) = I log P psx
(5.15)
or to (5.16)
4(x) = I A(n), nsx
via the easily verified relation [use the fact that higher powers are rare]
O(x) = E Mn) + of x' (log x)2 nsx
.
The function 4(x) = 1nsx A(n) has an integral representation (by a complex inversion formula), (5.17)
4(x) = (27d)-1
.
('c+i. C-1-
(-
s-1 x9 ds,
where c > 1. The "Method of Complex Integration" allows approximation
of the integral in (5.17) by shifting the path of integration to the left. The pole at s = 1 gives the main term x. Further contributions to the asymptotic
(- '(s)/i (s))
formula s-I xs,
follow
from
poles
the integrand which are caused by zeros of the RIEMANN
zeta-function in 0 < Re s <
the
of
1.
For the [lengthy] details of this method see, for example, PRACHAR [19571, DAVENPORT [1967], SCHWARZ 119691, HUXLEY [1972], Ivtc
[1985], TITCHMARSH [1951], or other monographs on the theory of primes.
1.6 Some Results on Prime Numbers
31
1.6. SOME RESULTS ON PRIME NUMBERS
It will frequently be necessary to use asymptotic formulae or estimates
for sums or products running over primes. We cannot prove these [standard] results, but quote some of them for easy reference. The method described at the end of the preceding section, In combination with some deeper knowledge on the distribution of the zeros of the zeta-function In the critical strip z < Re s < 1, gives the Prime Number Theorem:
Theorem 6.1. For x - co, with some positive constant y, the following asymptotic formulae hold: (6.1)
4(x) = x + 0 (
y (log x)2) ),
(6.2)
9(x) = x + O (
Y (log x)2
(6.3)
7t(x) = Ii x + C'7 (
)
),
y (log x)2
where li x Is an abbreviation for the so-called Integral-logarithm
Ii x = li e + f e" (log u)-1 du, Ii e = 1.895 117 8...
(6.4)
Some [rounded] values of it(x), x
Ii
x, and x/log x are given in Table I.I.
100
1000
n(x)
25
168
1229
9592
78498
Ii x x/log x
30
178
1246
9630
78628
21.7
144.8
1086
8686
72382
105
10 4
10 6
Table 1.1
The function 11(x) is connected with the Exponential-Integral Function Ei(x) by the formula 11(x) = Ei(log x), and may be calculated from the series development
li x = e + loglog x +
1sn<m
( log x )n / (n
n!
), for x >
1.
Tools from Number Theory
32
C = 0.577 21S 664 90. ... is EULER's constant. Roughly speaking, the inte-
gral-logarithm behaves as x/log x, so that xlim m li x / ( x/ log x) = I. It is possible to deduce from (6.4) an asymptotic development of li X
by partial integrations, for example (with three main terms on the right-hand side) :
x,log-2x + 2,x,log-3x + O(
li x =
A. SELBERG, P. ERDOS showed in 1948 (independently) that the prime
number theorem may also be obtained by "elementary methods", We
present one of these elementary proofs, due to H. DABOUSSI,
in
11.§9. Rather simple, elementary methods lead to the estimates given below, which are frequently required. For proofs, see, for example, PRACI-IAR 119571 or SCHWARZ (19691. Theorem 6.2. There are constants 0 < c1 < c1
(
1
< c2 such that
x/log x) < n(x) < c2
(6.5)
c1
x < ,4(x) < c2
c1
x < fi(x) < c2
( x/log x),
'
X,
X.
Furthermore, as x - oo, 1psx
(6.6)
p = log x + 0(1),
zpsx p-1 = loglog x + Y2 + 0(1),
(6.7)
and
fT (1 -
(6.8)
Ps x
p-1) = e-o'( log x)-'-(l + o(l) ).
The remainder terms in these formulae may be improved by using the prime number theorem. For example, with the "standard remainder term" 0( x' exp(-'y log x )) of the prime number theorem, we obtain (6.9) (6.10)
21
psx
psx
p-1 -log p = log x + y1 + c exp( -Y
log x
P-1 = loglog x + Y2 + C7( exp( -y
log x )),
1.6. Some Results on Prime Numbers
33
and
P-1) = e-1°, (log x) -1 lI (6.11)P rT (1 -
+
O { x exp {-Y
log x } } ),
(kpk)-t and i° = 0.577 215 664 901... is EULER's where Y2 = ti° - 2: , 2: k22 constant (see, for example, PRACHAR [1957 ] ), and x tends to infinity.
Many estimates and Inequalities of this nature, with explicit constants and often very deep, are given in ROSSER & SCHOENFELD [1962].
µ(n) of the MOBIUS-function
The "mean-value" M(µ) = limx-), .0 is zero. More exactly, n
(6.12)
N
µ(n) = C7 N exp{-Y log N
The function N H NI nN µ(n) is plotted below for N = 2, 4,
...
.
0.5
0.1
0
- 0.5
40
200
400
600
8 00
1000
1200
F i g u r e I.9 Sum over the Moblus function
VON STERNECK's conjecture, supported by Figure I.9, states that CAI-1 X nsN
µ(n)I s z, if N > 200.
This conjecture is not true (G. NEUBAUER [1963] ), and the weaker MERTENS conjecture, where a is replaced with 1, is also not true (A. M. ODLYZKO & H. J. J. TE RIELE [1985]. See also TE RIELE [1985]. JURKAT& PEYERIMHOFF proved a weaker result in 1976).
The S60 primes in the interval [2, 4057] are given in Table I.2.
Tools from Number Theory
34
Figure I. 10 represents the primes between 1 and 10.000. Some explanation
is necessary. The small rectangles mark the integers, beginning with 1
in the bottom line up to 100, from 101 to 200 in the second from bottom line and so on. A dark rectangle indicates that the integer represented by this rectangle is a prime. Note: the column with columnindex 10, 20, ... Is to the left of the vertical line 1. For example, the top line contains the nine prime numbers 9901, 9907, 9923, 9929, 9931, 9941, 9949, 9967, and 9973.
Table of Prime Numbers 2
31 73
3 37 79 131 181 239 293
127 179 233 283 353 419 467 547 607 661 739 811 877 947 1019 1087 1153 1229 1297 1381 1453 1523 1597 1663 1741 1823 1901 1993 2063 2131 2221 2293 2371 2437 2539 2621 2689 2749 2833 2909 3001 3083 3187 3259 3343 3433 3517 3581 3659 3733 3823
359 421 479 557 613 673 743 821 881 953 1021 1091 1163 1231 1301 1399 1459 1531 1601 1667 1747 1831 1907 1997 2069 2137 2237 2297 2377 2441 2543 2633 2693 2753 2837 2917 3011 3089 3191 3271 3347 3449 3527 3583 3671 3739 3833
3911 4001
3917 4003
5
41 83 137 191 241 307 367 431 487 563 617 677 751 823 883 967
7 43 89 139 193 251 311 373 433 491 569 619 683 757 827
19
23
29
61
1487 1559 1619 1699 1783 1871 1949 2017 2089 2161 2267 2339 2393 2473 2579 2663 2713 2791 2861 2957 3041 3137 3221 3313 3373 3467 3541 3617 3657 3779 3863
17 59 183 157 211 269 331 389 449 509 587 643 789 773 853 919 991 1051 1117 1201 1279 1327 1433 1489 1567 1621 1709 1787 1873 1951 2027 2099 2179 2269 2341 2399 2477 2591 2671 2719 2797 2879 2963 3049 3163 3229 3319 3389 3469 3547 3623 3701 3793 3877
107 163 223 271 337 397 457 521 593 647 719 787 857 929 997 1061 1123 1213 1283 1361 1439 1493 1571 1627 1721 1789 1877 1973 2029 2111 2203 2273 2347 2411 2503 2593 2677 2729 2801 2887 2969 3061 3167 3251 3323 3391 3491 3557 3631 3709 3797 3881
67 109 167 227 277 347 401 461 523 599 653 727 797 859 937 1809 1063 1129 1217 1289 1367 1447 1499 1579 1637 1723 1881 1879 1979 2039 2113 2207 2281 2351 2417 2521 2609 2683 2731 2803 2897 2971 3067 3169 3253 3329 3407 3499 3559 3637 3719 3803 3889
113 173 229 281 349 409 463 541 601 659 733 809 863 941 1013 1069 1151 1223 1291 1373 1451 1511 1583 1657 1733 1811 1889 1987 2053 2129 2213 2287 2357 2423 2531 2617 2687 2741 2819 2903 2999 3079 3181 3257 3331 3413 3511 3571 3643 3727 3821 3907
3931 4021
3943 4027
3947 4049
3967 4051
3989 4057
11
13
47 97 149 197 257 313 379 439 499 571 631 691 761 829 907 977
53 101 151 199 263 317 383 443 503 577 641 701 769 839 911 983 1049 1109 1193 1277 1321 1429
1031 1093 1171 1237 1303 1409 1471 1543 1607 1669 1753 1847 1913 1999 2081 2141 2239 2309 2381 2447 2549 2647 2699 2767 2843 2927 3019 3109 3203 3299 3359 3457 3529 3593 3673 3761 3847
887 971 1033 1097 1181 1249 1307 1423 1481 1549 1609 1693 1759 1861 1931 2003 2083 2143 2243 2311 2383 2459 2551 2657 2707 2777 2851 2939 3023 3119 3209 3301 3361 3461 3533 3607 3677 3767 3851
1039 1103 1187 1259 1319 1427 1483 1553 1613 1697 1777 1867 1933 2011 2087 2153 2251 2333 2389 2467 2557 2659 2711 2789 2857 2953 3037 3121 3217 3307 3371 3463 3539 3613 3691 3769 3853
3919 4007
3923 4813
3929 4019
T a b 1 e 1.2. Prime Numbers below 40S8
71
17. Characters, L-Functions, Primes in Arithmetic Progressions 10
20
30
so
70
90
20
30
so
70
90
3S
100
F I g u r e I.1O Characteristic Function of the Primes below lo.ooo
1.7. CHARACTERS, L-FUNCTIONS, PRIMES IN ARITHMETIC PROGRESSIONS
For a treatment of primes in arithmetic progressions ( primes p in residue-classes p = a mod q, where gcd(a,q) = t ) it is necessary to have functions that single out the elements of one residue-class. Such functions, which are, in addition, multiplicative and periodic, are the DIRICHLET characters, defined on IN or Z. Characters will be introduced
in a more general setting: we assume that g is a topological group, which, in addition, is also abelian.
A character y on § is a continuous homomorphism from circle group (7.1)
T = { z E C ;
IzI
=
1
)
9
into the
Tools from Number Theory
36
by multiplication,
X:(§,')-(T,') By pointwise multiplication the characters on § again form an abelian group, I. e. the character group (y:
(7.2) This group
- T, y continuous homomorphism}.
can be converted to a topological group in the following
manner: a basis of neighbourhoods of the unit element e of § consists of the sets
U(e,K)={XE§ , IX(x)-1I <sforall xInK}, where s is any positive real number, and K c § any compact set in As mentioned already in section 3, a character X defined on the group ( 7L/m7L )x = {a mod m, gcd(a,m) = 11
of residue-classes a mod m, prime to m, with discrete topology, in other words a group-homomorphism X:
x
( Z/mZ ) -> ( C,
X(n)I = 1,
induces a completely multiplicative, m-periodic function (7.3)
X
: N -) { z
E
C,
IzI
=
1
or z = 0 },
defined by X(n) = x( n mod m ), if gcd(n,m) = 1, and x(n) = 0 otherwise.
The unit element of the character group induces the so-called principal character Xo mod m, with values X0 (n) = 1, if gcd(n,m) = 1, X0 (n) = 0 x otherwise. The character group of ( 7L/m7L) has p(m) elements. These functions (7.3), called DIRICHLET characters, allow the construction of DIRICHLET L-functions
L(s,X) =n=1 E X(n)'n
s
= IT (1 + x(P) p
P-9
+ x(P2)
P-2s
+
...
(7.4)
= I-T {1 - X(P).p-,
1.
The series and products in (7.4) are absolutely convergent in Re s >
1.
Moreover the series Zn 1 is conditionally convergent in Re s > 0 if y is not the principal character. If X is the principal character Xo, then
j.7. Characters, L-Functions, Primes in Arithmetic Progressions
L(s, Xo) = 11
p.i'm
1 - p-S )-,
= pIm n (1 -
p-S l
l
37
c(s)
DIRICHLET characters X satisfy (like characters in locally compact
topological abelian groups In general, where summation is replaced by integration with respect to the HAAR measure on ;°) the orthogonality relations:
If a runs through a full set of representatives mod m ( for example, a = 1, 2, ..., m ), then X(a) =
a mod m
(7.6)
( cp(m),
If X is the principal character, otherwise.
0
If y runs through all the p(m) DIRICHLET characters mod m, then X(a) - J rp(m), if a = I mod m,
(7.7)
otherwise.
0
Corollary (Orthogonality Relations for DIRICHLET Characters). (7.8)
a mod m
X1 (a) '
X2(a) _
rp(m), if Xl = XZ, 0
otherwise,
and
9(m), if at = a2 mod m and I X(a1) x
.
gcd(ala2, m
X(a2) _ 0
) = 1,
otherwise.
These relations allow specific residue-classes mod m to be singled out: If f is an arithmetical function and gcd(a,m) = 1, and if n', are positive integers, then (7.10)
tsJ, nL=a mod m f(n) = 9(m) 1
x
X(a)
LSJ
f(n
I.
= 1, ..., J,
I.
Since
- L'(s,X)/L(s,X) = In= X(n)
A(n)
.
n-S
one finds results on primes in arithmetic progressions in the same way as is possible for ordinary primes (for example, using the method of "complex integration"). DIRICHLET L-functions have properties similar to those of the RIEMANN zeta-function, and so, using the functions
Tools from Number Theory
38
TE(x;a,q) = Ipsx, p=a mod q 8(x;a,q) =
(7.11)
1,
psx, p@a mod q log P,
(x;a,q) = nsx,
mod q A(n)
one obtains the following theorem. Theorem 7.1. If gcd(a,q) = 1, then, with some positive constant y, depending on a and q, the following asymptotic formulae hold : , 1
rp(q)
1q
(7.12)
cp (
)
1
x + C (x'exp( - y (log x) 2
) ),
,
x + O ( x'exp( - i (log x)2) ), Ii x + 0(x'exp( - y (log x)2 ) ),
W(q)
with the Integral-logarithm Ii x =Ii e + fe
(log u)-1 du.
It is sometimes important to have uniform estimates on n(x;a,q) in
I s a s q, with q restricted to some range, depending on x. An Important result of this kind is provided by the following theorem. Theorem 7.2 (Prime Number Theorem of PAGE-S!EGEL-WALFISZ). If I s a s q, if gcd(a,q) = 1, and if I s q s ( log x )A with some fixed constant A, then, as x tends to infinity, the asymptotic formula (7.13)
Tt(x;a,q
) = w(q) Ii x + 0A (
Y (log x)2} )
holds uniformly in a and q. As indicated, the constant Implicit In the 0-symbol may depend on A. For a proof see, for example, PRACHAR [1957] or ESTERMANN 119S21.
For some applications the range of admissible values for q in (7.13) is not sufficient, for example when consideration of larger values of q is unavoidable; this occurs in problems from the additive theory of numbers. The sieve method (V. BRUN, A. SELBERG) or the "large sieve" easily gives the upper estimate (7.14)
n(x;a,q) < Y '
x/(
p(q)log(x/q)
I.S. Exercises
39
With some constant y (which, in fact, may be taken to be 2, as long
as q
<
for some positive constant 8), See, for example, MONT-
GOMERY [1971], HALBERSTAM & RICHERT 119741, or SCHWARZ 11974].
Another deep and extremely useful result Is the prime number theorem of B. BOMBIERI and A. I. VINOGRADOV, which says that on average (7.13) is
true [with a better remainder term] for a much larger range of values of q. Theorem 7.3. (BOMBIERI-VINOGRADOV's Prime Number Theorem). For
any positive constant A there Is a [positive] constant B, for which the estimate E
max
max I n(y;q,a) q:9 Z1og-Bx y Sx a mod q, gcd(a,q)=1
11 y
9(q)I
_
OA(Xlog Ax
Is true. For a proof, see, for example, DAVENPORT [1967] or HuXLEY 11972].
I.B. EXERCISES
Remark. Many similar exercises may be found, for example In APOSTOL 119761.
Deduce higher EULER summation formulae such as
1) Y-
a<nsx
g(n) = f xg(u)du + f a
g(x)-Bo(x)- 2 g(a)+
a
where a is an integer, and B1(x) = f XB0 (u)du = a
2)
Prove (by partial summation) for every real s > I and for x > 2
nsx
+ s JiLL-(s+1),B (u) du I s x s. 0
Prove, for s > 0 and x 2 1,
Z.,x
ns -
(xs+1
- 1)
(s+l)-1
I
s x'.
1
T.
Tools from Number Theory
40
3) Exhibit infinitely many functions, linearly independent in the vectorspace C N. Prove orthogonality relations for the functions gd, dir, defined in 1.2.
4 ) Denote by µr(n) the characteristic function of the set of r-free integers (r = 2, 3, ... ), so that iir(n) = 0, if there is some prime for which pr divides n, and µr(n) = I otherwise.
Prove: The function µr is multiplicative and ilr(n) = Ed,in µ(d).
5) Denote by p(n) the number of solutions d mod n of the congruence f(d) = 0 mod n, where f(X) is a non-constant polynomial with integer coefficients. Prove that p is a multiplicative function. µ log, A * MANGOLDT'S function ( see 1.6 ).
6) Prove I * µ2 = 2", and A * µ
7) Show that
= q
(n)
din
U(
1
= log, where A Is VON
)
gyp (d)
8) The LIOUVILLE function A: n H (-1)0(n) has the convolution inverse a-1(*) = more generally a completely multiplicative function h The function 61: n H zdin d has convolution inverse h-l(*) = has the inverse It * (V-id).
9) If ft is completely multiplicative, and f2 > 0 is multiplicative and integer-valued, then ft^f2 Is multiplicative. 10)
If f
is
a
multiplicative solution of the functional
equation
fZ = 2" * f, then f is integer-valued. 11) Prove or disprove the following:
(a) If f is r-periodic, f(1) = 1, then f -l(*) is r-periodic. (b) If r is r-even, f(1) = 1, then f-t(*) is r-even.
(c) Every r-periodic function is s-even for some positive integer s. (d) If f is strongly multiplicative, then f-1(*) is 2-multiplicative. (e) If f is 2-multiplicative, then f 1(*) is strongly multiplicative. 12) The RAMANUJAN sum n ycr(n) is multiplicative if and only if µ(r) = 1 [so that r = 1 or r is a product of an even number of different primes]. 13) (HOLDER 1936). Put n' = r/gcd(n,r). Then cr(n) = µ(n')(y(r)/cp(n')).
I.S. Exercises
41
1925). Denote by f(n,r) the number of solutions of the linear congruence
14) (RADEMACHER
in vectors ( xp mod r gcd( xp,r ) = 1. Prove: (a) f(n, r1 r2) = f(n, r1) then (b) If
.
sass
)1
with the additional condition
f(n, r2), if gcd(r1, r2) = 1.
f(n, Pk) = pks-k-s .
(P-i) s + (-i )s-1 },
{
and for pIn pks-k-s
f(n,pk) =
'(P-1)
{ (p-1) s-1 + (-1)s }.
15) The vector-space CN with multiplication
f i g: n H Zdln,gcd(d,n/d)=1
f(d)' g(n/d)
("unitary convolution") becomes a commutative algera with unit element E.
16) Dualize (4.7), which means: prove for x z 2 and any complex numbers wn the inequality
z
P-1
psx
Z IP X nsx.pin
W
-X
n
1. Z nsx
17) [DABOUSSi]. Prove
p`sx P k
.I
nsx,p°Iin
18) Assume that
w" -
n=1
x-1
w
12
n
I
nsx,p.i'n
s (4C +2)
x-1
nsx
1
Wn
12 S 2(C +1) 1
IW
n
X-1 I
nsx
I2.
n
1W12.
is absolutely convergent at the point
s = o1+it1. Prove that this DIRICHLET series is absolutely convergent
for every s = a + it If o Z a1. This result is not true, if the assumption of absolute convergence is weakened to convergence. In this case, prove convergence of Zn=1 in the region Re s > a1. 19) Prove Lemma 5.1. Hint:
Z- f(n) - IIpsx(1 + f(p) + f(p2) +
...
)
I
sZ n>x
If(n)I.
Tools from Number Theory
42
20) For integers k, in Re s > 1, prove n=1 cn(k)
'
n-s
2s-1 (k)
/
(ks-1
c(s) )
21) (SIERPINSKI, 1952). Let p1 < p2 < p3 < ... be the ordered sequence of all primes. Prove: 10-2" has a limit, say c. a) Z n=1 P. ' P. [102" c - 102 = b) The formula holds for n = 1, 2, ...
102 ' c
.
22) Define the polynomial p(x) by
p(X) =lsssn y 1 (x
e2
1
' n)
).
(s, n)=1
Prove
P(X)
=
I j ( xn/d - I
)µ(d)
din
23) Give the proof of EULER'S summation formula (Theorem 1.2)
In
detail.
24) Define D(f) by D(f): n H f(n) log n. Then the map D Is a derivation (so that D: C" '4 is linear, Ds = 0, and
D(f*g) = f*D(g) + D(f)*g).
25) g is completely additive if and only if the map f N f g is a derivation. Note that many properties of derivations are dealt with in T. APOSTOL 119761, §2.18. 26) Prove: For every positive integer k,
din dk = M + 1) nk' 2: r :1 c r(n)
and this series is absolutely convergent.
r (k+1)
Photographs of Mathematicians
43
PAUL ERDOS
J. KUBTLIUs
S. RAMANUJAN (1887-1920)
P. TURAN (1910-1976)
TURAN's photo, given to the first-named author by Prof. Dr. K. JACOBS, was already used in an article in "The Development of Mathematics from 1900 to 1950", Birkhauser Verlag (forthcoming 1994), edited by J. P. PIER. Birkhauser Verlag has kindly given permission to use this photograph again.
44
Photographs of Mathematicians
J. P. L. DIRICHLET
A. F. MOBIUS
(1805-1859)
(1790-1868)
G. H. HARDY (1877-1947)
J. E. LITTLEWOOD (1885-1977)
H. DAVENPORT (1907-1969)
4S
Chapter II Mean- Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, I
Abstract. This chapter mainly deals with estimates of sums over multiplicative functions and with asymptotic formulae for these sums. Rather simple, elementary methods lead to the mean-value theorems of WINTNER and AxER, in which multiplicativity does not play any role. Next, Inequalities for sums over prime powers are shown to be sufficient to obtain upper bounds for sums over non-negative multiplicative functions; lower bounds for such sums may be obtained under stronger assumptions. The HARDY-LITTLEWOOD-KARAMATA Tauberian Theorem Is em-
ployed to prove a useful theorem by E. WiRSING with some applications. Finally, following DABOUSSIs proofs, an elementary proof of the prime number theorem is given, and SAFFARI's result on direct decompositions
of the set of positive integers Is proved.
46
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, I
II.1. MOTIVATION
Given an arithmetical function f: IN - C, the mean-value M(f) of the function f is defined to be the limit (1.1)
x-1
M(f) = lim
ao
X
Z f(n)
nsx
If this limit exists. In case f = 14 is the characteristic function of A, f(n) = 0 otherwise ), the some set .A4 of integers ( f(n) = if n 1
mean-value (1.1) is also the density S(4) of the set A: (1.2)
SW =
lim oo
X 1 E nsX IAW.
If f is a real-valued function, the upper Cresp. lower] mean-value M (f) Cresp. M_(f)] of f, defined as M (f) = lim Inf x-1 Z f(n), M (f) = lim sup x 1 X f(n), x--> o nsx nsx x- m always exists, and so the upper density S (A) and lower density 8_(4) of a subset A of N always exist. The density S(4) exists if and only If the upper and lower density of .A4 are equal.
More generally, often the asymptotic behaviour of the mean-value-function x H M(f,x) is required, where (1.3)
M(f,x) =
Z f(n), nsx
for example, if one is interested in results beyond the pure existence of M(f) = lim x _> m x 1 M(f,x), or if the mean-value (1.1) does not exist (this is the case, for example, for f = c, the divisor function). The existence of the limit (1.1) is often a disguised form of some other arithmetical statement, and thus It is of considerable Importance to obtain results on the existence (and the value) of the limit (1.1). For example: The assertion M(µ) = 0 is equivalent to the prime number theorem in the form fi(x) = x ( 1 + o(1) ), this being nothing more than M(A) = 1.
I,.1. Motivation
47
2)
n-2
Is a result on the density of the set of The result M(µ = 6squarefree integers. The result M(a) = ITZsksm (k), where a(n) denotes the number of non-isomorphic abelian groups of order n, provides some information on algebraic objects (much more precise information is available, also for other types of algebraic objects; see, for example, J. KNOPFMACHER [1975]).
Knowledge of Ensx t(n) provides information on the number of lattice-points (these are points In 1R2 with Integer coordinates) in
the planar region between the hyperbola -q s x and the axis. Denoting by r(n) the number of representations of the integer n as
a sum of two squares, then the behaviour of Ensx r(n) contains results on the number of lattice points in the disc B(O,x) [see 1.2, Theorem 2.7, and II.4].
If p(n) denotes the number of solutions of the congruence P(u) = 0 mod n, where P(X) is a monic, irreducible polynomial with integer coefficients, then the existence of M(p) is a non-trivial result concerning polynomial congruences.
FOURIER coefficients ?(a) =
of arithmetical functions and
RAMANUJAN[-FOURIER] coefficients ar(f)
=
are
defined via the notion of mean-value.
In the theory of sieve methods and their applications, estimates for sums such as 'nsx,gcd(n,k)=1 are useful. The question of the existence of a limit distribution (1.4)
lim N-1 s<{ n s N; g(n) N- m
sx
for a real-valued arithmetical function g is, according to the continuity theorem for characteristic functions, connected with the existence of the mean-value (1.5)
M(n H exp(
In the theory of uniform distribution modulo one, the foundations having been layed by HERMANN WEYL in 1916, the uniform distribution of a real-valued sequence (xn)n=1 ,2,... depends on the existence of the mean- values Mk = M( n H exp { 2ni k xn }) for every k In
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, I
48
Z. The condition Mk = 0 for every k $ 0 is necessary and sufficient for the uniform distribution of (xn?n=t,2, .' Figure
11.1
shows the characteristic function of the squarefree 10 000. The small squares indicate the 100 (line at the bottom), 101, . ,200 (next line),
numbers In the range 1,
,
Integers 1, 9901,...,10.000 (top line)
,
,
It is easy to recmultiples of 4 and 25 in this diagram. Obviously,' most' ognize
of the integers are
squarlefreo.
fact, this is true, if 'most In
of means 'about 60 79 %' of all the integers 10
So
25
Fi gu re
II.1
7S
too
(Squarefree Numbers)
Numerous investigations dealt with the determination of mean-values for special arithmetical functions. The aim of this chapter, however, is, to provide general theorems which secure the existence of mean-values for large classes of arithmetical functions, or, at least, to provide estimates for the sum nsx f(n). Of course, it is easier to obtain results for classes of arithmetical functions which have some kind of arithmetical
structure, and thus the functions most frequently dealt with are multiplicative.
Multiplicative functions, according to I. (2.6'), are determined by their values on the prime-powers. Higher prime-powers are rather rare, their number up to x being (l.G)
zp. sx, kz2 l 5 L ps-/x l
+
3s kslog x/log 2
X3
(
X} ).
Therefore, it is reasonable to assume that the behaviour of >'n
II.2. Elementary Mean-Value Theorems (WINTNER, AxER)
49
is intimately connected with the behaviour of 2:PsX f(p). An important example here is E. WIRSING'S theorem, which is introduced in II, § 4. Further examples are provided by DELANGE's theorem and the theorems of P. D. T. A. ELLIOTT and H. DABOUSSI (see Chapter VI). The HALASZ Theorem (see section 5 of this chapter ) deals with complex-
valued multiplicative functions that are restricted in size ( the condition Ifi s I is assumed ), but there is no assumption on EPsX f(p). Multiplicativity is treated as a Tauberian condition. E. WIRSING published his similar theorems with other restrictions on the values of f just one year before G. HALASZ. In particular, his results (and, of course, the HALASZ Theorem, too) contain a proof of the famous ERDOS-WINTNER conjecture: Any multiplicative function f, assuming only the values 1, 0 , and
-1, possesses a mean-value. Choosing f = µ, the MoBIUS function, the truth of this conjecture includes the prime number theorem.
11.2. ELEMENTARY MEAN-VALUE THEOREMS (WINTNER, AXER)
Chapter 1, section 2, discussed, for a given completely multiplicative func-
tion h, the linear transformation Th :
C°V -_> CN
, Th : f H f * h,
of the vector-space CN = { f: N - C } of complex-valued arithmetical functions onto itself. The map Th is bijective, and its inverse is
Th 1: f H (w h) *
f.
Theorem 2.1. Assume that h is a fixed completely multiplicative arithmetical function with mean-value M(h) = H, and that the arithmetical function f: IN -) C has the property (2.1)
Z '=I n-1 ' I (Th-1(f))(n)
I
= Z '=I n-1 I
oo.
a
Then the mean-value M(f) exists and is equal to
50
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, I
(2.2)
M(f) = H
X-=1 n-1
,
(Th-1(f))(n)
Choosing h = 1 (a constant function), we obtain the following result. Corollary 2.2 (A. WINTNER).
If
En 1 n-' -l
(2.3)
d
then the mean-value (2.4)
n
µ(d) f(n/d)I
M(f) = En=1 n-1'
din
exists.
Examples. (1)
Consider EULER S function 9 = µ * idN. Then din
d-1,V(d),
and so
(id)-1,9 = 1 s
(id-1-ii).
is convergent; hence Corol-
Obviously the series 2:n=1 lary 2.2 gives
n=1 n-2. IL(n) = (c(2))-1 = 6
n-2.
(2) If o(n) = Zd1n d denotes the sum of the divisors of n, then o = 1 * ld, and
(id)-1 * 1 . Arguing as before, Corollary 2.2 leads to M(
(id)-1,6
) = En=1 n-2 = I
'
n2.
for any d (3) If h is completely multiplicative , then h(n) = dividing n. Assume that M(h) = H exists and that Ih(n)I s K is bounded. Then, after a short calculation, Theorem 2.1, applied with f = h-9/id, gives the following mean-value result: H . Zn= n-1 d n H ' 21n=i
n 2'h(n)'µ(n) = H
n( 1- p-2.h(p) ).
(4) If h is the characteristic function of the set of integers coprime with and so some fixed integer m, then H = M(h) = n-1.p(n)
nsx, gcd(n,m)=1
=
`p(m)
m
, p.l' I (1 - p-2) m
II.?,. Elementary Mean-Value Theorems (WINTNER, AXER)
51
proof of Theorem 2.1. Abbreviate Th 1 ( f ) by f ' . Then f = h * f', and
nSx f(n) _ Ensx -
x
where O(d and
= o aX ),
dln
f'(d) h(n) rnl
dsx V(d)
nsx, n-0 mod d h` dl
asx f'(d)
( H.
X
as d
+
e(a\) ),
x - m; therefore IO(a I s s xa,
O (d) I s L(s) Is bounded, If d
if
x
d
2 K(s),
s K(s). Thus
E nsx f(n) _ 15d<m f (d) H- d + E1(x) + E2(x),
with two error terms; the first one is d>xd-1 f'(d) = o(x), as x --) oo,
E1(x)
due to the absolute convergence of d d sx
and so
E()I S 2
dsx/K(E)
I
f'(d)I -c-
dI+
/K(E)
The first sum is s d-1'If'(d)I, and is thus sufficiently small [using (2.1)]. The second sum is s L(s)
and so is <
/K(E)
a 5 L(E). x'
/K(c)
d-1'If'(d)I,
If x is sufficiently large.
11
If the function f In Corollary 2.2 Is multiplicative, then a nicer-looking result is available. 1) Corollary 2.3. Let f: IN -4 C be a multiplicative function satisfying (2.5)
z P
1)
f(P) - 1
< oo, I
This theorem will be sharpened later (DELANGE, ELLIOTT, WIRSING Theorems, see 11.4 and VII).
Mean-Value-Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, I
52
and (2.6)
2:
2:
P k22 P-k Then the mean-value
I
f( Pk )
I
< oo.
M(f) = rr ( 1 + P-1'(f(P)-1) +
(2.7)
P
exists.
Remark 1.
(a) If, in addition, f is strongly multiplicative (recall: this
means that f(pk) = f(p) for any p and any k = 1,2
M(f) = IT (
(2.7')
(b) If, in addition,
), then
+ P-1'(f(P)-1) ).
f is completely multiplicative, then
M(f) = Iii (
(2.7")
1
...
1+
P
Note that, in this case,
p-l.f(P))-1 ) p by condition
I
(2.6).
Proof of Corollary 2.3. The function f' = i*f is multiplicative, and so nsx
n-1.I f'(n)I s I-T Psx l 1 + P-1'If'(P)I + p 2 'If'(P )I
+
... ).
Using the values f'(p) = f(p) - 1 , and f'(pk) = f(pk) - f(pk-1), and utilizing the inequality I + (3 s exp((i) [if (i z 0], we obtain n-1.If'(n)I nsx
5 psx rr l 1+ s
+-7 p-k' I f(Pk) ka2
exp {psx I ( P-1.If(P)-II + I kz2
P-k.1
f(pk-1)I
)
f(Pk) - f(pk-1)I)} 11
The convergence of the series ZP follows from (2.5) and the convergence of p-2. Equations (2.5) and (2.6) imply the boundedness P of the series ( ZPsx( ... ) ) in the argument of the exponential function; thus the assumptions of Corollary 2.2 are verified, and Corollary 2.3 Is proven.
11
The method used for the proof of Theorem 2.1 also gives the following result.
Theorem 2.4. Let g, and h be arithmetical functions. Suppose that the mean-value M(g) exists and that the series Zn_1 is con-
0.2. Elementary Mean-Value Theorems
53
vergent. Then the function f = g * h has the mean-value M(f) _
(2.8)
n-1' h(n)
n
.
M(g).
The proof is left as an exercise (Exercise 2).
It is possible to weaken the assumptions in Corollary 2.2: absolute convergence of the series (2.3) is replaced by mere convergence; but an additional condition (2.10), that is weaker than absolute convergence is unavoidable. A sufficient condition is displayed in A. AxER's Theorem, as follows.
Theorem 2.5. Assume that f' = µ*f. Suppose that
f is
an arithmetical function, and put
the series Zn-1
(2.9)
Is convergent,
and that Y-nsN If'(n)I =
(2.10)
0(N) for N ->
ao.
Then the mean-value M(f) exists and equals
M(f) = Z'=I n-1'f'(n)
(2.4)
Examples. (5) The convolution formulae µ2 =
(
(1101). sq) * 1, id/cp
where sq is the characteristic function of the set of n-Z squares of integers, lead to M(µ 2) _ Z n=1 µ(n) = 6 n-2, and to x-'- Xnsx (n/p(n)) -3 IT (1 + (6) The function a r(n), where r(n) is the number of representations of n as a sum of two squares, is multiplicative and representable as = I
* (µz/gyp ),
{(p-1)p)-1).
Eden X(d), where X is the non-principal character modulo 4; therefore r = I * X, with convergent sum X d-1 X(d). So AXER's result gives the mean-value result I
M(ar)=1-1
t
1
1
3
5
..=a>t.
Remark 2. WINTNER's Theorem ( Corollary 2.2) follows from AxER's Theorem: The absolute convergence of X-=1 implies the following by partial summation (see I.1):
Z n-.If'(n)I nsx
.
n = x- nsx E
('x z n-1.lf'(n)I du s C'x. i
nsu
Mean-Value-Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, I
54
In fact, the same idea and sensitive handling of the sum and integral yields the stronger result Z W(n)I = o(x).
nsx
Remark 3. Condition (2.9) alone is not sufficient for the existence of M(f). See, for example, A. WINTNER [1943].
Remark 4. If M(f) exists and If 2:n n-1 f'(n) is convergent, then M(f) = Z n
Proof. The existence of M(f) implies M(f,x) = Z f(n) = nsx Partial summation gives
£(f,s) =
M(f)
n
o(x).
(s-1)-1, as s -4 1+.
Therefore, M(f) = lims-->
1(s) = limes
1+
1+
But the convergence of Implies, by the continuity theorem for DIRICHLET series (or, what amounts to the same, by partial summation), that lim9- 1+ E and Remark 4 is proved.
Proof of AXER's Theorem. Abbreviating (i - [3] by (a), a routine calculation (change of the order of summation) gives nsN
f(n)=E nsN Edin f'(d) N ' Ed-
dsN f'(d)
d-' f'(d) -
[3]
dsN f '(d)
'
l T}
Zd=1 d-1 V(d) + o(N) + R(N),
=N
with the remainder term (2.11)
R(N) = -d N f '(d) ' l N }
It must be shown that R(N) is not larger than o(N). The summatory function
MW, x) = Z f'(n) nsx
has the following properties:
11.2. Elementary Mean-Value Theorems
55
IM(f',x)I s 1 If'(n)I s
(I)
C by (2.10),
nsx
= o(x), as x -*
IM(f',x)I
o.
Statement (ii) is obtained from (2.9) and partial summation: (n-1.f'(n))
M(f',x) =nsx Z
.
n = nsx Z
y + o(1), (ii) is easily proved [in order
and, inserting Zmcx to show
du,
E 1 nsu
x
f x o(1) du = o ( ftx
1
x
du ), split the integral into f1
x +
Next we consider the sum R(M,N)
M
P(d)
{
n}.
ABEL summation II. 1, Theorem 1.3; Theorem 1.1, which is easier, is not
applicable, the function x H {x} being not differentiable] gives
N}
- R(M,N) = (M(f', N) - M(f', M<nsN-1
(M(f', n)-M(f',
n
Therefore,
IR(M,N)I 5 2
max
M<nsN-1
N
IM(f', n)I
M<nsN-1
I
Nn +T1 - [Nn- }I
Now divide the integers n in M < n s N-1 into two disjoint classes .' and
n
7: n is in P If [ N ] = C
n
otherwise it is in T. If n is in P, then
{jir}-{n}I-I
-n
Isn (n+1)
and so
M<nsN i,
nc ( M( f', n) - M(f',M)) s
max
M<nsN
IM(f', n)I
{
N n +T }
- {n}
I
n>M n n+1)
s N max M<nsN
`
M
N
For integers n ¢ T the inequality
1s n+f
I
n
IM(f', n)I.
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, I
56
implies that there are at most M elements in J'; thus I{n-}-{n1I52
n 7
IR(N)I 5
s
IZdsM
f'(d)
a} I
6 NM max M<nsN
N
+I 2:M
and finally choose N so large (this Choose E > 0, then fix M = IM(f', n)I < E2 N. Then possible by (ii)) that max M<nsN
Is
11
11.3. ESTIMATES FOR SUMS OVER MULTIPLICATIVE FUNCTIONS (RANKIN'S TRICK)
This section deals with sums over non-negative multiplicative functions; the results given connect [estimates for] the size of values of f at prime-
powers in mean with the estimates of the sum Zn.,N f(n) from above (this Is rather easy) and from below (this is more difficult). The Ideas Involved are not too difficult: to obtain an upper estimate for EnsN f(n), where f z 0, an additional weight factor g(n) z I is introduced (for example, g(n) = log n If n z 3, or g(n) = (N/n)o if n s N), which makes the treatment of the sum easier (for example, log n can be split additively, or other factors g(n) make it possible to remove some troublesome conditions of summation without increasing the sum under consideration too much); the factor g(n) has to be chosen in such a way that the new sum EnSN f(n)-g(n) can be dealt with in a simpler way. Surprisingly that this simple method ("RANKIN's trick") is often very effective. Theorem 3.1. Suppose that for a non-negative, multiplicative arithmetical function f: N -> [0,co[, for every y z 1, the upper estimate
0 3. Estimates for Sums over Multiplicative Functions
P2]
S7
y (log Y),
f(pk) log pk s C
is true with some a 2 0 and some positive constant c1. Then there are constants c2, c3, which depend only on c1 so that for all x Z 2
Zx f(n) s c2 x (log x)'-' exp f p x P-1. f(p)
(3.2)
(3.3) Zx f(n) s c3 x log°`x exp { p21x p
+pZ k 2
P-k f(pk) },
E k2 P-k. f(pk)}. psx
Remark. If, for every prime-power pk, 0 s f(pk)s Y1 Y2k, where Y2 < 2, then (3.1) holds with a = 0.
Proof. The function n H log n is additive, and so log n = p"Iln log pk Inserting this into Y-nsx f(n) log n, inverting the order of summation, and using the multiplicativity of f, we obtain
I f(n) log n = p"sx E log pk E f(m) f(pk). nsx msx/P", P-l' M Inverting the order of summation again, and neglecting the condition this leads to the estimate Z f(n)-log n s 21 f(m) msx
nsx
p
"
7-
sx/m
f(pk) log pk s ci x (log x )°C
Z M-1-f(m). msx
Assumption (3.1) was used in the last line. The multiplicativity of f and the inequality I+ y s exp(y) imply
I m-1 f(m) s p11
msx
s exp
l (
+
I
P-1, f(p) + p
...
}
Z P-k' f(Pk)) = E(x), psx ki2 for the moment. Then, for x z 2, E f(n)-log(n) s ci x log°` x E(x), and
I
2snsx
Z psx
nsx
f(n) s s c1 x log°'-ix E(x)
n/ log 2) + { X-21
E
I<nsx
f(n)-log n/(2 log x)
log x/ log 2 + 2} S 4 c1 x logac-1 x E(x).
In our argument we used the fact that y H E(y) is monotonically increasing, and that the maximum of x- log x / log 2 in x 2 2 is attained at x = e2 and equals 1.06 ...
.
The estimate Zp5x p-1 s loglog(x) + c4 (see 1.7) implies the second assertion.
Mean-Value-Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, I
58
Another form of this theorem is given in G. HALL & G. TENENBAUM [19881, Theorem 0.1.
Theorem 3.2. Let f be a non-negative multiplicative function satisfying (3.4)
p s cIX ( X 2 1
P:CX E
),
and
log(pk) 5 c2.
Z P-k.f(pk) p k22 Then, for any x Z 1,
(3.5)
Z f(n)s ( c1 + c2 + 1) x
nsx
Z n-'-f(n). nsx
log-1 x
Remark. WIRSING'S condition f(pk) s YI'Y2k for k z 2, where 0 s Y2<2,
is stronger than condition (3.5) for the higher prime-powers. Proof. As before, we begin with nX
f(n)-log(n) = p4Z log (Pk)
s Z f(m) Z
psx/m
msx
.
ms
f(p) log p +
ZP`. P Y n f (M). f(Pk)
E plsx ,k22
f(pk) log pk Z
msx/p
f(m).
The obvious estimate
lmsx/p`
f (m)
SX'
P-k
.
m-1
msx/p.
.
f(m)
implies, together with the assumptions of Theorem 3.2, nZ
f(n)-log(n) 5 ( c1 + c2
x
Xx
m-I ' f(m),
and so, noting that ( log n + x/n ) z log x in I s n s x,
X nsx
f(n) s
I log X nsx
f(n) log n +
cl+c2+1)
x
log x
X log X ' mix
,
x
n f(n)
f(n) n
11
RANKIN'S trick is applied to the proof of the following theorem.
Theorem 3.3. Assume that f Is a non-negative multiplicative function,
and denote the maximal prime divisor of n by P(n) = pmax(n). Suppose that z > y, and that for some A > 0 the series
0.3. Estimates for Sums over Multiplicative Functions
p Yk22
(3.6)
S9
pk. f(pk). pkA
is convergent. If
log( log z/logy / log y --> 0
(3.7)
as y -- oo, then
log z [ E P-'-f(p) -log( llog z_)]). log y p5y
(3.8) n>z,P(n)sy n-'-f(n) << exp( log Y
Remark. The series n,P(n)sy
n-1. f(n)
is equal to II (
1+
P-1. f(p) +
... ),
P:CY
and so, in some cases, Theorem 3.3 also implies results on -1
1nsz,P(n)sy n
.f(n)'
Proof of Theorem 3.3. With some parameter 8, 0 s S s A, we use a weight-function, printed in bold-face, to obtain n-1 .f(n) 5 En>z,P(n)sy (n/z)8
C+n>z,P(n),y
S z-sz
n-1 .f(n)
n-i,f(n),ns n P(n)sy
z-s,TI (I + psy
p-2,f(p2),p2s +
<< exp {-s.log(z) + Epsy A good choice for 8 is 8 = ( log y )-
log z
log ( logy ). Owing to condition (3.7) this expression is < A if y Is sufficiently large. Using this choice of 8, the assertion of Theorem 3.3 is proved. 0
Lower bounds for non-negative multiplicative functions are accessible only with greater effort. First we deduce an auxiliary result on "rather small" non-negative multiplicative functions, where, for simplicity, the summation is extended only over squarefree integers. We need some elemen-
tary results on prime numbers with explicit constants. The inequality
n p < 4n
(3.9)
(valid for n =
psn 1,
2, ...) is easily proved by induction (see Exercise 17).
DENIS HANSON, Canad. Math. Bull. 1S, 33-37 (1972), gives a stronger
Mean-Value-Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, I
60
result). Equation (3.9) implies 0(n) < 2-log 2
n.
Partial summation leads to
Z p-flog p < 2-log 2
psx
s 1.4
(1-log 2)
log x + 2-log 2
log x + o.45
< 1.55
log x,
if x z e3. In passing we mention that, according to RossER-ScHOEN(and therefore x 2 e3 FELD [1962], psx P-1-log p < log x for x > could be replaced by x Z e). 1
Figure 11.2 shows the rather smooth function (log x)-1.psx Z in the range I s x s 600.
p
1
20
200
100
400
300
Soo
600
F i g u r e II.2. Lemma 3.4. Let h be a multiplicative, non-negative arithmetical function satisfying 0 s h(p) s 0.1 for every prime p.
Then, for x Z e3, (3.10)
Z
nsx
µ2(n)
'
n-'- h(n) Z 0.8
fl psx (
1
+
P-1. h(p) )
.
Proof. Denote by P(n) the maximal prime divisor of n, as before. Consider the difference between the sum under consideration and the ex-
11.3. Estimates for Sums over Multiplicative Functions
pected approximation 1T
IT (1 + p-'-h(p)) Then,
applying
(
1 + p-I h(p)
µ2(n)
RANKIN's
n-1-h(n) =
.
n>x P(n)Sx
n 1 h(n)
s (log s (log s 0.1
x)-I -
P x
n1
the
h(n) Z log p / log x Pin
p-1 - h(p) log p ' P(a)S X
x)-1 Z p1. h(p) . log p- II ( Psx Psx
(log x)-,
n-1,h(n).
log n log x
,
n>x,P(n)sx E µ2(n) n>x,P(n)sx
µ2(n)
weight-function neglecting the condition
with
again,
idea
log n /log x, this difference is (writing n = d i x/p and using h(p) s 0.1 µ2(n)
61
(
1.SS
log x)
1-1 (
1
2(d) d-I h(d) 1
+
p-1. h(p)
+ P-1 h(p)
if x 2 e3, and the assertion will follow, after replacing 1.55 by 2. Theorem 3.5 [BARBAN]. Let g be a non-negative multiplicative arithmetical function bounded at the primes, 0 s g(p) s C1.
Then there Is some positive constant C2, depending only on C 11 such that the Inequality (3.11)
n
Z
r
µ2(n).n-1.g(n)
2 C2
exp ( N P-1'g(P) P
holds as soon as N is sufficiently large.
Proof. In order to apply Lemma 3.4, choose an integer m so large that m = [10-C I I + 1, and put z = N1/r". Define completely multiplicative functions g* and H0 by (3.12)
g*(Pk) = {g(p)}k, k = 1, 2, ...,
H0(n) =
m-0(n)
.
n-1 .g*(n)
If H is any non-negative, completely multiplicative function, then
Mean-Value-Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, 1
62
H(n) }m = Zz ,..., n . H( n s rszm Z H(r) t m (r)
with the divisor function tm(r) counting the number of representations
of r as a product of m factors. The values of tm at primes p are tm(p) = m, and thus tm(n) = m0(n) if n is squarefree. Using the representation tm = 1 * ... * 1 = 1 * 'cm-11 the relation (3.13)
tm(Pk)
k+m -1 =l m- 1 ),k=1,2,...,m=1,2,...,
is easily proved by induction (Exercise 16).
Write r in the form r = r'-d, where d is squarefree, r' is 2-full (this means that pir' implies p2Ir' ), and gcd(r',d) = 1. Then, neglecting the condition gcd(r',d) = 1, we obtain
Ensz H(n) }m s Xr' szm, r' 2-full H(r) tm(r') psz^'
1
2: dSzm
H(P3)'tm(p3) + ...
+
Ed:,.,,
x
}
i
With the choice H = HO given above (see (3.12) ), and paying attention to g* (p) s C1, the product PO = 1f 1 + HO(p2).tm(P2) + HO(p3).tm(p3) +
...
}
is convergent (for this, an estimate such as tm(pk) «m'e pk is useful). The sum G(N,m) = { nsN-
j2(n).n-1,g*(n),m-n(n) }rn
={E
O (n)
nsNvm
satisfies
E µ2(d) H0(n) }m s P0 d sN G(N,m) 5{nsN"m E
.
d-1, g(d)
on the one hand; on the other hand we obtain, from Lemma 3.4, G(N,m) 2
( 0.8 )m , n pSNvml
These two estimates Imply the relation
1
+
g(p) )m.
}=n
19.3. Estimates for Sums over Multiplicative Functions
dsN
µ2(d)
d
(0.8
g(d) z P o
1
)m P
n (I +
63
\n,
p
m
l
for every N 2 e3m. For 0 s x < 1 the inequality z (1-x2
(1+x) = (1-x
is valid. Thus we obtain (with x = g(p)/mp)
TI (1 - (
P1
)2 ) > IT
(
P
P
1 - 0.01. p-2 1J > 0.9
(by an easy numerical estimate), and, finally, d
µ2(d)
N
d
z po
-I.p1m.
( 0.8 )n'
.
exp(-C1
x exp ( psN E
N
psN p
1
m
The well-known asymptotic formula for Zpsx P-1 (1.6, (6.7)) yields N ,gym
P-1
= log(m) + o(1), N -- w,
and thus Theorem 3.5 is proved. BARBAN's Theorem dealt with functions of order n -I ..in mean". For multiplicative functions of order 1 "in mean", removing the restriction of summation over squarefree integers, one gets the following theorem. Theorem 3.6. Let f be a non-negative multiplicative arithmetical function, satisfying (3.14)
f(p) z Y1 > 0 for all primes p z POI
and
f(pk) s Y2 for every prime p and every k = 1,2,...
Then, with some positive constant y depending only on PO ,
(3.15)
the inequality Z Z nsx f(n) 2 Y ' x ' exp ( psx
holds for every x > x0. Proof. As in the proof of Theorem 3.1 we begin with
1))
.
Y1' Y2
and
Mean-Value-Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, I
64
nsx f(n) log n =
L. (x)
2
msx f(m) 2:
p sx/m, p m
f(m) I psx/m, Pkm f(P)'log p.
msx
Assumption (3.14) on the values f(p), and a TCHEBYCHEFF-estimate for S(x), yield
L (x) i f
msx, m squarefree
f(m)
{ 2
Y1
Xm +
0(1) - YZ6)(m) log X},
the constant hidden in the O-notation depends only on Po, Y1 and y Since ca(m) log x s t(m) log x = O (m' log x) = o (x/m) for m s xi, we obtain Lf (x) 2 Y 3 '
ms-x
f(m) . xm. µ2(m),
and BARBAN's Theorem 3.S gives
Emsrx µ2(m)
.
m-'-f(m) 2 .y3
,
exp{
Zps&
p-1 = loglog x + Y4 + 0(1), and
,rx
p-1 f(P) 5 Y2' log 2 + o(1)
(for these results, the prime number theorem is needed) we obtain finally (for x 2 xo) nsx f (n) 2 (log z
x)-1 ,
Lf(x) Z YS
log x exp{zpsx P-1' f(P) }
, y , x , eXp { Epsx p-1 (f (P) - 1) }.
This is the result we looked for.
0
11.4. Wlrsing's Mean-Value Theorem
6S
11.4. WIRSING'S MEAN-VALUE THEOREM FOR SUMS OVER NON-NEGATIVE MULTIPLICATIVE FUNCTIONS
A rather general, and very useful, result concerning the behaviour of sums En-<x f(n) over non-negative multiplicative arithmetical functions is a E. WIRSING's Mean-Value Theorem [196t]. The main assumption is one specifying the asymptotic behaviour of the sum Zpsx f(p). The HARDY-LITTLE WOOD-KARAMATA Tauberian Theorem allows deduction of a result on 2:n ,x n-1 f(n) (in fact, in his paper [1961] WIRSING used elementary arguments, but in [1969] he sketched the method used here in [19691). Elementary arguments establish a connection between the sum 2:n-1.
f(n) log n and Insx n-
1
f(n).
Theorem 4.1 [E. WIRSING]. Let f: N - [0,co[ be a non-negative multiplicative function. Assume that with some constant t > 0 the asymptotic relation (4.1)
t + 0(1))
p
psx
x, x --> co
holds, and that for every prime p and k = 2, at prime powers are 'small', f(pk)
(4.2)
3, ...,
the values of f
sY1Y2 k, where 0< '2<2.
Then, as x -> oo, the asymptotic formula
(4.3) nsx Z f(n) _ (1 + o(1))
e-et
x
log x
I
-,
I' (t)
T1 psx l
+ f(p) + f(p2) p
p2
+
...
holds. i° denotes EULER's constant, r(.) the gamma-function. Remark 1. (4.2) may be replaced by weaker assumptions, e.g.
of (log x)-1 ),
E P Zk=2, P"2x and
f(p) =
O(pl-g
) for some 8 > 0.
Using the Relationship Theorem from Chapter III (Theorem 2.1), these assumptions can be weakened further.
Mean-Value-Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, I
66
Remark 2. (i) Starting with (4.1), partial summation gives (4.4)
log x,
P-1'f(p)'log p = ( t + o(1))
psx
and, furthermore, the convergence of the series (4.S) (Flog P)-1 f(p) = f I(t + o(1)) 2 + log u du .
P
u
2
p = O(p), and this estimate, together with (4.S),
(ii) (4.1) gives
implies the convergence of
Z P-2' f 2(p) << Z (p . log p)-1 . f(p). P P
Lemma 4.2. Suppose that the assumptions of WIRSING's Theorem 4.1 are valid. Abbreviate (4.6)
nsx
f(n)
and
by M(f,x),
-7 n-1 f(n) nsx
by m(f,x).
Then, as x -* CO, (4.7)
t + 0(1))
M(f,x)
Proof. Put Z(f,x) =
nsx f(n)
'
log x
m(f,x).
log n. Then, making use of the multiplica-
tivity of f (as in the last section, 11.3, but with a little bit more care): 8(f,x) =
nsx f(n)
2:
'
P"Iln
pk
log Pk = Em,P"S X, Pt m pk -
Em,p"sx
pk
Z f(m)'{p"sx/rn I
Z
M:rx
p""sx/m
p.i'm,r=1,k21
Using assumption (4.1), the first sum t
.
x M
+
Z
f(pk).log(pk
p"sx/m
)
equals
0( m x ) + p"sxTm,k=2
Thus the problem is reduced to an estimation of remainder terms. Having proved the formulae (4.8')
:=
S 1
p"sx,kk2
o(x)
11,4. Wirsing's Mean-Value Theorem
S
(4.8")
:_
2
67
o(x),
Z
p.., s x
rxl,k21
we obtain
E(f,x) = E
msx
t'
lm
f(m)+Om
= t x' m(f,x) +
msx
0
x m
= t x m(f,x) + o(x m(f,x)). Partial summation (see I. Theorem 1.1) then gives the assertion [the Integral f 2 t m(f,u) log-2u du is easily shown to be of lower order, using the trivial estimate m(f,u) s m(f,x)].
In order to substantiate (4.9) one has to show that, for some [fixed, large] constant K, the estimate E m-1 f(m) = of x m(f,x)) x/K<msx
X,
holds. But this sum is [the bold-face factor in the next formula is 2 1, as long as x/K s m ] 5K
Zx/K<msx f(m) s K' 'msx f(m)
.
log(m) /log(X/K)
= 0K( 2(f,X)/ log X) = 0K(
log x).
For S1, the sum up to x)-2 is easily estimated by C')(x/log x), using the weaker condition of Remark 1. The remaining sum, where k 2 2 and
x is less than
f(p) log x P = of
2-2 x)
x l
log( 1 gx -1 = o(x).
k
The sum S
2
:_
E p...sx r21,k21
Is more difficult. Split this sum into S' + 2S" + S'", with the following summation conditions:
S': k = r = 1, p2 s x,
Mean-Value-Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, I
68
S":r=1,k22,1+k5x, S"':kZ2,rZ2,pr+k5x. Since f(p) log p = o(p), S' _
Ps/z o(P)' f(p) = C7( x'(log
x)-1
).
For S", fix an integer K so large that (1+K)-1 + (log Y2/log 2) < 1; this is possible by the condition Y2 < 2. Then split S" into S"1 + S"2, where 2 5 k 5 K in S"1, and k > K in S"2, and use f(pk) 5 YIY2k. Then S"2 5 upsxv,,. , f(p) log p <<
-Y
P:""Wc,
f(p)
'
Y1, Ikslogx/log2 k- Y2
k
log2 (X). xlogy/log2 < < x1-3
with some S > 0. More easily, we obtain S"I << ZP_.CX- f(p) log P' Z2sksKk 12k << xi-S
The treatment of S". with the result S"' << x1-s is simpler than that of S" and is left as an exercise (see Exercise 12). By Lemma 4.2 it is sufficient to prove an asymptotic formula for m(f,x) = nsx n-'-f(n). The following will be proved, applying the HARDYLITTLEWOOD-KARAMATA Tauberian Theorem.
Theorem 4.3 (E. WIRSING). Denote by g: W -> [0,0o[ a non-negative mu!tiplicative function satisfying (4.10)
GPsx
t + o(i)) log x, where t > 0,
g(p) log(p)
g2(p)
(4.11) P
and, for all primes p and k = 2, 3, g(pk)
(4.12)
...
,
5 Yl'(Y2/P)k, where Y2 < 2.
Then
(4.13)
n 21
g(n) _ (1 + 0(1))
I'(t+1) r -L°t
_ (1 + 0(1))
1'(t+1
IT (1 + g(p) + g(p2) + ... psx '
P
exp (
psx g(P)),
)
11.4. Wirsing's Mean-Value Theorem
69
with a convergent product
P = II exp -g(p))'
(4.14)
(1
+
g(p)
+
g(p2)
+
... )
.
P
Remark 3. Condition (4.12) may be replaced by the weaker assumption
E E g(pk) < oo. p ka2
(4.12')
proof of Theorem 4.3. Consider the generating DIRICHLET series
Vg,o) _ Yn=l g(n)
n-O.
The following conditions hold: (i) (ii)
(iii)
The product P is convergent. £(g,o) is convergent in o > 0. o-t B(g,o) ti P exp ( H(o)
),
o -* 0+,
where
H(o) = Y_ g(P)'P ' - t
log(o-1).
(iv)
The function x H L(x) : = exp ( H(1/x)) is slowly oscillating.
(v)
Z g(p) P
(vi)
For any real r, 0 < r <
P-a =
'
g(p) -
X
psexp(1/o)
o(1), as o -4 0+.
1,
Z g(p) = rlog(C ) + o(1), y ->Co.
yr
Taking these assertions for granted, (iii) and (iv), with g z 0, permit application of the HARDY- LITTLE WO OD- KARAMATA Tauberian Theorem (see
Appendix A.4) to the DIRICHLET series £(g,o); thus we obtain [using (v) in the 2nd line]
nI g(n) - r(P 1) ti
(log x )t .
P
r(t+1)
'
e
et
exp { P g(p) p-1/Iog(x) - t loglog x}
exp {PSx L g(p) }.
Assertions (i) to (vi) remain to be proven.
O) First abbreviate exp( -g(p)) (1 + g(p) + g(p2) + ... ) to w(p), and choose p0 so large that g(p) s z for p 2 p0 (this is possible; g(p) tends to zero). For 0 s E s 1 [for example, by TAYLOR'S formula] the inequality
Mean-Value-Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, I
70
ESexp(-e) s1-E+2 E2
is valid; therefore, with some 0 = 0p w(P) - 1
I
= I(
5
1 - g(P) +
,
0 s 0p
s
1,
(1 + g(p) + g(p2) + ...) - 1
2
I -g2(P) + (1-g(P)).(g(P2)+...) + 11.3 shows the functions 1-x,
Figure
exp(-x), and 1-x+2'x2
for 0 s x s 2. The Figure
diagram was produced using the computer algebra system
11.3.
RIBMANN II.
The convergence of the series g2(p) and g(pk) and the inequalp k22 P ity Ig(p)I s 2 [for large p] imply the absolute convergence of the product
P = n (1 + (w(P)-1)) (ii) Because of the inequality (here multiplicativity is exploited ! ) g(n)-n-a
Z nsx
5 psx n (1 +
g(P)'P-o
+ g(p2),p-2o + ... )
for o > 0, deduced by partial the convergence of the series summation from (4.7)!) and of 2: p2: k22g(pk) imply the convergence of . (g,o) in a > 0. So (ii) is true. (vi)
is proved by partial summation: {log
y,
log(y) - log(yr)
=
p}-1
{log y }-1
+ t . f y { log u - log yr + o (log u) } {u log2u}-ldu, r and, performing an easy calculation, this equals
-t
log r +
o(1).
Next we come to (ill), (iv) and (v). As long as a >
0,
jj,4.Wirsing's Mean-Value Theorem
log £(g,(j)
71
p = 7,1 (a) + 7,2(x), Z g(P)'P o + E h (a)
p
P
where g(p2).p-2o + ... )
hp (a) = {log li +
-
I.
x Z 0, y Z 0. Figure 11.4 gives the function
TAYLOR'S formula gives I log(1+x+y) - X1 s y+
2(x+y)2 if
log(1+x+y) - x 0.0 0.0 0.4 0.1
y + ''(x+y)2 in the region x,y > 0.01. It was produced using the com-
puter algebra system RIEMANN II (Begemann & Niemeyer, Detmold).
2 F i g u r e
11.4.
Therefore,
I
hp(a)
I
S kk2 g(pk) + 2 (k 1 g(pk) )2.
By the WEIERSTRASS criterion, 7,2(6) is uniformly convergent in 6 Z 0, and so 7,2(0) = 7, 2(0) + o(1), a - 0+.
7,1(6) is to be treated by partial summation. Split this sum into 7,1(x) _ Ipsexp(1/o)
g(P)'P-o
7,11(6)
+ 'p>exp(1/o)
+
7,12(6).
The second sum is easier to handle: 7,12(6) =
Je /6 { 1/aE
g
By assumption (4.7) the expression in braces {
...
} is
t
(log u - log exp (6-1)) + o(log u), and thus, using the substitution w = 6 log u, a straightforward calculation results in 7, 12 ( 6 )
t + 00) )
fa` 1
w-1
dw.
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, I
72
For 211(0), we apply partial summation to the difference: P-°
(0) 11
psexp(1/°) g(P) log p
psexp(1/0 g(p) _
1/0
_
f e PsU I
pse 1/0
log p d P'u( lo°g u)du.
2
p, and sub-
Using the asymptotic formula (4.7) again for Epsx we obtain stituting w = 211(6) - Zpsexp(1/°) g(p) = O(1) -
[
f 1 w-1,(1-e-W) dw. O
Summarizing, using the integral representation 1
dw - f
L° = f
0
OD
dw,
1
for EULER'S constant, we obtain the formula g(P)'P_°
= 2:psexp(1/0) g(p)
Zpsexp(1/o)
+ 0(1)'
and (v) is proved. The function x H L(x) = exp ( H(x-1)) is slowly oscillating: without loss
of generality, c s 1; then, using the definition of H(.), (v) and (vi),
log L(x) = H((cx)-1) - H(x-1)
log
exp(x)
= clog C -
g(p) - clog x + 0(1) c + 0(1) = 0(1).
So, finally, as a -) 0+, collating our results, .D(g,O) = exp ( X1(6) + X2(0) )
=P where H(O) =
0-L P
exp (
P
0
exp ( X1(0) -
H(O) ),
1
is slowly oscillating. The proof of
Theorem 4.3 and 4.1 is now complete.
0
We note that E. WIRSING also proved results on complex-valued func-
tions and quote his result without proof.
11.4, Wlrsing's Mean-Value Theorem
73
Theorem 4.4. Assume that f satisfies the conditions of Theorem 4.1 with t * 0; let f : IN --j C be a second multiplicative function, If s f, I
satisfying
I
(4,15)
p ti
psx
S
x, x
m.
and
IT(
(4.16)
1
psx
+
P_I.f*(p) + =
of psx IT (1
+ P-1'f(P) +
Then
X
(4.17)
f*(n) = o (
nsx
f(n) ).
nsx
Remark 4. Condition (4.16), concerning the product TI from the simpler condition
(...), follows
f(p) - Re{f*(P)}) = oo.
(4.16*) P
There are numerous possible Applications of WIRSING's Theorem, some of which are presented below.
(1) Denote by b the characteristic function of the set (3 of positive integers, representable as a sum of two squares: B _ { n e N; 3 x,y e 7 L : n = x2 + y2 }, 6(n) = 1, if n e 8, b(n) = 0 otherwise.
Then 6 is multiplicative by virtue of the Identity (x2 +
-I2) = (x +
Obviously, b(2k) = 1, b(p2k) =
1
y)2.
for any prime p and any k e N. From
elementary number theory it is known that b(p) = 0, and 6(p2k+1) = 0 If p = 3 mod 4, and 6(pk) = I for any k e N if p = 1 mod 4. Thus, Z psx
p = 0(1) +
psx, p=1 mod 4
log p = zx + o(x),
by the prime number theorem (see 1.7 (7.12) ). Now WIRSING's Theorem 4.1 is applicable and yields
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, I
74
x
1
Z 6(n) = nsx
r(z)
.I(l+p-i+p-2+...) 2rT 1+p-2+p-4+...1,
log xp=1(4) psx
p=3(4)
Note that F(2) = it. The product over the primes p = 3 mod 4 is convergent, and thus x (1+p 1) rT nsx 6(n) - Y log x psx,p-1 mod 4 Y
x
exp
x
E psx,pn1 mo
p
)
Y
Figure II.S shows the function x-i -Tnsx 6(n) (upper curve) and the approximation, given by the right-hand side of the formula at the top of this page, in the range 1 s x s 9oo. Only every third value is plotted.
O.5 .
0.1 30
300
150
600
F I g u r e
900
H.S.
(2) Given a monic, irreducible polynomial P(X) e 7L[X] of degree z denote by p(n) the number of solutions of the congruence
1,
P(m)=0mod n, Ismsn. Then p 2 0, p is multiplicative, 0 s p(p) s deg(P), p(pk) is bounded by a result of T. NAGEL(L) ([1919], [1923], see [1956], p.90) and the prime ideal theorem implies psx
P(P) ' log p - x
(see ERDOS, [1952]). Thus, again, WIRSING's theorem is applicable, giving
z P(n) ^'
nsx
e-
x
log x
(l + P-1 . P(P )+ rT P:9 X
p-2 .P(p2) + ...).
11 4.
Wlrsing's Mean-Value Theorem
7S
k) (3) The divisor-function t is multiplicative, t(p = k+l, and for any real
rz0
Z tr(p) log p - 2r
x.
psx Thus,
WIRSING'S theorem gives a much sharper result than the upper
estimate deduced in Chapter I (Theorem 2.7 (c)): tr(n) ^, C2,6 (F(2r)-t , 1g (1+ p -t.2 r+ P-2. 3 r + ...)
znsx
Y'
1gx
t\
exp (2: psx
x)2'
(4) Given some fixed set 7 of primes with the property log p ti -c-x, t > 0, we denote by No the set of positive integers solely composed from primes in 7,
neA1o#* (pin=* p.5r), and the characteristic function of this set by f7: n -->1, if n e Al o, 0 other-
wise. Then there is an asymptotic formula for Ensx f, (n), and, for any fixed integer m, the values c)(n), where n e AZo, are relatively uniformly distributed modulo m; this means that the number M r m s.(x) of integers n s x, n in Y, with the property w(n) = r mod m, is asymptotically equal to m-t tt{ n s x, ne A 0 Denote
by fU (n)
an
s
f (n) n) = t = and
£c,,
()
m-r.u). Put then the conditions of Theorem 4.3 are fulfilled,
m-th root of unity
(abbreviated
Yp p- -( fSr(p) - Re( f*(p) ) ) = w, if E $ 1. WIRSING's Theorem 4.1 gives an asymptotic formula for MS.(x) =nE f (n),
and Theorem 4.4 (which Is not proved in this Chapter) gives
E f (n)
nsx
s`°(n)
= o ( Mf(x) ), if e $ 1.
But
M
a,,r,m,J (x) _ nsx
f(n)
m-t
Eo(n)-r
,
a m-r.u
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, 1
76
=
m-1
Mf(x) + 0 ( Mf(x) ),
and so the result is proved.
0
U.S. THE THEOREM OF G. HALASZ ON MEAN-VALUES OF COMPLEX-VALUED MULTIPLICATIVE FUNCTIONS
E. WIRSING's Theorem 4.1 is not sufficiently strong to give a solution for the old conjecture of ERDbs and WINTNER: any multiplicative function taking only the values +1, -1 and 0 possesses a mean-value. But WIRSING believed that an assumption such as p ti
psx
'C
-
log x
instead of (4.1) ought to be sufficient for deducing [some] results on the mean-value of a multiplicative, real-valued function f. One of his results, 1967, is quoted below. One year later G. HALAsz dealt with complex- valued multiplicative functions of modulus less than or equal to one. However, for complex-valued functions difficulties may occur. The example f(n) = exp(
n ),
with
Z f(n)
nsx
(1+it
)-1
x
xit + 0( log x )
shows that for t $ 0 the mean-value of a complex-valued function of modulus 1 need not exist (see Exercise IX, 1). E. WIRSING [1967] proved the following results. Theorem 5.1. Let f be a non-negative multiplicative arithmetical function, satisfying
If(p)I s G for all primes p,
(5.1)
(5.2)
psx
P-1
f(p)
log p - t log x,
The Theorem of G. Halasz
u .s.
77
with some constants G > 0, t > 0, and
2 If(Pk) I < ao; p k22 P-k ' then, in addition, the condition
(5.3)
If 0 < t s
1,
E
(5.4)
p kk2, p`sx
If(Pk)I = C7 ( x/log x).
is assumed to hold. Then (5.5)
21
nsx
f(n) _ (1 + o(1))'
e
log x
-°t
r(-0
. IT
+
f(p
psx l
f(p2)
+
+
p
P
...
.
Theorem 5.2. Assume that f: N -4 C is multiplicative and satisfies assumptions (5.1) to (S.4) of Theorem 5.1, and, moreover, that Z
(5.6)
p-I
.
(
If(P)I - Re (f(p))
)
< co.
P
Then assertion (5.5) of Theorem 5.1 is true.
Some preparations are helpful for the formulation of the next result. Let
g={ z= p'e1" E C; O s 9< 2n, O s p s r(p) } be some region in the complex plane C containing 0. Define its "average radius" by
r(g) _
(2n)-I
.
f2n r(y) dp. 0
Theorem 5.3. Assume that f: N -) [0,co[ Is multiplicative and satisfies the assumptions of Theorem 5.1. Let f : N -4 C be multiplicative, If s f. Suppose there Is a convex region g c C with average radius r(g) < 1, containing 0, such that contains all values f*(p). Then I
fz
nsx
(n) =
x
log x
e->°t
r(t)
rr / psx l
1
+
(p) P
+
f (p?) p2
+
...
+o
nsx
We do not prove these theorems here, but refer to WIRSING'9 paper [1967]; a proof by A. HILDEBRAND for a special version of WIRSING'S
Theorem for real-valued functions is given in Chapter IX, and, in the
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, I
78
same chapter, we give a result due to G. HALASZ1) [1968] for complexvalued multiplicative functions of modulus IfI s 1; the proof given there will be "elementary" and follows H. DABOUSSI and K.-H. INDLEKOFER [19901.
Theorem S.4 (G. HALAsZ). Let f be a multiplicative arithmetical func-
tion of modulus IfI s 1. Then there exist a real constant a, a com-
plex constant C and a slowly oscillating, continuous function L: [1,co [ -) C, ILI = 1, for which the asymptotic relation
Z f(n) = C
nsx
L( log x )
xl+Ioe
.
+ o(x)
Is true.
The function L and the constants a, C may be given explicitly. 2) proof of parts of Theorem S.4 is postponed until Chapter IX.
The
11.6. THE THEOREM OF DABOUSSI AND DELANGE ON THE FOURIER-COEFFICIENTS OF MULTIPLICATIVE FUNCTIONS
In 1974 H. DABOUSSI and H. DELANGE announced the result that, for irrational values of a, FouRIER-coefficients f^(a) of multiplicative arithmetical functions f of absolute value IfI s are zero. DABOUSSI and DELANGE [1982] proved the following stronger result. 1
Theorem 6.1. Let f be a multiplicative arithmetical function for which the semi-norm (6.1)
1)
2)
IIfII 2 2
: = lim sup x --> co
x-1
' nsx E If(n)I2
In the authors' opinion, GABOR HALASZ's method, a skilful variant of the method of complex Integration, seems to be definitely simpler than WIRSING's method of dealing with convolution Integrals. See also the paper by K.-H. INDLEKOFER [1981a].
II.S The Theorem of G. Hala sz
79
Is finite. Then, for every irrational a, the mean-value (FouPJERcoefficien t)
f (a) = M(
(6.2)
lim
x - eo
°C
x-1
E f(n) e2"Ian nsx
is zero. We do not give DABOUSSI and DELANGE's proof, but sketch a proof of a result which is a little weaker - the relationship theorem of Chapter III allows the deduction of Theorem 6.1. The result is as follows.
Theorem 6.2. Denote by TA the set of multiplicative functions with the properties If(p)I s A for all primes p,
(6.3' )
(6.3")
n
N If(n)12 s
for all Integers N Z 1.
Abbreviate by Sf(c() the exponential-sum
S (a) _ z. f
nsN
Then S() = o(N), as N - co, If f e S'A and a Is irrational. Remark. Based on the "Large Sieve", H. L. MONTGOMERY and R. C. VAUGHAN [1977] prove a stronger result:
If f Is in SrA, then, for q s N and gcd(a,q) = 1, (6.4)
Sf(a/q) <
2N)-1
+ N (9(q))-' + (qN) ( log(2N/q) )1+1
uniformly for all functions f in Sr A; the implied O-constant depends only on A. They deduce the
Corollary 6.3. Let I a- g I s q-2, where gcd(a,q) = 1. If 2 s R s q s N/R, then
Sf(a) << A N (log
2N)-1
+ N (log R)1+' R I.
Proof of Theorem 6.2. The "large sieve inequality" [ see Appendix] gives
IqSQ I.
(a,q)=1 IZ M+1snsM+N an
ein _q l2 lI
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, I
80
(N+Q2
<<
)
M+1snsM+N Ian
.
I2,
for complex sequences a n . This implies
PQ
p
p
n sN
f(n) e (an )-
=P Q p I p-'-2: f(n)e(an) - M:9 EN p n _< N =p'Q Z p-
e(b/p)
P-2
Z
e(b/p)
(am
) I2.
lsbsp
21
m N
Using the CAUCHY-SCHWARZ inequality for S 2: pSQ p-1 2:
lsbspl
(am )
ms N ,m-= O ( p )
...
I
I,2
this
2
is
(am )12,
Z1sbsp I >msN
and the sieve inequality gives the estimate
«(N+Q2) rn'N 1
If(m)I2<<
A
N
2
If
QsNil,
Summarizing, we obtain p
I
PSZQ
P
1,N-1.Sf(a) - N-1 _YmsN,m=-O (p)
if Q s N. Next, replacing with an error of O(p PSQ
p
,
LmsN,meO(p)
(am)12< <
1
f(m) by lmSN/p
we obtain, as long as Q s IN, (amp) IZ << 1.
N-'- ZmN/P
I
The CAUCHY-SCHWARZ inequality now implies f pQ
I
where P(Q)
f(a) - N-'- ZsN/ M p
p Y_
psQ
(amp) I
p-1. Abbreviating
D(a) s f I ZpSQ ...
I
}z <<
P(Q),
by D(a), and writing
} + I 2:PSQ N
1.
msN/p ...
I,
we obtain P(Q) )'
+
N-1
I XpSQ
ZmsN/p
I.
The square of the last double-sum over p, m is dealt with by the CAUCHY-SCHWARZ inequality:
11 7.
Application of the Daboussi-Delange Theorem
{ 1 2:psQ
(amp)
msN/p
81
}2
I
(amp)}2
[ ZmsN IpsQ,pSN/m s
GmsN I ZpsQ,pSN/m f(p) e((xmp) N
The
pSQ
I2
= N Em Zp...{Ep,...}
1msmin(N/p,N/p') e( am (p-P') )
p,SQ f(p) (p')
contribution of the diagonal elements (p = p') to this sum is sN.
2: pSQ
If(p)12
. N/p << N2
P(Q).
The non-diagonal elements p * p' contribute << N
Q2
where, obtained by summing the geometric series, m = min IN, 1maxQ {
I
sin na'h
I
}-
Summarizing, for Q s N3, with some constant y, depending on A only, D((x) 5 Y
{ P(Q) }-'
{
1
+ (M Q2 )'
}.
Given a large K, choose Q with the property P(Q) Z K2.Y2. Then s I If N is large; the irrationality of a is exploited here. Our estimates then give D(a) < K-'-2.
11.7. APPLICATION OF THE DABOUSSI - DELANGE THEOREM
TO A PROBLEM OF UNIFORM DISTRIBUTION
A sequence {xn} of real numbers is termed uniformly distributed modulo 1, abbreviated u.d.mod 1, if for any pair a, (3 of real numbers, 0 s a < 0 s 1, 11mN
N-1 .
u { n s N; a s (x n) s (i } = a - a,
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, I
82
where {x} = x - 1x] denotes the fractional part of x. According to H.
WEYL s criterion, a sequence {xn} of real numbers is u.d.mod 1, if and only if N-1 lImN -4. EfSN exp ( 2nik-xn) = 0
for every integer k $ 0. Theorem 7.1. If g Is a real-valued additive function, and If a is an irrational real number, then the sequence xn = g(n) -
is uniformly distributed modulo 1. Proof. Given an integer k * 0, the multiplicative (!) function f: n H exp{2nik
g(n)}
fulfils the assumptions of Theorem 6.1 (or 6.2). Therefore, the meanvalue M( f e_koe) = 0. Written in full, limx
_4
x 1 - Ens. exp ( 2nik
g(n) -
0,
and so, according to WEYL, the sequence g(n) - an is u.d. mod 1.
a
11.8. THE THEOREM OF SAFFARI AND DABOUSSI, I
Let the semi-group IN of positive integers be represented as a direct product of two subsets A and 2, IN=A xB, so that every n is uniquely representable as a product
n = a- b, aE4,bE 2. In terms of the characteristic functions a of .4, p of 2 (a(n) = n c A, a(n) = 0 otherwise), this property is equivalent to
1
If
II 8. The Theorem of Saffari and Daboussi
1
83
= a * p.
(8.1)
The question as to whether a "direct factor" A of IN possesses a density was answered in the affirmative by B. SAFFARI [1976a,b] and P. ERDOs, $. SAFFARI and R. C. VAUGHAN [1979]. SAFFARI proved the following theorem.
Theorem 8.1. Assume that IN = A x B Is a direct product, and
E b-1 <
(8.2)
bc$
ao.
Then A has a density S(4)
b-t 1-t
Y_
bc,8
J
Of course, the density of 3 is zero. The case where Y-be2 b-t = oo was treated in the [1979] paper quoted above. In this case the density S(A) also exists and is zero. We give DABOUSSI's proof [1979] of Theorem 8.1.
Given y z 2, define completely multiplicative functions ZY and sy, the characteristic functions of integers composed of Earge, resp. small, primes, by 1 ,
(8.3)
ZY(p)
Then Z *s Y
Y
0
= 1, Zn
+
if p> y if p 5 y
sY(p) -
n-1. s (n) = IT ( PsY
Y
1
1,
if p 5 y
0,
if
+ p-t + p-2 +
>
P
... )
y
< oo, and the
mean-value
M(Z) = M(l * s -t( ) = M(1 *(its ) ) _ (7- n Y Y Y >
(n) )-t
1.s Y
exists. This is proved using WINTNER'S Corollary 2.3, for example.
Define aY = (s
Y
Y
Y
(n/d). Then the mean-value
M(( ) = (EbcR b-t,s(b) )-t
(8.4)
co, this follows from Theoexists for every y 2 2. Since Z rem 2.4 for example, and, by multiplicativity, the result n-I.sY(n) (
)-t
. C n-t
,
(a'sY)(n)
is easily transformed into (8.4). Next we show that
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, l '
84
M(a,x)
(8.5)
Gnsx a(n) s M(oeY,x), for x z
:=
1.
Taking this for granted, the theorem is proved as follows: a*a = plies lbc.8, bsx M(a, x/b _ Ensx 1 = [x], and so M(a,x) +
bc.X3, 1
1 inn_
_ [xl.
M(a, x/b
Therefore, making use of (8.5),
[xl - Ebc2, 1
(8.6)
b-1
In the case where 2: bc,$
)
s
M(a,x) s Woe ,x).
= co, by (8.4), we obtain
lim sup x-1 M(a,x) s lim sup x m x -* _ and, letting y -- co, S(.) = 0.
Y
,x) = ( 2
be,$
Y
(b))-1,
If Zbc2 0 < co, then (8.6) gives
1-( bcR,b>1 i
b-1)
lim
x-m
x -3 m
Y
s lim sup
x
x
Using limx y -4 oo, we obtain
x M(a,x)
,x)
Y
(b) )-1, and then letting
(E b-')-' s lim inf x1 M(a,x) s lim sup x -1 M(a,x) s (Z x -3 oo
x --> oo
be.
b-1)-1
be.8
It remains to prove lnsx a(n) 5 Z.!x aY(n) (this
is (8.5)). Since, by
complete multiplicativity, the relation sY (a (3) = sy, a * sY p holds, we s obtain s Y
X a(n) = nsx
a(n)
(
s a*s a * Z Y
nsx
Y
)(n)
Y
Eabc&x,acA,bc.s s (a)
y
csx/a
$
y (c) 21bsx/ac,bcR sy
5 lasx,ac.r1 sY(a) Ccsx/a Zy(c) = Here
1nsx(sY'a*tY)(n)
= M(ay,x).
1 1.9. Daboussi's Elementary Proof of the Prime Number Theorem
s
Zbsx/ac,bc2
8S
s 1,
used. This is true, since, given a number of the form ac, there is A e s4 [otherwise, if b'-ac = A' a s4, at most one be. for which A' b, which is impossible, since IN is a direct prob' $ b, then was
duct of .vl and B ].
11.9. DABOUSSI'S ELEMENTARY PROOF OF THE PRIME NUMBER THEOREM
The Ideas used In 11.8, worked out in greater detail, make It possible to give an elementary proof of the prime number theorem (DABOUSSI [1984]).
Theorem 9.1. Put M(x) = Y-nsx µ(n). Then lim
x -- m
x-1
M(x) = 0.
Proof. With some [large] parameter y we use the completely multiplicative functions 8y, sy defined In 11.8, where ty(p) = I for "large" primes p > y and sy(p) = 1 for "small" primes p s y. For brevity, write M (x) = nsx µ(n) s (n). Then µ = µE *µsy, and so y
y
y
M(x) = 7nsx
y
(n) My (x/n).
the finite sequence of squarefree integers composed only of prime-factors p s y; in x/d +1 < n s x/d the I function My (x) is constant. Therefore, with d q+1 = oo, x/dq+1 = 0, we n Denote by d1 = 1 < d2 <
...
9
obtain, using (9.1), (9.2)
M(x) = E1515q My(dI)-y_x/d,.,<nsx/d, ey(n)-µ(n).
The mean-value M(Zy) = W 1-p 1) exists. Dividing (9.2) by x, we obtain
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, I
86
S psy II
lim sup x
ao
E IMy(d i
(1-p-1),
1/d
1SJaq
1
1+1)
(9.3)
IT pay
(1-p-1) f
-2.1M (t) I y
1
dt,
again using the remark preceding (9.2). Put y)-1'
C = lim (log
IT
(1-p-1)-1
pay
y-+ 00
and a = lim sup x-1-IM(x)I. Then 0 s a s 1. We are going to prove the x -moo
following.
(i) There exists a constant 8 Z 1 such that for any (i In a <
< 2 the
Inequality
f1 t
(9.41)
dt s 0.8-1
-
log y + 0(i)
Is true. If a > 0, then 8 > 1. f°° (9.411)
y
t
dt s
log y + o(log y).
1)
Having proved the Inequalities (9.4i), (9.411), and making use of inequality (9.3), we obtain as
and so, for p - a+, a = 0. Therefore, the prime number theorem is proved and so it remains to prove (9.41) and (9.411).
for any a, I s a < b, the integral
Proof of (9.41). It is known, that a
is bounded. [The value 6 is of no importance; any fixed bound M is sufficient. See Exercise 18.] If M(x) does not change sign in 11, y], then fly
y
(01 dt = f Y1
dt s 6,
and we are ready. In the other case, we prove (9.41) using (9.5)
1>
8 = min (
2,
1
+ a2/(24) ).
In fact, It Is easy to improve the remainder term In (9.411) to 0(1).
11.9. Daboussi's Elementary Proof of the Prime Number Theorem
87
Given (3, a < P < 2, then IM(x)I s 13x, if x z xp. It suffices to show
f b t2
(9 6)
IM(t)I dt s (P/S)
log(b/a)
for two consecutive zeros a, b of M(x) in xp s a < b s y. According to the size of b/a we distinguish three cases: lot case: log(b/a) z 6
(S/P). Then, trivially,
f ab t 2
IM(t)I dt s 6 s (P/S)
log (b/a).
2nd case: log(b/a) < 6 (S/P) and (b/a) s (1-0)-1. Since M(a) =0, for every t in [a,b]
IM(t)I = IM(t) - M(a)I s It-al s 2
(9.7)
(3
t.
Again, this estimate implies
f 8b t 2 IM(t)I dt s 2
fab
t l dt s 2P
log(b/a) s (0/8)
log(b/a),
which is (9.6) in the second case.
3rd case: log(b/a) < 6 S/(i and b/a > (1-20)-1. We apply inequality (9.7) in the interval a s t s a and we apply in [xp s ] the estimate IM(t)I s s t s b. This leads to
fab t 2
IM(t)I dt s 2P
log(1-2P)-1
+ P log((b/a) (1-2P))
= P log(b/a) + 0 log(1-2P).
Using the definition of S and 2P log(,-2, 3) 5 - a P2 5 - : a2 we see that
2P log(1-2P) 5 - 6 (8-1) 5 - (1-5-1)
.
P
log(b/a),
and so we obtain (9.6) in the third case also. Proof of (9.4ii). The following auxiliary functions are needed: (9.8)
F(x) = fox U-1
(1-e-u) du, where x > 0,
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, l
88
k(s) = fo e-ax , eF(x) dx, where s > 0.
(9.9)
It Is obvious that the function s '- k(s) Is positive, decreasing and continuously differentiable. Furthermore, fss
s k(s) -
(9.10)
1
k(u) du = 1 for any s > 0.
[The left-hand side of (9.10) equals - f 0co eF(x)-sx
dx f Oco -A-
(F'(x) - s) dx
e
F(x)-sx
dx = 1.
I
For fixed y 2 2 we consider the function h, defined in x > 1: 1O
y)-1
1
kl
h(x) _ (log
(9.11)
Then, for any x > 1, (9.10) leads to the equation log x
(9.12)
h(x) = 1
Jxyx +
u-1
h(u) du.
Partial Integration gives (9.13)
5"
x-1
(
fxyx
u-1
h(u) du ) dx = f z (2-u)
k(u) du
log y.
Lemma 9.2. Denote by C the limit given in the displayed formula Immediately following (9.3). Then
k(u) du = C -
f12 (2-u)
1.
Proof. Starting with the convolution relations log = A* 1 , ands
y
and using the abbreviation S y(x) = nE
Sy(x)
sy(n)
log = ( sy A) * s y ' n sx
sy (n), we obtain
log n = d sy(d) A(d) :cx
'
Sy l
d
)
log x = -x sy(n) log n +n-7 sy(n) log(x/n)
2
PSy.P sx
yp
nsx y
log X. n
II.9 Daboussi's Elementary Proof of the Prime Number Theorem
89
Therefore,
lo-Px h(x) dx = 27
(9.14) fy SY(x)
log p SY(
P)
hXX) dx + R1 + R2,
with the remainder terms Rl =
(9.14.1)
f-y E
/ xk) h(x) dx, x2
log p
P&Y
Syl p
k> 2, p`S x
R2 = fY
(9.14.2)
log(n) hXX) dx.
sY(n)
The error terms R1 and R2 are bounded: the estimate ' J1
u-2.S(u)dus nsx I n-1s(n)_ IT PSY Y
(1-p-1)-1=O(logy)
Y
Implies
Rl s h(y)
p-k log p , f °° u-2
7-
P, k>2
1
SY(u) du = d(1),
and
R2 = C'0 ( h(y)
I n_1 n-1 sY(n)) = O(1).
Starting with the elementary relation nSY p-1 log p = log y + 0(1) [see I. (6.6)], partial summation yields the formulae (9.15.1)
(9.15.2)
p-1 log p
P E
Y/t
h(pt) =
p-1 log p
ftt
U-1 h(u) du + 0(h(y)), for t z y,
h(pt) = fYt u-1 h(u) du + 0(h(y)), for t > 1. Y
The Integral on the right-hand-side of (9.14) equals Z log p f m... dx, and using the substitution x H p
fy//P
t-2 h(pt)
SY(t)
p-1 dt
for this integral. Interchanging summation and integration, we arrive at
fYm SY(x)
12JIyx
Y h(x) dx = fY t 2 S (t) ft
+
f' t -2.S y
(t) Y
Y/t
p-1-log
E p-1-log Wry
Using (9.15.1) and (9.15.2), the right-hand-side changes Into
0(1).
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions,
90
fl t-2.Sy(t) . ( yfYt
I
(ftYt u-1 h(u) du) dt +
O(1).
(9.16) fy Sy(x) . log2x dx = f y x 2 S(x) (f yX u-1 h(u) du) dx +
C'0(1),
h(u) du) dt +fy t
Using (9.12), we finally obtain y
The left-hand-side of (9.16) becomes floc x-2
Sy(x) dx -fly x-2 Sy() dx = .
(9.17.1)
n-1
s y (n)
-
p-11-1
n=1 (1
= P:CY
- 2y
I
-
n-1 sy(n) + d(1)
2:y
n-1 + O(1)
_ (c + o(1) - 1) logy + 0(1). Using S (x) = x + 0(1) for all x s y, and (9.13), the right-hand-side of y (9.16) becomes
fy x-1 ( fy " u-1 h(u) du ) dx + f y 0(x-2 f y' u-1 h(u) du ) dx + 0(1)
= f2 (2-u) k(u)
(9.17.2)
du
log y + O(1).
Dividing (9.17.1) and (9.17.2) by log y, then as y --) co, Lemma 9.2 is proved.
The proof of (9.4ii) can now be concluded, using very similar ideas. Starting with the convolution relations A * µ = - µ log, and (sy A ) * (sy (1) = - sy µ log, we obtain IMy(x)I
log x s
sy(n) A(n)
IMy(x/n)I + 21 s (n) log(x/n), nsx Y
and so
-
fy IMy(x)I log x x-2 h(x) dx = f log P. IM (x/p)I x-2 h(x) dx + 0(1), y pSx Y and
fy IMy(x)I
x-2 dx = fi x-2 IMy(x)I
. (fyx Y
u 1 h(u) du
dx + 0(1).
Using My(x) = M(x) for x s y, and estimating IM(x)I by 3x, if x 2 we finally obtain
xP,
1I 10, M. Nair s Elementary Method in Prime Number Theory
f
IMy(x)I
x-2dx
91
u 1 h(u) du ) dx + 0(1) = a J('1 x-1 ( ( ('YX ly
Y
=a
ft2 (2-u) k(u) du logy + 0(1) = p (C-1) logy + 0(1),
and so (9.411) is proved.
11
11.10. MOHAN NAIR' S ELEMENTARY METHOD IN PRIME NUMBER THEORY
The prime number theorem implies the asymptotic formula 41(x) 'Z x2, asx --boo,
(10.1)
where 41(x) = %sX fi(n). On the other hand, by elementary arguments, (10.1) implies the prime number theorem 4(x) - x. M. NAIR [19821 gave a simple method for obtaining good lower estimates for 41(x). Theorem 10.1.
If x is sufficiently large, then 1(x) z 0.47459
(10.2)
x2.
...
By a more elaborate calculation, NAIR was able to improve the constant 0.47459 to 0.49517, which is rather near the best-possible constant We do not deal with this improvement here. Lemma 10.2 (CAUCHY). The determinant D n of the n-rowed matrix (ai l )1,J=1,...,n with elements aw = (ai + bl)
where ai, bl are given real, positive numbers, has the value Dn =
l n (ai - al) (bt - b) tsi 1
i
(ai +
b)- 1
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, I
92
The Proof is given In POLYA- SZEGO, "Aufgaben and Lehrsatze aus der Analysis'; II, 7. Abschnitt, Aufgabe 3 (p.299). It is by inductive arguments 0 (see Exercise 19 ). Lemma 10.2 is used with a1 = m + i, bl = j for some positive integer m. Then D
n
=
IT (i-j)2( rT(m+i+j))-1
1sJ
1,J=1
A good approximation for Dn may be obtained with the aid of STIRLING'S formula
log Dn = - 1 (2n+m)2 . log(2n+m) +
(m+n)2.
log(m+n)
(10.3)
n-z
+
m + Co ((n+m) log (n+m))
(see exercise 20). Denote by do the least common multiple of 1, 2, ..., n: d n = lcm [
1,
2, ...
,
n 1.
The connection with prime number theory is due to the relation 4(n) = log dn.
Multiplying Dn by the product IT 1s15n do+m+1, we obtain a determinant with integer entries and a positive value. Thus
log D. + z1sjsn which may be written as
4(m+n+1) Z 0,
1(m+2n) - cy1(m+n) z - log D.
In the special case where m = obtains for large n the relation
with some constant s > 0, one z GI(s)
n2 + C7( n log n),
with the function -1(s) = z (2+s)2 log(2+s) - (1+s)2 log (l+s) + 2 s2 log s.
Therefore,
41(x) - 1((1+s)x
(2+s)-1)
z
x2 + C)(x log x),
1I 10. M. Nair's Elementary Method in Prime Number Theory
93
and splitting the interval [l,x] into O(log x) intervals of the shape p], we obtain by summation 41(x) z i'(s)
(2s+3)-I
,
x2
+ C)( x logzx ).
The choice s -> 0+ leads to the lower bound (note that
2 log 2
3
0.462)
41(x) z 0.46
x2, if x is large.
Some numerical calculations (see the graphical illustration in Figure 11,8) show that the maximum of the function ii(s) (2s+3)-1 occurs near s = 0.22, with the "good" value ui(s) (2s+3)-1 = 0.47459 ... . Figure
11.8
was produced
using
the program system RIEMANN II.
Figure 11.8
11.11. EXERCISES
1) Let h be a completely multiplicative arithmetical function with meanvalue M(h), which is bounded at the primes, Ih(p)I s y for every
prime p. If f is a multiplicative function with the property that the two series E p-1 p
f(p) - h(p)
I
< oo, and 21p 2:k22 p-k
f(pk)
I
<m
are convergent, then the mean-value M(f) exists and is equal to
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, I
94
M(f) = M(h) pn (
1+
k21
P-k
( f(pk) - h(p) f(pk-1))).
Hint: use Theorem 2.1. 2)
Prove Theorem 2.4 in detail. Hint: x-'- -7nsx 17(n) = _ n=1 n-1. h(n) - M(g) - En,x n-t h(n) . M(g) n-1 -
nsx
h(n) o(x/n).
3) Let h be a bounded, completely multiplicative function with meanvalue M(h). Then Mid-1
-h
M(h) Zn=1 n-2 h(n) = M(h) IT
(1
P
- p-2. h(P))-1
4) Define the sets 7 and e by n E IN, n squarefree },
Sr
e
(m,n) E IN2, gcd(m,n) = 1
}.
Prove that the mean-value M(17) exists and equals
x-2 m,nsx XZ
lim x 5)
1
L' (m,n).
Prove that the density of the set
A = { n E IN: the number of primes with p2In is even
exists and is equal to a rl ( 1 -
}
2-
P
Hint: the function 2
1A - 1 is multiplicative. Use Corollary 2.3.
6) Prove that for any non-negative integer t the density of the set
Dt={nEIN,(j(n)sZ} Is zero.
7) Prove that the frequency with which the digit m c
{
1,
2, ..., 9
}
occurs as first number in the sequence 2n (written in decimal scale), is logto ( 1 + m-1 ). 8) For every direct product IN = ,r7 x 2, both the series
Z a-1 acA
b-1
bcS
cannot be convergent Is it possible that both series are divergent?
95
11.11. Exercises
9) Let a, Ko a N. Does there exist a direct product IN = A x .V, such that (a)
ai`, k = 0,
A
1,
2, ...
}?
(b) A{ak, 0s k 0, such that for every real number a > 0 and every integer N > 1 there exists a multiplicative function f, where Jfl s 1, satisfying
(logN)-1.
l2:fSNf(n) 11)
a) Define
g(n) _ : e { (x,Y) e 7L2, x2 + y2 = n }, g' = µ * g.
It is known that g' is the non-principal character modulo 4. Use this to prove M(g) = ;
it.
Prove that f is multiplicative, and has mean-value
(b) Let f =
M(f) =
3 27t
i - 2 (p(p+1))-1 ). IT Pal (4) (
12) Prove the estimate for S"' given in section (II.4).
13) Assume that f is a multiplicative arithmetical function, satisfying f(p) z c1 p 3/2+E for every p rime p, with some positive constant cl. Prove that En,. µ2(n)
(f(n))-1 << x 1
Hint: apply RANKIN'S trick.
14) Let a be real and N Z 2 a positive integer. Define a completely multiplicative function f by : f(p) = c If p s 2 N, f(p) = e(-(xp) if
N < p s N, f(p) = I if p > N. Prove that there exists a complex constant c Icl = 1, such that f is in TI and has the property ,
log-1
lSf(a) l >> N
N [see Theorem 6.2].
IS) Prove:
a)
cp-1
'
b) nsx c)
id = (cP-1 . µ2) * 1. (p(n)-1
n )2 = C) (x ). nsx n cp-2(n) = C'1( log x ).
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, I
96
16) Prove the formula tm(pk)
k+m_
m -1
1
k, m = 1,
2, ...
.
17) Prove by mathematical induction the inequality n p < 4N. psN
l is odd, use n p s ( 2kk+ 1 psN
Hint: if N = 18) In 1 s a < b, prove
)
rI
P :r k+1
p.
t2 Gnstµ(n)dtl 56.
Hint: use I. Cor. 2.5.
19 ) For positive real numbers ai, bi, where 1 s
i, j
s n, calculate the
determinant
Dn = det(a + b
1s1TI n
(a, - a l
) (bt - bj) ( IT (ai + b
Y
Hint: subtract the n-th row from another one, and extract suitable factors. Then subtract the n-th column from another one. Proceed by induction on n. 20) Prove formula (10.3), using STIRLING'S formula
log(n!) = n -log n - n + O(n).
97
I
0
Chapter III
Related Arithmetical Functions Abstract. The simple fact that multiplicative functions are determined by their values at the primes leads to the Idea that multiplicative functions which do not differ "too much" at the primes behave similarly. The aim of this chapter Is to render these vague Idea more precise and to provide a universally applicable result In order to reduce proofs to the simplest possible assumptions. The notion of "relatedness" Is a measure for "not differing too much at the primes". Our result states that two related functions f and g, which are not too large, are con-
nected by a convolution formula g = f * h, where the function h Is small In the sense that the series Z lh(n)l ' n-1 is convergent. This chapter is close to the paper HEPPNER & ScxwARZ 119831.
Related Arithmetical Functions
98
III.1. INTRODUCTION, MOTIVATION
Multiplicative functions are determined by their values at the primepowers pk for the relation f(
IT pk) =
f(k)
J_ Pk1In
PkOn
Higher prime-powers pk, where k 2 2, are rare: the number of these
up to xis 1 = C7(xg,),
pksx, kk2
and so one is inclined to conjecture that multiplicative arithmetical functions behaving similarly at primes have similar properties". This chapter aims to give an exact meaning to these vague formulations. The theorem we are going to prove will be Important for simplifying proofs by reduction of these to special cases which are easier to handle (for example, multiplicative functions may be replaced by com-
1)
For example, given two multiplicative arithmetical functions f and g, which behave similarly at the primes, one might ask for conditions that ensure one or more of the following assertions: If f has a mean-value M(f) = Urn x-1 E f(n), then g has a meanx->
nsx
value, too.
If f has Fourier-coefficients f ('y) = M(
then the Fourler-coeffl-
cients of g exist. If the RAMANLUAN-Fourler-coefficients ar(f)
do
_
exist, the same is also true for the function g. If the RAMANLUAN-expansion 2.1sr<m ar(f) cr(n) of f is Cpolntwise, absolutely, uniformly, ... ] convergent, the same is true for g. If the series E1sn<, n- 1.f(n) is convergent [or summable by some .
method of summation], then the same result Is valid for
lsn<m
If the function f is In the class .Yl' of functions which are arbitrarily near with respect to the semi-norm IIfII = lim supx-, to finite linear combinations of RAMANLUAN sums, then g is in 2'.
.
111.1. Introduction, Motivation
99
pletely multiplicative functions).
The set Al of multiplicative arithmetical functions (not identically zero, and so f(1) = 1 ) is a commutative group (Al,*) under convolution
f*g: n H
7-
din
f(d)
g(n ),
'
we have seen in 1.2. The unit element is given by the function e, with values e(1) = I and E(n) = 0, If n > 1; the convolution-inverse of f is denoted by f-1(*), and it is possible to determine the values of as
f-I(*)
recursively from the relation f * f-I(*) = S.
The "near-ness" of multiplicative arithmetical functions at the primes Is measured using the following definition. Definition. Two functions f, g in AZ are called related, if the sum 21 P-I P
f (p) - g(p)
I
< CO
Is absolutely convergent.
The sum 7- p-t is divergent. Therefore, for related functions f, g, the P differences f(p) - g(p) have to be be rather small, at least in the mean, to ensure that f and g are related. In spite of the rarity of the higher prime-powers we need some restrictions on the size of the functions under consideration. We define the subset ; of AZ as the set of I
I
multiplicative arithmetical functions satisfying
If(p)I2<00: E Z P_ k. If(Pk)I
(1.2)
P
p
2 If(p)I2 < co and E E P-k' If(pk)I < oo}. p k22
The following notation will frequently be used in this chapter: the set (1.3)
;*
=
{f a ;, Y (p,s) t 0 in Re s 2 I for every prime p} f
is the set of those multiplicative functions in ; for which cpf(p,s) does not vanish in the complex half-plane Re s z 1, where W (p,s) denotes f the p-th factor In the EULER product for the generating DIRICHLET series £(f,s) = n2I f(n)-n-' of the arithmetical function f, and so
Related Arithmetical Functions
100
(1.4)
f
(p,s) = (
I +
The set of multiplicative arithmetical functions f with absolutely convergent series E.,,1 is denoted by
Afro = { f
U.S)
e
Ii
n-1
;
n21
I f(n) I
< oo }
(absolutely convergent, multiplicative); and, finally, we put (1.6)
Re
f e0; f
related toe } _ { f e §; E p-1 P
If(p) I
< w I.
Examples.
(1) If f is multiplicative, then the functions f and µ2 f are related. (2) The functions n H n-1, more generally n H n-a, where a > 0, are in Re and, at the same time, in ,v4L°l11.
(3) The functions n y n 1 p(n), n H µ2(n) and n H µ(n) are in Every bounded multiplicative function is in ;. (4) If f is a multiplicative function in ;, then the multiplicative functions fcm and fsm, defined by f(p)k for every prime p and every k 2 1,
fsm(pk) = f(p) for every prime p and every k 2 1, are completely multiplicative (resp. strongly multiplicative) are in and are related to f if If(p)I < p in the first case. (5) Another important construction ("multiplicative truncation") is the following: given a multiplicative function f In jy°, then, with a fixed squarefree integer K, f may be written as a convolution product
f = f(K) 1
where f(K) and
*
f(K) 2
f(K) are multiplicative, and 2
f(K)(pk) = f(pk), if pIK, and = 0 otherwise, and f(K) (pk) = 0, if pIK, and = f(pk) otherwise.
The function f21q Is in ; again, and it is related to f; the function fiK)
is in Re as well as in AIM. An important special case of this construction is the choice K = 2 3 5 ... P with some fixed prime P.
111.2. Main Results
101
111.2. MAIN RESULTS
Using the notation introduced in III.1, the main result of this chapter is the following theorem. Theorem 2.1. Assume that f and g are multiplicative arithmetical functions
which are related. If f is In §* and If g is in §, then the multiplicative function h, defined by g = f * h, has the properties (a) (b)
E n-1
n21
Z n-'
Ih(n) I< oo, so
h E 946Al.
h(n) = II p (p,s)
na1
p
g
)-i
( Pf(p,s)
In Resk1.
Remark. The formulation of Theorem 2.1 is not symmetrical in f and g;
of course, h = g * f-1(*) is multiplicative, but in order to be able to show the absolute convergence of I n 1 h(n), one must derive some additional properties of f: the non-vanishing of the factors of the EULER product implies nice properties of the convolution inverse f -l(*).
Example. In the formulation of Theorem 2.1, the condition f E
cannot
be replaced by f c ;°. The function g = µ (Modus function) is and the multiplicative function f, defined by f(pk)
-2, if p = 2, and k =
1,
if p > 2, and k =
1,
-1 , 0 ,
in
,
if k z 2,
is related to g, and is in but not in An easy computation shows that f-1(*)(pk) = 1, if p $ 2 and k is arbitrary. For p = 2, however, we obtain f-1(*)(2k) = 2k; therefore
h(pk) = f-1(W)/p ) - f-1(*)(pk-1)
=
2k-1
and so I n-1
Ih(n)I
if p = 2,
is divergent.
However, in spite of this example, a condition weaker than f sometimes sufficient for applications.
E
§°*
is
Related Arithmetical Functions
102
Theorem 2.2. Assume that f and g are related, and that both are in Assume, furthermore, that the factors Epf(p,s) of the EuLER product of the DIRICHLET series D(f,s) are not zero In the closed half-plane Re s Z 1 for every prime p outside some finite exceptional set h°r,
Then there exists a multiplicative function h in .AL°Ai (see (1.s)) satisfying g = f * h, provided f(pk) = g(pk) for every exceptional prime p e 9? and every k = 1,2,
...
.
m
Theorems 2.1 and 2.2 are deduced from the following theorem. Theorem 2.3. (1)
The set § Is closed with respect to convolution: f*g Is in ;, if f and g both are both In
Figure
III.1
.
(2) The set §* is closed with respect to convolution.
(3) If f is In §°*, then the convolution Inverse f-'(*) Is in (4) The set AeAi of functions f with absolutely convergent series n 1'If(n)I and the set RE of functions In §, related to the unit element s, are Identical. An extension of Theorem 2.1 to functions that are related in some (apparently) more general sense is easily possible.
Given p, 0 < R s 1, the multiplicative functions f and g are called 0-related, if ZP P-13-1 f(p) - g(p) is convergent. In analogy with notation given earlier we use the abbreviations I
(2.1)
.A 'J1ip =
(2.2)
Re0 =
{
{
f f
E
Ai; X n a If(n)I < co
E ;p; f a-related to E
{f E At, Z p- 213 If(p)i2 < m and E
(2.3)
},
p kl. If(pk)I <
and (2.4)
b°13
={f
Theorem 2.4. (1) The set
cpf(p,s) $ 0 In Re s Z Q for every prime pl. Is closed with respect to convolution.
(2) The setp is closed with respect to convolution.
111.2. Main Results
103
(3) If f is In ;a*, then f-1(*) Is in ;a*. (4) The sets s4G'At a and RE0 are Identical.
Corollary 2.5. If f c ;°p and g c ;p are 13-related, then the multiplicative
function h = g *
f-1(N)
is In AL°At p.
Theorem 2.4 and its corollary are reduced to Theorem 2.1 and 2.3 by applying these results to the functions f": n H n(1-a).f(n), g": n H n(1-O),g(n). An important generalization is due to L. LuCHT (preprint [1991]). The
use of weights enables him to deal, for example, with more general remainder terms. , by Theorem 2.3 (3) (this theorem will be proved In the next section) the inverse f-1(*) is in , and so, using Theorem 2.3 (1),
proof of Theorem 2.1. Since f is in
h=
f-'(*)
* gc
If p is prime, then h(p) = g(p) - f(p); f and g are related, and therefore Y-
P
p-1.Ih(p)I
= PI p-1Ig(p) - f(p)I < w,
and so h is related to s, and h is in RE. But, according to Theorem 2.3 (4), the sets RE and . eAi are identical; therefore Z n-1,Ih(n)I < oo.
(b) follows from I.Lemma 5.1 and 99(p,s) = cp f( p,s)
cph( p,s).
11
Proof of Theorem 2.2. Assume that the multiplicative functions f and g satisfy the conditions of Theorem 2.2. Then, split f = f1 *f2, g = g1*g2,
where, using the abbreviation K = I p, the primes running through pc6:P
the set W of exceptional primes, f1 and f2 are multiplicative and f1(pk) = f(pk), if p1K, and = 0 otherwise, f2 (pk) = 0, if pIK, and = f(pk) otherwise,
and similarly for g. Then f2 is in §*, and h2 =
g2 is in AeAt by
Related Arithmetical Function,,
104
Theorem 2.1.
But, by the assumptions on the values of f and g at "exceptional prime g1_1(*) f1 = g1 , therefore fl-1() = powers pk, where p e and
h = f-'(*)*g = fl
1(*)
r g1 * f21(*) * g2 =
h2
is in 4L°JIl, and Theorem 2.2 is proved as soon as Theorem 2.3 is proved.
111.3. LEMMATA, PROOF OF THEOREM 2.3
A) WIENER-type-lemmata
NORBERT WIENER showed that the inverse of a non-vanishing, 2n-perl-
odic function with an absolutely convergent FouRIER series again has an absolutely convergent FouRIER series. An elegant proof of this result may be given via GELFAND'S theory of commutative BANACH algebras (see, for example, W. RUDIN [1966], [1973], or L. Loomis 119531). The
main part of the proof consists of the determination of the so-called maximal
ideal
space of
the
BANACH algebra of all
functions
Me"") = I cn .ein8, defined on the interval [0, 2n] using the norm IIFII = Z Icel. The maximal ideal space is the set of algebra-homomorphisms of this BANACH algebra into C, and this space is, in WIENER's case, built up precisely from the evaluation homomorphisms.
The same approach leads to the following Lemma 3.1. Denote by A the BANACH algebra of power series F(z) = Z n=1 anzn,
absolutely convergent In IzI s 1, with finite norm IIFII = Zn 1 IanI,
If F Is In A, and If F(z) $ 0 in the unit-disk {z; IzI s 1), then the power-series for the function z H 1/F(z)
111.3. Lemmata, Proof of Theorem 2.3
is in
.
105
again.
For a proof see, for example, W. RUDIN 11966], L. LooMis 11953]. The corresponding theorem for DIRICHLET series is more difficult to prove, the reason being that the maximal ideal space of the corresponding BANACH algebra contains many more functions. Lemma 3.2. The DIRICHLET series
En
where En=t anl < °°'
1
has an inverse
21n
where Zn=1 bnl
1
if and only If there Is some positive lower bound S IZ
n=1
>
0 for
ann-9I In the half-plane Re s z 0:
(3.1)
l
n=
>S
in Re s 2 0.
A proof for this result, using GELFAND's theory, is given in E. HEWITT and J. H. WILLIAMSON C 1957 ]; according to HEWITT and WILLIAMSON
this result can also be deduced from a paper by R. S. PHILLIPS [19511.
B) Splitting of functions f c into a convolution product Assume that a function f e is given; by the definition of the set ; it is possible to choose a constant P 0 with the properties
If(p)I<6 p, if p>Po,
f
(3.2)
1
and
I
EPk.
p>Pa k=2
f(pk)I < 3.
Define multiplicative functions fo, f1', f1", f2 by prescribing their values at prime-powers in the following way.
(f(p))k, if p > P0, (3.3)
0
,
if
p
sP o.
The function fo is completely multiplicative. The function defined next, f1' , is 2-multiplicative and inverse to f with respect to convolution:
Related Arithmetical Functions
106
f1' (p k )
(3.4)
- f(p), if k= land p > Po, =
otherwise.
0
The "tail" of f is defined as follows: fl..(pk)
(3.5)
f(pk), if p > po,
_
j
0
,
if
p s P0'
,
If
p > P0,
if
p
Finally, the "head" of f is
0
f2 (pk) =
(3.6)
We define f1 = f'1 * f1"
.
f(p
PO .
Looking at the generating DIRICHLET series,
it is obvious that f = f0 * fl * f).. * f2, and
f0-1(*) = f1,
.
the second assertion can also be seen from the relation
h-1(*)
= µ' h, which is true for completely multiplicative functions (see Exercise 1,8). C) The Main Lemma
then the following assertions are true: Lemma 3.3. If f, g (a) f*gE If f and g are in §.w, the same is true for f * g. (a*) (b) f0 ;'", and f -1(*) E*. .
E
(c)
f1" are in §, f1 is In .pI1'I1 In fact f1', fl" are In I ,P4L'It, where f1 = f1' * fl"
f1',
(f)
where f1 = f1' * f1".
f1-1(*)
(d) (e)
0
E
f2 E .a4L°AZ. If, for every
prime p s P0, Epf(p,s) * 0 in the half-plane
Re s Z 1, then f -1(") Is In 46AI.
Proof. Recall that §, § , p f(p,s) and AeAl are defined in (1.2) to (1.5). (a) For the moment we write w = f g. Then w(p) = f(p) + g(p), and so Ep-2'
If(p)I2+Ig(p)I2}
P
P
because f and g are In 0. If k 2 2, the definition of convolution yields w(pk) =
ZZ
r,tzO, r+t=k
f(pr)
.
g(pt).
III.3 Lemmata, Proof of Theorem 2.3
107
Thus the second sum in the definition of the set ; may be estimated by
y p
k 2 p k . lw(pk)I
E
5
s
E1+ ...
pr
P
r+t a 2
If(pr)I
p-
Ig(pt)I
2: 4'
+
with conditions of summation
prime, r22, t22
1, t22 prime, t=0or1,r22 prime, r = 0 or r = prime, r = t = The convergence of 2:P
-7
tz2
in
Y-If
in
2'
in in
1
p-t Ig(pt)I implies
3' Y_
4'
the
boundedness of
Etz2 p-t Ig(pt)I, and by the boundedness of EP p-t If(pt)I the If(p)12 is convergent. Since p-2 convergent, we obtain is sum 2:1 f(p) = Ce(p), and g e § implies the boundedness of Y_ 2; similarly, Z3 is bounded. Finally, the convergence of 7, 4 comes from the CAUCHYSCHWARZ inequality.
(az) The equality w = f * g implies the relation £(w,s) = O(f,s)
'
£(g,s)
for the generating DIRICHLET series, and YW(p,s) = Pf(p,s) 9 g(p,s)
for the factors of the EULER products, and thus (a*) Is clear. (b) The factors pfe(p,s) of the EULER product are given by (1 -
resp. p s Pot and therefore these are * 0 in Re s z I by the choice of P0. Thus fo E y°`. It is easy to check that fi and p
so
fo-ic*) = f1'
;° obviously implies that fi (c) f ;. and f1" a ;, and thus f1=f1'* ft" is in ;, by (a). The values of f1 at prime-powers are E
t:
f(pk) - f(pk-1)
'
f(p), if p > Po and k Z
f1(pk) =
t
0
Therefore, we obtain
otherwise.
2,
Related Arithmetical Functions
108
(3.7)
2: s PO
Z n-i,If1(n)I nsN
If(pk-1 ). f(p)I)}.
The assumption f c § Immediately Implies the convergence of the product on the right-hand side of (3.7). Therefore, f1 E AL°lll. Finally, the sum
SP =E ka2 is (if p > P0) SP s p-2
If(p)12 + (1 + p
pk
If(pk)I s z
by our assumptions on P0. Therefore, in the half-plane Re s z 1 I9f (p,s)I 2 1 - S 1
and so f1
P
2 2,
E
(e) The generating DIRICHLET series .V(f2,s) for f2 is a product of finitely many, in IzI s p-1 absolutely convergent power series,
Z f(pk)
zk, where z = p-s, Re s Z 1, and
kaO
psP0.
Therefore, ,(f2,s) is absolutely convergent in Re s z 1, particularly at the point s = 1, and so f2 is in .r4 'fti. (f) Under the additional assumption q f(p,s) $ 0 in Re s 2 1, for every p s Po, all the power series 21 kkO f(pk) zk in (e) are invertible with absolutely convergent power series expansion by Lemma 3.1. Therefore, the DIRICHLET series for 1/Z)(f2,s) is absolutely convergent in Re s 2 1,
and f2 1(*) is in AM M .
(d) This part is based on the rather difficult Lemma 3.2 and thus may be considered as the most difficult assertion of Lemma 3.3. The function 1 - x - exp(-2x)
is0forx=0,is2-e1>0at x=2, and has a unique local maximum at 2'-In 2 = 0.346... ; therefore (see Figure 111.2) 0,1
0,2
0,3
0.4
0,5
Figure 111.2
0.6
0,7
I
Using this inequality, the multiplicativity of f1 and the values fI(pk) given in (c), we arrive at the lower estimate
111.3. Lemmata, Proof of Theorem 2.3
p>P
{I -Z
Pk'(If(Pk)I+If(pk-1
k22
exp { - 2
>
109
S p> PO
P
}.
for all s in Re s z 1. Making use of the fact that f is in ; (and using the assumption If(p)I/p < 1/6 as long as p > Po), we obtain s
S
P>P0
P
P-2 If(p)I2 +
E
P> P0
Z Pk
L 6
p>P0 k22
if(pk)I 5 Y1
with some constant Y1, and so
n-' - ft(n) Iz8 =exp(-2Yt) inRes> 1.
IL.
An
application of Lemma 3.2 now gives fl-100C
the
desired
conclusion
,46m.
Proof of Theorem 2.3. Assertions (1) and (2) are already proved (see Lemma 3.3, (a) and (a*)). For (4), the assumption h c A1?A implies E p-1 Ih(p)I S Zn 1 n-t.Ih(n)I
<
P
therefore h(p) = O(p) and
L P-2 ,Ih(p)I2 = O { E p-1 Ih(p)I } < P
co.
P
Moreover,
Ep k22 Ep and so h
E
k Ih(pk)I
s En
n-1.Ih(n)I 1
< co,
g. The relation Z p-1 Ih(p) - s(p)I = Z p-' 'Ih(p)I < ao P
P
shows that h ands are related, therefore h E Re and AeA c Re. On the other hand, if h is in RE, then
E p-1 Ih(p)I < co, and E E P k Ih(pk)I < P kx2
P
these relations imply
IT {i+ P1
psN
Ih(p)I + kZz P k Ih(pk)I } = O(1),
therefore Re c ,em. Finally, the proof of (3) is based on some of the assertions of Lemma
Related Arithmetical Functions
110
3.3. The multiplicative decomposition f = fo* f1 * f2 gives
f-t(*) = f -i(*) * f -1(*) * f -1(*) 0 2 1
According to Lemma 3.3 (d) and (f) the convolution inverses
f2
f1-t(*)
and
t(*)
are in .r4L'A; this set is equal to RE by the, already proven, assertion (4) of Theorem 2.3, and RE c ;. On behalf of (b) of Lemma 3.3 the function f0-1(*) Is in ;* c ;, and from (a) we deduce f-t(*) f
Using (c) and (e), we see that the two DIRICHLET series
£(f1,s) = En n-s,ft(n) and D(f2,s) 1
are absolutely convergent in Re s 2 1; therefore the inverse DIRICHLET
series D(f1 1(*), s) and .(f21(*), s) cannot have any zeros in Re s z 1, is closed with respect and so fl 1(*) and f21(*) are in °*. The set to convolution. Therefore f-t(*) = f0-1(*)
*
* f2 1(*)
f1-1(*)
is in
11
III.4. APPLICATIONS
Some applications of the main theorem (Theorem 2.1) are given in this section which specify the vague remarks in the footnote at the beginning of this chapter. The methods used are well-known (see, for example, the proof of A. WINTNER's theorem in 11.2) and are based on the representation
g = f *h, with a rather "small" function h. The method is thus a linear method and does not apply aptly to problems such as the existence of higher moments.
For the definitions of the sets to (1.2), (1.3), (2.3), (2.4), and (1.4).
;p, ;,* and of cpf(p,s) we refer
111.3. Lemmata, Proof of Theorem 2.3
111
E§.p andg E § p denote mulTheorem 4.1.Let tiplicative arithmetical functions which are (i-related, so that I p-f3.l f(p) - g(p)
I
< co
.
P
Assume that, as x -) co, the following asymptotic formula holds: Z f(n) = A nsx
x" + R(x), x
co,
with the remainder term R(x) = C7( xa) Cresp. R(x) = o(xa) I
Then, for x -4 oo,
Z g(n) = A*
(4.3)
nsx
x' + R*(x),
where R*(x) = O( xa ) C resp. R*(x) = o( xp ) ],
and where the constant A is given by *
(4.4)
A
1
=
A
(f-1(
g)(n) = A U
n
A TI ( p
EP (PAY)
f (p, Y)
p
+
+f
f ipi p
P
2
+...)
x
(1
+
K(T P
)
2 +
P
2 -y
Remark. Using Theorem 2.2, the assertions of Theorem 4.1 remain true if the assumption "f E ;*" is weakened to "f E jy°, and Epf(p,s) $ 0 in Re s 2 I outside some finite excep-
tional set Of of primes, and f(pk) = g(pk) for every prime in Of and every k." The following result from H. DELANGE [1961a1 is a simple corollary; the crucial assumption f e ;* is easily obtained from the conditions on the values of f at powers of the prime 2. Corollary 4.2. Let f, g be multiplicative functions satisfying Jfl s 1, IgI s 1, which are related (that Is, Z p-'-If(p) - g(p)1 < co). If the mean-value P
M(f) exists, then the mean-value M(g) also exists, provided that g(2k) = f(2k) for every k in the exceptional case, that If(2)I = 1, and that f(2k) = (-1)k-1 { f(2) }k for every k 2 2.
Related Arithmetical Functions
112
Proof of Theorem 4.1. According to Corollary 2.5, the multiplicative function h = f-1(*)* g is in .s4f'ftt ; we obtain
h (d) f( n) = E h(d) X g(n) = I nsx d n d nsx dsx msx/d f (m) in the usual way. Inserting the asymptotic formula (4.2), and then extending the summation in the first sum to I s d < w, one obtains [using R(x) = O(xa)]
I g(n) = A-xY Z d--(-h(d) + O(x" E d-7-1h(d)j) + O(xo E d-0-1h(d)J).
nsx
dsx
d>x
dz1
Enlarging the first remainder term by multiplying every summand with )''-a (which is greater than 1), we obtain the assertion the factor (d/,, of Theorem 4.1 in the case where R(x) = O(xa).
Similar calculations allow to derive the result
in
the second case
R(x) = o(x13).
Example. If f c ;* has a mean-value, then the function f = µ2 f is in and related to f. Thus it has the mean-value (see (4.4)) M(i12f) =
1+p-1.f(p)) .(Xk2o
P-k.f(pk)1-1
Corollary 4.3. Let r > 1 be an integer, and f a multiplicative function, uniformly bounded at the prime powers, and let g be a multiplicative function such that the series P-k, I g(pk) I r E ka2 Is absolutely convergent. Finally, assume that f and g are related, and that
(4.5)
(4.6)
E
p
21
P
p_'-1 f(p) - g(p) Ir
Is finite. If, for every prime p, 9fr(p,s) $ 0 In the half-plane Re s 2 1, then the existence of the mean-value M(fr) Implies the existence of M(gr).
Proof. The boundedness of f at prime-powers and the condition on Pfr(p,s) show that the power fr is in ;*. Next, having shown (from (4.6) and (4.S)) that gr is in b°., and that fr and gr are related, then Theorem 4.1 gives the assertion. Only the proofs of (4.7)
1 P-2.Ig(P)I2r P
< ao
III.4 Applications
113
and of
X p-1 (4.8)
Igr(p) - fr(P)I < ao
.
P
are not quite so obvious. Firstly, g(p) = C)(p1'r), by (4.6), and, since If(p)I s K for all primes, using Ig(p)I S 2. Ig(p)-f(p)I, if Ig(p)I 2 2 - K, (4.6) implies that the sum p-1
zp,Ig(p)1-2K
.
Ig(p)Ir <
is convergent. So, splitting the sum in (4.7) into two sums, according 0(1) in the second to Ig(P)I < 2K, and Ig(p)I 2 2K, and using sum, the convergence of (4.7) is easily shown. The relation Igr(p) - fr(P)I = Ig(p) - f(P)I
<< jg(p)
... +
+
Ig(P)r-1
.
- f(P)I
f(p)r-lI
{Ig(P)r-lI
+
.
If(P)r-111
reduces (4.8) to a proof of the convergence of
z P-1' Ig(P) -
f(P)I
P
.
Ig(P)r-1I,
which is achieved by using the same splitting process as for (4.7).
Theorem 4.4. Assume that the arithmetical functions f are related. If
In
I
E
a.* and g c
n-1.f(n)
is convergent, then the series Zn
I
n
is convergent, and n-l,g(n) 1
where
h
= En 1 n-1.h(n) Zn 1 n-1.f(n),
= g * f-1(M)
The proof, which is similar to that of Theorem 4.1, is omitted (Exercise 2).
Theorem 4.S. Let A: N -) 7L be an integer-valued additive function with the property E
p, A(p) *O
Then, for any q c 8
q
7L,
=
P-< 00
the densities lim
x -+ o
x-1 .
I
nsx, A(n)=q
1
Related Arithmetical Functions
114
exist.
This theorem may be found, for example, in J. KuBiLius 119641, p.93. It can easily be deduced from the Relationship Theorem 2.1. Consider the multiplicative function n H exp (21d a A(n) ), where « is real.
f«
This function is bounded, and thus It
and it is related to
is in
1 e*, for z p-1
exp( 2ni « A(p)) - 1
p-1
s2
I
p, A(p) * 0
P
< Co.
Therefore, there exists a multiplicative function h« 1= µ*f« ] with the properties
f« = h« * 1, and En_1
n-1
h«(n)I < oo.
I
exists for every real
According to Theorem 4.1 the mean-value M( f «. For the calculation of Sq we consider x1
nsx, A(n) = q
f lexp(2ni« (A(n)-q) ) d« nsx O
1= x
f
1
O
exp(-2nia q )
x
1. Y e2n1«A(n)da. nsx
The function « H M(f ) is bounded and LEBESGUE-measurable; using LEBESGUE's Dominated Convergence Theorem we obtain the existence of =
S
q
lim
x -> o 1
0
folexp(-2nia q ) X-1- Z e27u1«A(n)d« nsx
exp(-2nia q ) lim
X -3
x-1,
E eZ nsx
,
b0 Mn) d«,
and thus the densities 8 q do exist.
11
The calculation of these densities is laborious. We perform this calculation in the special case of a strongly additive function A(.); in this case A(pk) = A(p) does not depend on k. Firstly, by Theorem 4.1, the mean-
value of the function f: n H exp(2nia A(n) ) is 1 + P-1.( e27t1«A(p) - 1
M(f«) _ The density 8
P
q
is then
)
) _ Z n=1 n-1' (v*f«(n)).
111.5. On a Theorem of L. Lucht
S
q
=
fo exp(-2nia q)
=
f
1
O
fo
1
115
M(f.') da
exp(-2nia q
)
G
(n
exp(-2nia q
I
(
)
II (1-
e2n1«A(p))lda l
pin
ln
J/
dn
Interchanging the order of summation and Integration (this is possible by the dominated convergence theorem) we obtain Sq =
din,
(d) = q
d-1,µ2(d)
m-1,µ(m)
m,(m,d)=1 plm=: A(p)*O
d, A(d)=q, pld=> A(p)*O
= IT (1-pA(p)*O
I )
(d)
I
d-1 µ2(d)
d, A(d)=q,
IT( 1-p
1)-1
pid
pld=> A(p)*O
III.5. ON A THEOREM OF L. LUCHT
Given q 2 1, denote by £q the C-vector-space of arithmetical functions f: IN - C with finite semi-norm (S.1)
IlfIlq = { Ilmsup x-1
E If(n) Iq }
1/q.
Note that fq is not closed with respect to convolution. For example, the constant function 1 n H 1 is in A1q = ?q n AI, where Al is the set of multiplicative functions. But, for any q > 1, the divisor function t = 1 s I is not in AIq. By contrast, (;,*) is a semi-group with identity element e, and (.*,*) is a group. :
L. LUCHT [1978] proved the following theorem, which may be considered
Related Arithmetical Functions
116
an important step towards Theorem 2.1. Theorem 5.1. Assume q > 1, and let the multiplicative functions f and g
In 9' be related. Assume, further, that, for every prime p, the factors cpf(p,s) of the generating DIRICHLET series for f are non-zero in the half-plane Re s z 1. Put h = f-1(*) g; then the series n-1 n-1
h(n)
Is absolutely convergent. In Re s z 1, It has the product representation n-s Z n=1
h(n) =
I
cpg(p,s) {
cpf(p,s)}-1
Theorem 5.1 easily follows from Theorem 2.1 for the following lemma.
Lemma 5.2. Denote by iil the set of multiplicative functions, and by Aq the intersection ,1q = .'eq n Al. Then, for any q > 1,
Aq c ;. Remark. The assertion is wrong if q = 1 (see Exercise 8). Proof of Lemma 5.2. Choose a real number E > 0 so small that (1+2E)/q is less than 1; this choice is possible since q > 1. Denote the conjugate index by q', q' = q/(q-1). HoLDER's inequality gives 21
k2
p-k
P
If(Pk)I =
Z
pk
2
If(p)1
p
1qE k
x {: Z 5 {Z Z If(pk)Iq p-(1+e)kl1/q p k=2 J ` p k22
p
k-(1 - q )
p k-(1
q
)q }1/q'
Using the assumption f e Eq and partial summation, resp. the inequality
(1 - q )
q' > 2, both of the double series on the right-hand-side of the above formula are convergent.
The assumption f e ,q implies If(n)I s Y ' nl/q with some constant y. Assuming q < 2 without loss of generality, we obtain Z P-2 If(p)I2 S Y P
Y
p-2+1/q If(p)I P
{ P
p-(1+0 If(P)Iq}1/q . { Z P P
and because f e gq , E > 0 and the right-hand side is finite, and so f
it/q" J
1, the expression on
,
e
§.
11
III 6. The Theorem of Saffari and Daboussi, II
117
111.6. THE THEOREM OF SAFFARI AND DABOUSSI, II
The theorem mentioned In the title was proved in Chapter II, 8. We prove it again easily In the special case of multiplicative functions. Theorem 6.1. Assume that A and B are subsets of IN with the property IN = A x B (direct product); a e A, b e
so every n e N Is representable as a product n
B,
In a unique way. (1)
If
I
b-1
beB
is convergent, then the density
S(A) =
lim
Z
x-1
x - oo
b-1 } 1
1 = {
acA, asx
bcB
exists.
(2) If
b--1 be
eB
Is divergent, then the density S(A) is equal to zero.
The representability of the semi-group (N,
)
as a direct product
IN = A x B is equivalent to the possibility of decomposing the constant function I as a convolution product I = a * p of the characteristic functions a, (i of the sets A, resp. B.
In the special case where a and
are multiplicative, it is easy to 1(*) deduce Theorem 6.1 (1) from Theorem 2.1. First a = * (i next the constant function I is in a", a is in , and a and I are related: 1 = 1(p) = a(p) + P(p) for primes p implies (i
1
1 - a(p) P
I
= E P-1'( 1 - a(p) P
ZP P
1
R(P)
I0-1(m)(n)I and so a = I * n-1 where < co. Theorem 4.1 and the relation y (p,l) yJ3 (p,1) = 91(p,l) give the assertion. 3-1(*),
These remarks may be considered as a hint that there might be a more general version of Theorem 2.1 in which the assumption of multiplicatlvity can be weakened.
Related Arithmetical Functions
118
111.7. APPLICATION TO ALMOST-PERIODIC FUNCTIONS
Denote by ,al [resp. B1 the C-vector-space of linear combinations of exponential sums n H ea(n) = exp ( 2ni a n ), a real [resp. a c Q], and
denote by .2 the C-vector-space of linear combinations of RAMANwAN sums
cr: n H E dl(n,r) Using the semi-norm
(r/d)
d
Iif II
a mod r, (a,r) = 1
ea/r(n).
{lim sup x 1 .1 If(n)Iq}1/q, the spaces
=
q
=
x -- >m
nsx
- closure of .al [q-almost-periodic functions],
- closure of £ [q-limit-periodic functions],
- closure of 2 [q-almost-even functions]
may be constructed. These spaces will be studied in Chapters VI and VII in more detail. In this section we are going to prove the following result. Theorem 7.1. Assume that the multiplicative arithmetical functions f and that g E and g are related, that f E (i)
(ii)
(iii) (iv)
if f Al, then g E .al if f E D then g c D if f E 31, then g E $1; if 11flll < co, then IIg111 < w. e
Remark. These assertions follow from the fact that g = f * h with a "small" function h. So the existence of such a function is also a sufficient condition for Theorem 7.1.
Proof of Theorem 7.1.
The assumptions imply g = f * h, where
(i)
Z n=1 n-1 I h(n) I < Ep (see Theorem 2.1). Given s > 0, put S = s
and choose N so large that
z n2N
n-1. Ih(n)I < s.
(1 + II f II1
)-1
111.7. Application to Almost-Periodic Functions
119
Select a finite linear combination of exponentlals near f; more exactly, f - t < e', where choose t = Z"'. ax ea with the property II
II
( 2:n=1 n-1 Ih(n)I )-1. Define the function H by
e' = s
h(n), if n s N, 0 if n > N.
H(n) =
,
The convolution e * H is in A: (eo,.
* H)(n) =
aln aSN h(d)
e,,(n/d) =
d
,,(n),
N
with the function
d a(n) =
(7.1)
10
d1'n,
if
,
e a (n/d)
,
if din.
The relation Ilsmsd exp( 2iti m n) = d if din, and = 0 otherwise, d
implies
d ,,,(n)
(7.2)
and
da
so
=
d-1
lsmsd
,
exp 2iti m d
'` +
d
J
n ),
a is a linear combination of exponentials, c A, and eC * H is in A. Using the inequality end
in
fact
11F * G1i1 5 IIGIII' En 1 n-1' IF(n)I
(7.3)
(see Exercise 6), we find IIg - t*HIII 5 11(f-t)*HII1 + IIf*(h-H)II1 5
II f - t ii
5 e'
E n=1
E n_1 n-'- IH(n)I +
II f II1
IIf 111 s
< 2e.
EN n 1 Ih(n)I
Any of the (finitely many) functions e * H is in A; therefore t * H _ 21a ea*H ) is in A, and g is in A1. (ii) If a E Q, then cad a is in £, as shown above, and so ea*H is in D
if a is rational. These remarks are sufficient to obtain a proof of (ii) by repeating the proof of (I) almost verbatim.
Related Arithmetical Functions
120
is In 2; the reason for this being that the function d(n) = cr(n/d) if din, and = 0 other(ill). The convolution cr * H : n H ZdSN
wise, is even modulo and so is a linear combination of RAMANUJAN sums. Using this observation the proof of (iii) Is performed as before.
(iv) is left as Exercise 9.
0 is multiplicative and that the series
Example. Assume that f e (7.4)
f (p) - 1
P-1
)
P
is absolutely convergent. Then f is in 21. A special case of this example is
the function n H µ2(n). Other examples are n H n
and
nH
This follows from Theorem 7.1: condition (7.4) states that f is related to the constant function 1 e §*, and this function is obviously in 2 c 21
Results for membership to $2 are not as smooth as the results of Theorem 7.1. We have to use a norm-estimate similar to estimate (7.3) used in the proof of Theorem 7.1.
Lemma 7.2. Let F and G be arithmetical functions, where F has finite (see (5.1)). Assume that G = F * h, where h satisfies the condition n-'
Z n-1
(7.5)
'
Ih(n)I < oo.
Then IIGII2 < oo. More precisely,
IIGII2 s ( zn
(7.6)
n1
'
Ih(n)I)
IIFII2
Proof. II F*h2II2 = lim sup N-1'
nN s lim sup N-1 2 nsN
s lim sup N
N-1
21
I h * F(n) 12
An
dsN tsN
I h(d) F(n/d)I
NO F(n/t)i to & nsN,
I
n-o mod [d,t]
Using the CAUCHY-SCHWARZ inequality, we obtain
III.7. Application to Almost-Periodic Functions
II F-h 1122 5 lim sup
Z
121
Z
N - oo dsN tsN
nsN
I
F(n/d)12
n-O(d)
x (N/t)-t E nsN
I F(n/t) 12
)t/2
n=O (t)
and (7.6) is proven.
Now, using the same ideas as for the proof of Theorem 7.1, we immediately obtain the following theorem.
Theorem 7.3. Suppose that f is an arithmetical function In B2, and h: IN
--) C satisfies condition (7.5). Then, again,
g = f*h is in
the function
.2
111.8. EXERCISES
1) Let f be a multiplicative function in 0*. For a fixed integer m define g(n) = f(n) if g.c.d.(n,m) = 1, and g(n) = 0 otherwise.
Prove: if f has a mean-value M(f), then the mean-value M(g) exists and is equal to M(g) = M(f)
II (i P-k
f(pk) )-1.
pim k=O
2) Assume that f is a strongly multiplicative arithmetical function, for
which the mean-value M(f) exists and is non-zero. Let g be the arithmetical function defined in Exercise 1). Prove: the mean-value M(g) exists and
M(g) = M(f)PIm n PP
1
rr (1 +
f(p) - 1
PIm
)-1
P
3) Consider the additive function A = II - w. For the densities defined in section 4, use Theorem 4.S to obtain the formulae so = rr ( 1- p-2) = 6 1<-2, P
S
q
Related Arithmetical Functions
122
I
' rIP (
Sq = fo exp (-27d a q)
1 - p-1)
(p-e2nia)-1)
(1 +
da.
4) Denote by r(n) the number of pairs (x,y) e 7L x 7L with the property that n = x2 + y2. Thus r(n) counts the number of representations of n as a sum of two squares. Then f(n) = a r(n) is multiplicative and k+1, if p = 1 mod 4, f(pk) _
if p = 3 mod 4 and k even, or if p = 2, if p = 3 mod 4 and k is odd.
1,
0,
Using 1nsx f(n) = alt x + 0( xa ), where 0 is some constant less than 1, give an asymptotic formula for Z g(n), where g = µ2 f. nsx
5) Show the existence of M(f) for the function f: n H
and
give a formula for this mean-value.
6) Prove inequality (7.3). Hint: without loss of generality, Z n-1 Is convergent. Use y-' Z IG(m)I 5 IIGIII + E, if y is large.
IF(n)I
rnsy
The function d
7) Calculate the coefficients ak in d = Zkldr is defined in section 7). 8)
Define an infinite set P of primes p1, p2, ... by p1 = 2, Pn+1 z 2-p I p2 " ' pn, and define a multiplicative function by f(Pk)
Let f
E
ifpEP,k=1,
0
otherwise.
Hints: x-1 E f(n) 5 2, but I (p-1 f(p) )2 = 00.
Prove: f E X11, f 9)
p
nsx
§* and g e§
p
be related functions, g
=
f * h,
where
Y°° n-1' Ih(n)I < co. Prove: n=1
a) if II f II1 < oo, then Ihg II1 = If II1' E n=1
n-'- Ih(n)I = Ilf II
TI zk=o
p-k
Ih(pk) I;
b) if a e IR and if the FouRIER-coefficient f (n a) exists for every n e IN, then g(a) _
n
1
n-1
10) Let f be multiplicative and q z I p-1 f(p) I2,
p
k2 P
h(n) 1.
(not).
If the series
P-1. I
p
p k I f(pk)Iq are convergent, then
If(P)Iq-1 11 f IIq
< Eb.
123
Chapter IV
Uniformly Almost-Periodic Arithmetical Functions
Abstract. This chapter deals with completions 2" c D" c A" of the vector-spaces . c D c A of even and periodic functions [and of linear combinations of exponential functions n H exp(2nia - n)] with respect to the supremum-norm 1I f II" = sup.,, If(n)l. The fundamental properties of these spaces are proved, and additive and multiplicative arithmetical
functions in the space Bu are characterized. Then some topics from probability theory are discussed and applied in order to study limit distributions of real-valued functions in 2". The maximal ideal spaces from GELFAND's theory of commutative BANACH spaces, A$ and ham, are given for 2" and for D" which are isomorphic to spaces of continuous functions defined on the compact sets A. and t . Some properties
of arithmetical functions In St' and D" can then be derived from this knowledge and standard theorems of analysis (for example, the STONEWEIERSTRASS or the TIETzE theorem). Finally, a theory of integra-
tion is developed in these spaces and applied to the calculation of some mean-values.
Uniformly Almost-Periodic Arithmetical Functions
124
IV.1. EVEN AND PERIODIC ARITHMETICAL FUNCTIONS
The C-vector-spaces Sr of r-even and 2r of r-perlodlc arithmetical functions are defined in I. 3. The pointwise product converts these vectorspaces into C-algebras. The C-vector-spaces of all even, resp. all periodic, functions will be denoted by 00
OD
r r e s p. 0 =r=1U D r
21= U
(1.1)
S,
r=1
21 and D are C-algebras. If f is even mod k then it is even mod also. Thus 2gcd[r,,r, ] c $r, U Br.
Blcm(r,,rs)*
, resp. Dr' may be described as vector-spaces with some natural bases. In fact,
The spaces .71
(1.2)
D r = Lines 1exp(27ri
r
n), a =1,
2,
rI
is the vector-space of linear combinations of exponential-functions (1.3)
ea r: n H exp(2iti r n), where a runs from 1 to r.
All these functions are r-periodic and thus in 2)r, and every r-periodic function is a linear combination of the functions (1.3), as may be seen from the linear independence of the functions (1.3) [which may be deduced from the orthogonality relations] and the fact that the dimension
of 8r is exactly r. From (1.2), again, it is clear that Dr is an algebra (a pointwise product of r-periodic functions is an r-periodic function).
The space of r-even functions is a vector-space of linear combinations of RAMANUJAN sums, (1.4)
$r = Line [cd, dir].
Obviously, since cd is even mod d and thus even mod r, all these linear combinations are in Ii r . Next, the dimension of 2 r over C is t(r) [for example, the functions gd, dir, gd(n) = I if gcd(n,r) = d, and gd(n) = 0 otherwise, are a basis for But the t(r) RAMANUJAN sums cd, where dir, are linearly independent, as follows from the orthogonality relations Sr].
IV.t. Even and Periodic Arithmetical Functions
125
(see 1.3), and (1.4) is proved. If f is an r-even arithmetical function,
then it is representable by the basis [c d' dir ] in the form f
(1.5)
cd
dEr ad(f)
with the "RAMANWAN-[FoURIER]-coefficients"
ad(f) _
p(d) cp(d)
)-1
)-1
r-1
2]
'
lspsr f(p) cd(p)
.
Formula (1.6) easily follows from the orthogonality relations for RAMANUJAN sums, already proved in Chapter 1 (3.3). The vector-space . of even functions is actually an algebra: the product of an r-even and a t-even function is an function.
Another proof of this result follows from the fact that ,Sr is the space of linear combinations of the functions cd, dir. This result is combined with the multiplicativity of the RAMANUJAN sums, considered as a func-
tion of the index (see I, Theorem 3.1), and with the relations C
(1.7')
and (1.7") c
pk
Cpk = Y(pk)
c
1
+c
p
+
...
+c
p.
,) + (pk - 2 pk-1)
These relations may be checked pointwise, using we obtain the following theorem.
1
Cpk
(3.4). Summarizing,
Theorem 1.1. The vector-space 2 of all even functions is equal to the space of all linear-combinations of RAMANUJAN sums. Thus
, = LinC [ cr, r =
(1.8)
1,
2,
... 1,
and the vector-space £ of all periodic arithmetical functions is equal to (1.9)
.V = LinC [
=
1 I ]]..
We mention that another proof for Theorem 1.1 , which is applicable in much more general situations, is given in SCHWARZ & SPILKER [19711,
Uniformly Almost-Periodic Arithmetical Functions
126
the main idea being to use the WEIERSTRASS - STONE Approximation Theorem.
Finally, we define the C-vector-space (in fact, again, A is an algebra) A = Lin, [ e", a E Qt mod 7L ]
(1.10)
of complex linear combinations of the functions ea n H exp :
The mean-value M(f) for functions in A exists, and f e A has the FOURIER expansion E
(1.11)
ea .
-oe
oe a Qt/Z
In general, arithmetical functions are neither even nor periodic. So the
spaces defined up to now are (by far) too small. In order to enlarge the spaces 8 c D c A we use the supremum norm IlfIlu = sup If(n)I,
(1.12)
nc
where f is a (bounded) arithmetical function. Obviously, I1.llu is a norm with the usual properties (i)
IlfIlu 2 0, and IlfIlu = 0 if and only if f = 0,
(ii)
II
IXI
.
IlfIlu for every complex A,
Ilf + ghIu s IlfIlu +
(iii)
ugh lu.
Moreover, in addition, (iv)
Ilf
IIgIIu,
IIf2IIu = IIfhIu2,
(v)
and there is an
gllu 5 IlfIlu
involution on R, B, A, namely the complex conjugation,
with the properties
(I)
= f + g,
(f+g)
(U)
a
=g f,
(ill) (io)
f,
(f
)
In addition, this involution satisfies
= f.
Iy.1. Even and Periodic Arithmetical Functions
(o)
II
II
=
127
IIfIIZ,
and so (after proving that $, 2), A are BANACH algebras: we shall do this in the next section), we know that 8, 2), A are B*-algebras (for the definition see RuDIN [19731, or the Appendix A.6). Working in the vector-space of all II. IIu-bounded arithmetical functions,
we construct the desired enlargements of our spaces by forming the closures of 2, 2), and A with respect to the II. IlLL norm, u
(1.13i)
=
11.11
u
-closure of 2
(the vector-space of uniformly almost-even functions), Du = II.II-closure of 2)
(1.13ii)
(the vector-space of uniformly limit-periodic functions), and Au
(1.1311i)
=
u
-closure of A
( the vector-space of uniformly almost-periodic functions).
Since A, 2,
2) are C-algebras, the $u , Du are again C-alspaces gebras. Figure IV.1 shows inclusion relations between the spaces defined up to now. Au,
Zr
r I
If
dir.
'Vd
Figure IV.1. Moreover, $u * 2)u
* Au ( R * 2 $ A is obvious ). The non-principal character X mod 4, X(n) = if n= I mod 4, X(n) = -1 if n = 3 mod 4 and X(n) = 0 otherwise, is periodic and so Is in 0, but not in 22u: assume, that X is an M-even function near X; there exist primes p a 3 mod 4 not dividing M, so gcd(M,p) = 1, X(p) = X(1), but X(p) is near 1
-1 and X(1) near 1, a contradiction.
If a is irrational, the function a is in A, but not in Du. Otherwise, choose g = X. mod r near e0' with respect to 11.IIu (where r is sufficiently large). If n = r !
m, m = 1,2,..., then
Uniformly Almost-Periodic Arithmetical Functions
128
g(n) =
a mod r
(3(a/r)
is constant, but the values of aa(n) are dense on the unit circle (the sequence {(a r! m), m = 1, 2, ... } is uniformly distributed mod 1; ,
see 11.7).
As illustration of the rather regular behaviour of functions from the spaces defined above, Figures IV.2, IV.3 and IV.4 show ad hoc constructed functions in .SLL (one multiplicative, one additive) and in Du (multipli-
cative) in the range between I and 198 Iresp. 2981. The first function is strongly
multiplicative, with values f(2)
=
0.3,
f(S)
=
0,
and
X(p).p-3/2 for primes p * 2, 5; the character X mod 5 is defined by X(2) = X(3) = - 1, X(1) = X(4) = 1, X(S) = 0.
f(p)
=
1
1.0
so
too
F I g u r e IV.2
iso
The function given in Figure IV.3 is strongly additive. Its values at the primes p>2 are f(p) = with the same character as in Figure IV.2, and the value at p = 2 is f(2) = 1. 1.0
-1
O. S
-1
0
-0. 2
Ir
II 50
I m
i
I
200
100
300
Figure IV.3
The final example, given graphically in Figure IV.4, is a strongly multipli-
Iy.l. Even and Periodic Arithmetical Functions
129
1 - p-3i2
cative function in emu, defined at the primes by f(p) =
if p>2,and f(2)=-2. 0.5 0
-o.s -I
H
0
u fl
50
iii
11
11
11
200
100
300
Figure IV.4
There is a fascinating interplay between evenness and periodicity, on the one hand, and additivity or multiplicativity, on the other. We give some simple examples below.
Proposition 1.2. If F Is additive and q-periodic, then the following hold: F(C) = 0, if gcd(C,q) = 1. (i) (ii)
F(pk) * 0 is possible at most for primes p dividing q.
(iii)
Put q = IT
(iv)
F Is q-even.
pt",. If (i > at, then F(pt") = F( pro'')'
1stsT
Proof. (i) follows from F(q) = F(q 0 = F(q) + F($); (i) implies (ii); follows from Z F( pta,) = F(q) = 1stsT
F(p1P-OC,
F(Ptot,
q) _ 2125tST
)
+ F(p1a).
(iv) If n = IT poe, then, using (ii) and (iii),
F(n) = 2]plq F( pP°) = Zplq F(
pmin(PP'cx,))
= F(gcd(n,q)).
O
Generalization. If F Is q-periodic and e-nearly-additive (this means: if gcd(n,m) = 1, then F(n) - F(m)1 < s ), then (i') (ill)
if gcd(C,q) = 1, If R Z at, then F(pto) - F(pt ' )I < 2s.
IF(8)I
<
s,
I
Uniformly Almost-Periodic Arithmetical Functions
130
Proposition 1.3. If F Is q-periodic and multiplicative, and If F(q) * 0, then F(s) = 1, If gcd(2,q) = 1. (i) F(pp) = F(p°), if p°` q and (i z a. (ii) II
(iii) If the condition F(q) * 0 is weakened to: there Is some primepower q°C for which F(q°`) * 0, then F(pk) = Fk(p) for every prime p * q not dividing q, and k = 1,2,... .
Proof of (iii).
F(q°C)-F(pk+1)
= F(qm' pk+1 + pk-q) = F( pk.(q°`p + q)) F(
=
F(pk)'F(q°L)+(p)
Proposition 1.4. If f Is multiplicative and q-periodic, then f(pk) = 0 for some k is possible for at most finitely many primes. Proof. Assume there are infinitely many prime-powers prkr for which f(prk,) = 0. Without loss of generality, we may assume that these primepowers are coprime with q. Denote by ar the residue-class of prk, mod q; these residue-classes are in (7L/q7L) . At least two of the residueclasses 'T15rsR ar are equal, so there are integers R and S, for which
n ar RS
1 mod q.
Then
1=f(1)=f(R
r
a contradiction.
In the case of completely multiplicative functions the same argument gives:
If f Is completely multiplicative and q-periodic, then (i) f(p) = 0 is possible only if plq. (ii) If(n)I a {0,1} for any Integer n, f(n) Is zero or a root of unity, (iii) if q > 0 is the least period of f, then f(p) = 0 for any plq. Therefore f is a DIRICHLET character mod q, where q is the least period of f. Proof of (iii). If q = q 1 q2, where f(q1) * 0, then
IV.1. Even and Periodic Arithmetical Functions
f(a)'f(g1) =
f(ag1+g2'g1)
= f(q1)
131
f(a+q2),
and so q2 is again a period of f. The next result is due to D. LEITMANN and D. WOLKE 11976]. The proof given is from SCHWARZ (Monatshefte Math. 1978). An arithmetical
function is called p-multiplicative if the relation f(p1 p2) holds for all primes p1 * p2.
=
proposition I.S. Let F: IR -) C be a periodic function with Irrational period a > 0. If the set ,P = { t e IR, F continuous at t }
Is non-empty, and If the restriction f of F to IN Is p-multiplicative, then F(P) = (0) or F(r) =(1). In particular, If F Is continuous, then F = 0 or F = I Is constant.
Remark. The example F(t) = cos(2nt) shows that the condition "a is Irrational" Is necessary.
Proof. The results needed from the theory of uniform distribution may be found, for example, in KuIPERS-NIEDERREITER [1974], Theorem 6.3,
example 6.1 and p.22. Assume there is some t e .? for which NO $ 0. Fix E, 0 < E < -IF(t)I. Let t' be an element of P. The continuity of F at t, t' implies the existence of a S > 0 so that (1.14)
IF(t) - F(x) I < E, IF(t') - F(y)I < E,
Choose a real t
if It-xI, It' - yl < 28.
It*-tl < S, such that 1, a and a- t5 are Q-linearly
,
independent. Then the 2-dimensional sequence of points { a-1q }, { a It*.q }
), q prime,
is uniformly distributed modulo 1 in the unit-square in IR2. Therefore, we find a prime q and integers m1, m2 satisfying a-Iq + m1 - a-1t' I
I
< O c-
S,
and I
O(_
I
t q+ m 2- 0(-1 t I< a-I
S.
Having fixed q, there exists a prime p $ q and an integer m for which
Uniformly Almost-Periodic Arithmetical Functions
132
m-
a
I<
S,
and so I
t
p'q +
I
< 28.
Continuity at t and a-periodicity, resp. continuity at t', give I
F(pq) - F(t) I <E, IF(q)-F(t')I <E.
And
I F(p) - F(t) I < E, because I p + ma-tI < 28, for It-t* I < 8 and (1.14). Using p-multiplicativity, we deduce
F(q) - 1
I
< 2E
IF(p)I-1
< 4E
IF(t)I-1,
and so IF(t') - 11 < ( 1 + 4 IF(t)I-1 )
Thus F(.°) = (1).
E.
11
Finally, we mention that a characterization of all multiplicative, periodic arithmetical functions was given by N. G. DE BRUUN [1943] and also by D. LEITMANN and D. WOLKE [1976]. We do not reproduce the proof here, but simply quote the result.
Theorem 1.6. A multiplicative arithmetical function f Is periodic If and
only If there exists an integer N and a DI>vcHLET character X mod N with the following properties:
If pIN and k e IN, then f(pk) = 0. (ii) If pIN, then the function k H is constant and $ 0. (iii) There are at most finitely many primes p for which I for some exponent k. (i)
rv,2. Simple Properties
133
IV.2. SIMPLE PROPERTIES
First we prove the following theorem. Theorem 2.1. The algebras Bu, Du, Au are BANACH algebras (and so are complete with respect to . IIu), and the supremum-norm has the properties (i) - (v) and (o) of section IV. 1. II
Proof. Let us prove, for example, (iii) for Bu: given some s > 0, there are functions F, G in B satisfying
E Bu and f - F IIU < s, II g - G IIu < E. Then f + g - (F + G ) 11U < s, and so (f + g) E $u. Next, Bu is an algebra: given f, g in Bu , and s > 0, there are functions F, G In B satisfying II f - F IIu < s, II g - G II u < E. Then II F G - f g IIu f, g
II
II
5 IIf - F
GIILL <
is near II g II Is In B, and so f g E Bu. ded and
II G II
u
since IIghIu and IIfIIu are boun-
property (iv) of the norm is used. F G
Concerning the completeness of, say, Bu, we assume that (Fk), k = 1, 2, ... is a I I . IIu- CAUCHY-sequence in $u. Then the values Fk(n) are a CAUCHY- sequence in (C, . ), and are therefore convergent to some complex number F(n). The function F : n H F(n) satisfies II F - Fk IIu 5 E if 1
1
k 2 k0(s), so F is the II.IIu - limit of the sequence Fk. Finally F is in Bu because F is near Fk if k is large, and Fk is near some fk in B. O Theorem 2.2. Assume f, g E Bu [resp. E Du, resp. E Au ]. Then the functions
Re f, Im f,
IfL,
are again in Bu [resp. Du, resp. ,v4uJ. If f, g are real-valued, then
f+ = max (0, f) and f
min (0, f),
and, more generally max( f,g) and min( f,g
)
are again in Bu [resp. Du, resp. 4u ]. The shifted functions (with positive integers a, b) fa : n H f(n+a), and f b,a: n H f(bn + a)
Uniformly Almost-Periodic Arithmetical Functions
134
are In Du 1f f is 1n 2 u or D u, and in 8 u if f Is in,4 u. Proof. The result for Re f and Im f is obvious. If f is near p e $ [resp, e], then Ifl - lpl 15 f-p I, so Ifi is near 191 and IyI is even [resp periodic] and so again is in 3 [resp. £]. I
I
If f is in Au and near (p in A, then there seems to be no easily accessible structural property 1) which is obviously true for 191. But the WEIERSTRASS Theorem (see Appendix, Theorem A.1.1) shows that 191 is in ,v4u: for 191 is bounded, say Ipl s M. Given e > 0, there is, by the WEIER-
STRASS Theorem, a polynomial P(X) with real coefficients, satisfying IP(x)- lxi < e in -M s x s M. A being an algebra, the function P(p) Is in A, and ll P(w) - Iwl Ilu < E, and so 191 a Au, Therefore, Ifl Is in Au. The formulae max (f,g) = 2(f +g)+ 2''If-gl, min(f,g) = 1(f + g) show the assertions concerning max(f,g) and min(f,g).
If 9 is in D, resp. A, then the shifted function Ya is clearly in £, resp. A (similarly, cpb,a is in £, resp..); and 9. is near fa if 9 is near f. Theorem 2.3. If f is in Au then the mean-value M(f) exists. Moreover, the FOURIER coefficients
?(a) = and the RAMANUJAN coefficients
ar(f) = {p(r))-1 . exist.
Proof. Without loss of generality, let f e > 0, there exists a function
FE
e
Au be real-valued. Given
.A with the property
F(n) - e < f(n) < F(n) + e
for every n e N. The mean-value M(F) exists, therefore the difference
of the upper and lower mean-value of f, is 1)
Of course, p Is (see, for example, CORDLINEANLI 11968] ) almost-peri-
odic, and so there are c-translation numbers for cp; these are also c-translation numbers for 191, and so jp1 Is In Au.
Iy.2. Simple Properties
135
IM_(f) - M _(f)1 s e,
and so M(f) exists. If f E A", then
are also in A", and
and
thus the assertions about the FouRIBR and RAMANWAN coefficients are clear.
Theorem 2.4. Let f E A", and let X c C be a compact set with the following property: there is some S > 0 such that UN B(f(n), S) c X. B(f(n), S) denotes the ball with radius S around f(n). Assume that : .2' --3 C is LIPSCHITZ-con tin uous;
so there is a constant L with the property 14(z) - 4(z')I s L
z - z' I, if z, z' E.X.
I
Then the composed function N - C
4rf
is again in A". The same result is valid In .$".
Proof. Let a be less than 8. If F in A is near f, f - F II" < e, then the values of f and F are in X; by the LIPSCHITZ-continuity, III0f - 40F11" s L e. We have to show that °F is in A". According to the complex 11
version of the WEIERSTRASS Approximation Theorem, there is a polynomial P(z,z) with complex coefficients, so that
14(z) - P(z,z) Thus
4(F(n)) - P(F(n),F(n))
I
I
<
I
< e, if z E X. e
for any
n
E
W;
the function
n H P(F(n),F(n)) is in A, and so 4°f is in A". Corollary 2.5. (1) If f E A", then
eix-f
E A" for every complex constant X. z S, where 8 > 0, then 1/f is in A". (2) If f c A" and Ifl
(3)
I f f is in A", (z
IN>
8,
where S > 0, and If there Is an angle
E C, Iarg(z) -a1 > 8) free of values of f, then log(f) is in A".
Theorem 2.4 is a special case of the next, more general, theorem.
Theorem 2.6. Let f c A" (resp. f c $"), and, for y > 0,
Uniformly Almost-Periodic Arithmetical Functions
136
KY = { z E C: In E IN with the property If(n) - zI < y }. Then, for every continuous function 4): KY - C, the composed function i{r°f
:
IN -) C
is again in Au (resp. in 2u). Proof. The function f is bounded, therefore the closure KY/2 is compact and 4), restricted to KY/2, is uniformly continuous. Given s > 0, there is a 8, 0 < 8 < Zy such that I4)(z) - c)(z')I < s for all z, z' E KY/2' 1z-z'1 < S.
Choose a function F in A (resp. in .) near f, If - F IIu < S. Then Il4of-40FilusE.
If f E Su, F E $, then 40F E 2, and 4rof E $u. If f E Au, F
then 94u by the WEIERSTRAss Approximation Theorem (as in the c .F proof of Theorem 2.4). Therefore, 4rof is in Au. E
,v4,
The next result contains a characterization of the additive functions of to Su. Theorem 2.7.
(1)
If f is in Au and Is additive, then scup
(1)
If f is in 21 u, then lim
(ii)
k -> m
I
f(pk)
< oo.
P
f(pk) exists for every prime.
(2) If f is additive and If relations (1) and (li) are true, then f is In Su.
(3) If f is in Du and is additive, then (ii) is true, (4) Therefore, the Intersection of the vector-space of additive functions with Du is equal to the intersection of this space with Bu. Proof. (l.i) Without loss of generality, f is real-valued; f is uniformly bounded, and so IZ f(pk)I s Ilfllu, summed over any finite set of primepowers for which f(pk) z 0 (and the same is true for every finite set of prime-powers for which f(pk) < 0 ). These remarks imply
IV.2 Simple Properties
137
21 sup I f(pk)I s 2 p
k
IIfIIu+ 1.
(l.ii) The values f(pk) are bounded, so there is a subsequence k1 < k2 < Ln-1, if kr z K1(n). , for which f(pk,) is convergent, I
Choose Fn a . 7 1 near f,
1 1F
n - f IIu < n-if k 2 K2(n) is large, then the
values Fn(pk) are constant, and thus I L - f(Pk)I s I L - f(pk,) I
+
f(pk,) - Fn(Pk,)I + IF n( Pk) - f (Pk)I <
I
if k, kr z max ( K1(n), K2(n) ), and (ii) is proved.
.
(2) Assume f is additive and satisfies (i) and (ii), limk---, f(pk) = g(p). Choose E > 0. There are constants P 0 and k0 (depending on E), so that P
Po kP
If(Pk)I < E, and If(pk) - g(P)I <
if k z ko. Put K = rI pko and define a K-even function F by PSPO
F(n) = f(gcd(n,K)).
Write n = TI pvp(n) = n'- n", where n' contains those prime-factors of n which are s Po, and n" contains the "large" prime-factors p > Po. Then I f (n") < E by the choice of Po ( and by additivity ). Decompose n' = n1 n2 where n1' contains the primes p with vp(n) s ko and n2" contains the others. Then We aim at II f - F IIu <
,
F(n') = f(n1') +
P
nz
f(Pk°)
and so
IF(n) - f(n)I s If(n")I + pn If( Pv'(n) - f(pko)I < E +
2E.
z
(3) Let p be a prime, IIf-FIIu < E. If IF(
pk)I
If
E
>
0. Choose a function F
e
£, r-periodic,
then
s IF(Pk)-f(Pk)I + IF(r) -f(r)I + (pk)I < 4E for every k if p.' r. If plr, say pk IIr, then, similarly, IF(Pk) - F(Pko)I < 4e,
therefore
If(pk) - f(pko)I < 6 E for every k z ko
Uniformly Almost-Periodic Arithmetical Functions
138
If(pk) - f(pe)I < 12E if k,E s ko.
So k H f(pk) is a CAUCHY sequence, which proves (ii).
(4) follows from (1) - (3).
11
Theorem 2.8. Assume that f is in Bu. C[X] Is a polynomial with complex coefficients, then (1) If P E
P.f E Z)u.
(2) If P E 7L[X] is a polynomial with Integer coefficients and P > 0, then Proof. Du and $u are algebras, and so (1) is clear for Du and 5u. Approx-
imating f by a finite linear combination of functions e./r' it is easy to reduce assertion (2) to the problem of showing that n H e./r( P(n) ) is in D'; but, due to P(n+r) = P(n) mod r this function is periodic and so
itisin2.. Finally, we give the following uniqueness theorem. Theorem 2.9. Assume that q z 1, f E Du and II f II
=
{ lim sup X-'- E X -> co
nsx
II f II
If(n) Iq
q
= 0, where
}l/q.
Then f = 0.
Proof. Assume, on the contrary, that there is some no, for which If(no)I = 8 > 0. Choose E = there is a function F in £ near f, so that II f-F Ilu m in N)
<
E. F Is periodic with some period K. Therefore (for any E = IF(no)1 - E 2 If(no)I -2E = Zs,
2
and
II f IIq Z { Xm sup X
a contradiction.
X-1 .
n
nsx,ne mod K If(n)Iq }l'q.
11
Remark. Other uniqueness theorems are proved in VI, Theorems 1.5, 1.6.
jy.3. Limit Distributions
139
IV.3. LIMIT DISTRIBUTIONS
First we have to repeat some definitions and notation from probability theory; see, for example, RENYI [19701, and the Appendix.
A function F: IR - IR is called a distribution function if (I) F is monotonically non-decreasing, (ii) F is right-continuous, so that for every x
limE o,t>o (iii) F(-oo) = limx F(+oo) = limx-->
-
e
IR
F(x),
F(x) = 0, F(x) =
1.
So, in fact, F: IR --) [0,1]. Note that the set of discontinuities of a distribution function is at most denumerable.
Examples of distribution functions are if x the function x H e(x) = J 0 ,
1
,
<0 if x 2 0.
the GAUSsian normal distribution x N F(x) =
1
X { 0., n }-I . exp{ -
-2 I'.0
(-µ)Z} dµ.
if (0, P) is a probability space, X: fl -3 IR a real-valued random variable, then (3.1)
F(u) = P(t: X(t) < u) Is the distribution function associated with X.
A sequence FN of distribution functions Is said to converge weakly [in the sense of probability theory] to F if F (x) urn N-= N
= F(x)
is true for all points of continuity of F. The limit-function F need not be a distribution function, but It is non-decreasing and bounded. In the theory of distributions the FOURIER-STIELTJES transform of a
Uniformly Almost-Periodic Arithmetical Functions
140
distribution function F is called its characteristic function f, f(t) =
(3.2)
-co
eltx dF(x).
There is an inversion formula: if a and (a+h) are points of continuity for F, then F(a+h) - F(a) =
(3.3)
lim T-. o0
fT (it)-1,(1-e-ih)
elta,f(t) dt.
,
Further properties of the characteristic function f of a distribution function are listed below: (1) f(0) = 1. (2)
If(t)I
(3)
f(-t) = f(t).
s
1.
(4) f is uniformly continuous on R. (5) If ak are non-negative real numbers, 2: isksK ak = 1, and If fk are characteristic functions, then isksK a f k is a characteristic function again; in particular, Re f is a characteristic function. k
(6)
If f is k times differentiable at 0, then the moments ak = J
of F do exist up to the order k if k is even, and up to the order (k-1) if k is odd. Continuity Theorem. If IF n) is a sequence of distribution functions with characteristic functions t H fn(t), then {Fn} converges weakly to a distribution function F If and only If (I) limn->
co
fn(t) = f(t) exists for every t
e
IR,
(ii) the limit f is continuous at 0.
Then f is the characteristic function of F. For a proof see, for example, LUKACS [1970]. The application to arithmetical functions rests on the fact that
xHFN(x)=N-l
nsN, g(n)sx
1
is a distribution function, if g is a real-valued arithmetical function; x H FN(x) is non-decreasing, FN(-co) = 0, FN(co) = 1, and is right-
IV.3. Limit Distributions
141
continuous. Its characteristic function is
eitx dFN()
fN(t) = f N
nsN
eitx d( nsN,
('
N-1
=
gW ()sx
1
l /
e it-g(n)
Theorem 3.1. Let g e Au be real-valued. Then there is a limit-distribution
F (x) (if x is a point of continuity for F
F(x) = lim
N>m N
for g.
The proof is a direct application of the continuity theorem (note the fact that it is not assumed that g is additive). If t is an arbitrary real number, then the function n H exp( itg(n) ) is in Au according to Corollary 2.5. Thus the sequence of characteristic functions fN(t) =
N-1 -
2:nsN exp( itg(n)
)
converges for n - co to the mean-value
M( n H exp(itg(n)))
NO.
The inequality eiu
-l
I
=
I
i fo e'
fu
di; I
S
I
e1E I
I
di; I
s K Jul,
if u is in the disc B(O,R), with some constant K = K(R) [if u is real or, more generally, if Im(u) 2 0, then it is possible to take K = 1], gives N1
.
nsN
( exp( itg(n) ) - 1
s
N-1
E
nsN
and so, as N tends to infinity, If(t) - f(0)I s
so that f is continuous at t = 0. An application of the continuity theorem for characteristic functions gives the assertion. The theorem given above may be extended to classes of arithmetical functions that are much larger than Au; this will be done in Chapter VI, 8 A.
Uniformly Almost-Periodic Arithmetical Functions
142
IV.4. GELFAND's THEORY: MAXIMAL IDEAL SPACES
Some notions and definitions from functional analysis are used In this section. We refer to the Appendix, A.6. The algebras Bu Bu c u are commutative BANACH algebras with identity element e = 1, and there is the "standard" involution f H f (complex conjugation) satisfying f f Ilu = f IIu2. So these spaces are II
II
B -algebras, and, according to GELFAND and NAIMARK's Theorem, these
algebras are essentially algebras of continuous functions on the [compact] maximal ideal space A. The GELFAND transform f
(4.1) 'Bu
-a e(AS)
f
resp. ^:
:
- C, f (h) = h(f) ), u --) L°(AV) resp. ^: Au -, L°(A.4)
is an isometric isomorphism in each case.
IV.4.A. The maximal ideal space A$ of 8'. a) Construction of some algebra-homomorphisms. Clearly, for any integer n e IN, the evaluations hn : f H f(n) are elements
of Ate. Next, for any prime p, and for f e Su, the limit f (pm) = liimm f(pk)
exists, as shown in Theorem 2.7, and so the functions hPm : f H f(pm) are elements of AJ9. More generally, given exponents kp, 0 s kp s co, a (complex) value f(X) can be defined for the vector
X - (kp)p prime in the following manner 2): consider the increasing sequence nr of positive integers 2)
We think of the sequence of primes being ordered according to size. An Integer n may be described as a special vector X, where at most finitely many of the kv are non-zero and none Is Infinity.
N.4. Gelfand's Theory: Maximal Ideal Spaces
T nr =Ispsr 11
min(r,k pp
)
Pp
,
143
r = 1,2, ...,
with the property nrlnr+l . Then f(X) = lim
r-4 m
f(n
r
exists3), and
hx: f H f (X)
Is an element of A$. All these functions hx are different, as can be seen by evaluating hx on suitable RAMANLI,JAN sums cqC, where q is prime.
Our goal is to prove that we obtained all the elements of A$. Before doing this, we calculate the values of hx at RAMANLJJAN sums cge for prime powers qz Obviously (giving the greatest common divisor on the right-hand-side a natural interpretation), .
hx(cge) = cqE( gcd(f pkP, qe )), and this equals
cge(q') = y(q'), cgt(g8-1) = - qt-1
(4.2) =
0,
if kq z e, if
kq = E-1,
if kq<2-1.
b) Determination of h$. Following the paper by T. MAXSEIN, W. SCHWARZ and P. SMITH 11991]
rather closely, we are going to prove Theorem 4.1. Theorem 4.1. The maximal Ideal space 0$ consists precisely of the func-
tions hx, where X runs through the set of vectors (kp)p prime'
0skpsao Proof. Assume h c A$; h being continuous, it is sufficient to know the
e. The function F is even, and so F(nr) = 13 Is constant for r z r0(e). Thus the sequence r H f(nr) is a Cauchy sequence.
3) Given e > 0, choose F c $ satisfying Ilf-FII u
<
Uniformly Almost-Periodic Arithmetical Functions
144
values of h on the subalgebra $ of $u. The RAMANLUAN sums cr, con-
sidered as functions of the index r, are multiplicative. Therefore, it is sufficient to know the values h(cgg) for prime-powers qz.
p(q'), -qE-1, 0 } if $ > 1, Since h(f) a spec(f), and spec(cge) is {p(q), -1 } if t = 1, and (1) if $ = 0, there are at most three possibilities for choosing the value h(cq ). However, not every choice is admissible. The relations {
(4.3')
Cpm'Cpe = ep(p")'cpm
,
if m > $,
and
cpZ'cp,e = p(P')'(c1 + cp +... + cppe_1) + (pe-2pe-1).cpt
(4.3")
imply (using the fact that h is an algebra-homomorphism; q denotes a prime) (a)
h(cgm) = 0, if h(cgg) = 0 and m > $,
h(cgt) * 0 and 0 s m < l;,
(b) h(cgm) = cp(gm), if
(c) h(cgt) < 0 is possible for at most one 2
(d) if
( q fixed
h(cg.,j) = 0 but h(cge) $ 0, then h(cgt) _ - qe-1 < 0
Therefore, either h(cgm) = p(qm) for any m 2 0 (define kq = case), or there exists an exponent kq such that
y(gf'), (4.4)
h(cC) =
co
.
in that
if tskq,
- qR-1, if t = kq+ 1, 0, if k > kq+ 1.
Then, for the vector X = (kq)q prime , we obtain h = ham, and so A2 is completely determined.
c) Topology. The GELFAND topology of A GELFAND transform (4.1) n
f: 0
is the weakest topology that makes every n
f(h) = h(f) continuous. So, for any prime power qz and any open set 0 in C, the sets cqg
h e A; h(cge) e 0 }
IV.4. Gelfand's Theory: Maximal Ideal Spaces
14S
are open. Therefore, using (4.4), the sets
kp arbitrary for p $ q, kq 2 Z 1,
( hx. where Z e IN, and
( hx
kp arbitrary for p $ q, kq = Z-1 }
are open. Choosing these sets as a subbasis for the topology, we see that every f is continuous. For: Given s > 0 and f, choose g = 2:1SreR satisfying IIf-gllu < ze. Assume that h e As , h = h_T, X = (kp(h)), is given. An open neighbourhood U(h) of h is defined by the condition h* a U(h) iff h*= hx,*, and kp(h*) = kP(h) for any psR.
Then h(g) = h*(g) for any h* in U(h), and so I
f (h) - f (h*)I
h(f) - h*(f) S
li
f-g
11
I
s
I
h(f) - h(g) I+
I
h*(f) - h*(g)I
+IIf - g 11u <£.
Thus, f is continuous and so the topology of A2 is completely determined. It coincides with the product topology on the space
IN * = fj [I, p,
(4.5)
P
P2' ..., p=: },
where each factor is the ALEXANDROFF-one-point-compactification of the discrete (and locally compact) space (1, p, p2, ... I.
d) Main result. For functions f in Bu, obviously 11f211" = Ilfllu2, and so we obtain from 11.12 in W. RUDIN 11966] a result already mentioned at the beginning of this section. Theorem 4.2. The Banach-algebra BU is semi-simple, and the GELFAND
transform f H f is an isometric algebra-isomorphism from ,$u onto e((12) .
Note that semi-simplicity immediately also follows from the fact that the evaluation homomorphisms hn : f'-f(n) are in As, and so the assumption f e radical(Bu ) = n kernel(h) implies f = 0. he Ap;
Uniformly Almost-Periodic Arithmetical Functions
146
Next, RUDIN [1966], section 11.20, implies the following corollary.
Corollary 4.3. If f E $ u is real-valued and if inf f(n) > 0, then there ncN exists a [real-valued] square-root g of f in 8
u.
e) Applications.
The following result is well-known and can also be derived from the WEIERSTRASS approximation theorem (see Corollary 2.5); we deduce it from our knowledge of A2.
Corollary 4.4. Assume that f
E R u. Then i / f
E S u if and only If
infnENlf(n)I Is positive.
Proof. If 1/f e $u , then this function is bounded and so Ifl is bounded from below. On the other hand, according to GELFAND's Theory (see RUDIN [1966], 18.17), i/f E 8u if for any h E A2 the value h(f) is not zero. The values h(f) are given as certain limits in section 2, and the condition Ifl z S obviously implies that all these limits are non-zero, and corollary 4.4 is proved. This corollary may be extended considerably.
Theorem 4.S. Let f c ,$u be given. If the function F is holomorphic in some region of C, Including the range f (A$) off , then the com-
posed function F,f is in L'(&) and thus is equal to some g gE
,8 u. Therefore, Fof Is in Bu again.
Except for the last sentence, this is a specialization of L. H. LooMis [1953], 24 D. Next, g = Fof implies h(g) = F(h(f)) for any h in A., and so the assertion is true if F is a polynomial [then F(h(f)) = h(F(f)]. The general case follows from this. In the case of multiplicative functions, the following results are true.
Theorem 4.6a. Let f E Ru be given. If f is multiplicative, then f(pk) = 0 Is possible for at most finitely many primes p, and the same argument gives the following stronger version of Theorem 4.6a.
Theorem 4.6b. Let f E $u be given. If S > 0 and f is multiplicative,
then there are at most finitely many primes with the property
N.4. Gelfand's Theory: Maximal Ideal Spaces
f (p k) -
11
147
> S For some k.
proof. f (hxo) = 1 where X o = (kp), kp = 0 for any p. Given E = 28, then there is some neighbourhood 14 of h with the property I f (h) - I I < E for h in R. . But this neighbourhood contains all ham, with kp arbitrary
except for finitely many primes; for these exceptional primes kp = 0 may be taken. Next, f being multiplicative,
?(h) = lim JI f(pmin(kp,L)) L-> ao psL
and this implies, by a suitable choice of the kp , and noting If (h) - 1 I < E, that If(pk )- II > E is impossible for any "non-exceptional" prime and any k. 11
IV.4.B. The maximal ideal space A.
a) Embedding of A
of D°
in rciN IT
Define, using the abbreviation Wr = exp(2ni/r), an element fre £ by fr(n) = Wr. The set of functions (4.7)
{ f* ,
1 s t s r, gcd(t,r) = 1, r = 1,2,... }
is a basis of D. A function f in D is r-periodic for some r, and so 1/f is again r-periodic and in D c DLL, if f does not assume the value zero. Therefore, spec(fr)
=
{Wr, 1 s j s r }.
If h e 0s,, then (4.8)
h(fr)= Wr(r,h)
where j(r,h) is some uniquely determined integer modulo r, depending on h. Thus we obtain a map (4.9)
cp: 0 -3 IT
defined by p(h) = ( J(r,h) )r=12
rcN
, where h and j are related by (4.8).
Obviously, cp is infective.
Examples. (1) If f is a periodic function with period M, and if H is a homomorphism in Ate, then H(f) = f(j(M,H)).
Proof. H(el/r) = er(j(r,H)). The FouRiER expansion f =
a F+eµ/M
Uniformly Almost-Periodic Arithmetical Functions
148
implies the result. (2) If g is in Du, and G is M-periodic, IIg - G 11u< e, then I H(g) - g(j (M,H)) I < 2e for every H in A... (This depends on the fact that JH(f)h s 1117114.)
(3) If hr is the evaluation homomorphism f H f(r), then j (k,h,) = r mod k for k = 1, 2, ... .
A
b) The Priifer Ring 7L
For any n e IN consider the residue class ring 7L//n-7L with discrete topology. If mmn, then there is a continuous projection (4.10)
7tm,n
a mod n ) y ( a mod m ).
7L/n.7L
The set X = IT Z/r.7 with the product topology is a compact HAUSrciN
DORFF space, and the set (4.11)
7L = { (an) E X , an E 7L/n.7 and ltm,n((Xn) = am, if mmn }
is a closed subspace of X and therefore is again compact (and HAUSDORFF). Note that IN is dense in 7L; the reason is that, given an element (ar )r in 7L, and given positive integers ri .., rN there exists an integer m c IN satisfying m = ari mod ri for I s I s N. ,
,
Since fr-s = fr It follows that j(rs,h) ° j(r,h) mod r for any h
e
A2,.
Therefore, the image of the map cp is contained in Z. A
c) Surjectivity of p: A2, -3 7L
Let some element ((xr)r in 7L be given. Our aim is to construct an algebra-homomorphism h A2, satisfying cp(h) = (ar )r. Define a linear map h: 2) -4 C on the elements of the basis of 2) by E
h(fr) = car, - °cr,
1 s k s r, gcd(k,r) = 1, r
and extend h linearly to B. Then h is multiplicative on 2): assume first that gcd(r,s) = 1; then the relation r-l-as = ( s-k +
mod rs
implies
h(f' fs) = h(fr) h(fs ). This is also true If gcd(r,s) $ 1; without loss of generality, r and s may
IV.4. Gelfand's Theory: Maximal Ideal Spaces
149
be assumed to be powers of the same prime, and then the assertion is easily checked. v h is continuous on £: given an element $ e B, 4) _ 11,,1N av-frk there exists an m e IN, for which m = (Xrv mod rv for 1 s v s N . Since
h(4)) = 4)(m), we obtain s I4)(m)I 5
and so h is continuous on D. This space being dense in Vu, h may be extended continuously to cp(h) = (ar)r=1,2,...
an
algebra-homomorphism
of
Bu,
and
'
d) Continuity of p : AZ) -> 7. . Fix ak E
I
s k s N, with the property an = am mod m if min.
Then V(a1, ..., aN)
A 7L
, ak= ak for 1 s k s N
}
is a typical basis element of the [product] topology of Z. Moreover, he cp-1(V(a1 ..., aN )) if and only if h(fk wk k for any k in 1 s k s N. This is equivalent to f k(h) = wk k, 1 s k s N, where f k is the GELFAND transform of fk.
If Llk is a neighbourhood of wkk not containing any other kth root of unity, then it follows that 1
(V(a1
N ^ -1 ..., aN )) = kn1 fk (uk
is an open set in the GELFAND topology of A.., and so 9 is continuous. A Since A., and 7L are compact Hausdorff spaces, 9 is a homeomorphism. Thus we obtain the following theorem.
Theorem 4.7. The maximal space A., Is homeomorphic with the PrUfer Ring Z, defined In (4.11).
Remark 1. The evaluation homomorphisms hn are dense in A.). Proof of Remark 1. Given H in AM, choose a neigbourhood u(H) "defined
by R"; this means that h e u(H) iff j(r,h) = j(r,H) for r in Define the integer n as j(R!, H). Then (4.12)
n = j(r,H) mod r for r = 1,2,...,R,
1
s r s R.
Uniformly Almost-Periodic Arithmetical Functions
ISO
and hn is obviously in U(H).
11
e) Arithmetical Applications
Next, we apply our knowledge of the maximal ideal space to the problem
of the characterization of additive and multiplicative functions in $u. Some of the results have already been proved In section 2 using ad hoc elementary methods from number theory. In (1943] N. G. DE BRUIN characterized multiplicative, almost-periodic arithmetical functions. Additive, almost-periodic functions were characterized by E. R. VAN KAMPEN (1940). The results are as follows.
Theorem 4.8. Assume f to be fibre-constant. Then f Is In 2 u if and only if limk , . f(pk) exists for every prime p. This result Is not true for Z)u, as the example of a character X satisfying X(p) * 0, 1 shows.
Remark 2. f is termed fibre-constant if there Is a prime q such that f(n) = f(gcd(n,q°°)) for any n. Obviously, limk--> f(pk) exists for any prime p * q trivially.
Theorem 4.9. An additive function Is In Bu if and only if (4.13)
and
lim k-o
exists for any prime
f(pk)
E sup I f(pk) I < 0
(4.14)
k
p
Theorem 4.10. A multiplicative function Is In 8u holds and If (4.IS)
E sup f(pk) p
k
I
if
and only if (4.13)
I I< OD
is true.
Remark 3. If f is in Bu then the GELFAND transform f is continuous at h., where X = (kP )P , and kq = 00, kP = 0, If p * q. All the func-
tions h.., where kP = kP = 0 for p * q, and kq = L, L sufficiently large, are near hx, , and thus the limit relation (4.13) is true.
N.4. Gelfand's Theory: Maximal Ideal Spaces
151
The proof of Theorem 4.8 now follows from the preceding remark and
the fact that for fibre-constant functions f(h) may be defined in an obvious manner using the limit relation (4.13) at q. The resulting function f is obviously continuous and so f is in $u .
For additive functions in Du we prove the following theorem. Theorem 4.11. IF f Is in Du and additive, then limk
-4 . f(pk) exists for
every prime p, and relation (4.14) is true; therefore an additive function from Du is in fact already In ,$u. proof. Given s
>
0, choose an M-periodic function F in £ satisfying
II f - F Ilu < ; E. Then F is E - nearly additive, and so, according to section 1, IF(pO)I
<
E,
if
p does not divide M, and IF(pp) -
F(p°C)I
2E
<
If
(i > a and p°`IIM. This implies that k H f(pk) is a CAUcHY-sequence.
Concerning (4.14), without loss of generality, let f be real-valued. The function f, continuous on the compact maximal ideal space, is bounded by IIfllu Therefore, for any evaluation homomorphism h., If (h n)l Now put
-.g
'If" U.
n1= TTPk", n2= ITpk, P
P
where in the first Cresp. second] product the product runs over all powers pke for which f(pkp) is positive Cresp. negative]. Then f(n1) and If(n2)I are uniformly bounded and the theorem follows.
We use the following notation: given any arithmetical function, define (4.16)
f(P)(n) = f(gcd(n,p°D )), if p is prime,
and (4.17)
FR(n) = f( gcd(n,p>R n pOD))
The functions f(P) are fibre-constant.
Proof of Theorem 4.9. (a) Assume that (4.13) and (4.14) hold. The function f being additive, we obtain (4.18)
f = 2: PsR f (
)
+ FRS
Uniformly Almost-Periodic Arithmetical Functions
152
and the functions f(p) are in $u by Theorem 4.8. Next, IFR(n)I =
I
f(n) -P
R
f(p)(n)
if R is sufficiently large, and so f
c
I SpR sup If(pk)I < s
u
(b) If X = (0,0,...), 2" = (kp)p, where kp is arbitrary for p > R and k = 0 if p s R, then hx. is near ha, Since f is additive, we obtain if R is sufficiently f (ham,) = 0; f is continuous, and so If (hr. )I < .
E
large. Therefore, evaluating f (ham,.), one obtains I ZR
I
<E
for any system kp of exponents [kp= oo Is admissible, f(p°°) = limk f(pk)],
and so every subseries of Ep f(pkp) is convergent. Therefore this series is absolutely convergent for any choice of the exponents. This implies (4.14).
Proof of Theorem 4.10. (a) Assume that (4.13) and (4.1S) hold. Being multiplicative,
f = psR IT f(p,
FR,
where the fibre-constant functions f(p) are in ,$u. Next, using (4.15), 1-T f(p)(n) I s exp {pzR( I f(p)(n)I- 1) } S C,
uniformly in R, where * means that summation is only over those primes, for which f(p) (n)I i 1. And I
f(n) - TT psRf(p ) (n)I s
C
uniformly in n if R is large, again using (4.15). Therefore, f is in Su. (b)
If f is in $u and multiplicative, then the proof Is similar to the
corresponding proof of Theorem 4.9. The details, a little more compli-
cated than before, are omitted. It is helpful to use the fact that the absolute convergence of a product IT xiis equivalent with the absolute convergence of the series Z (x i -1). A second proof of the result for multiplicative functions is possible by reducing the assertion to the corresponding result for additive functions. First we prove the following lemma.
n/.4. Gelfand's Theory: Maximal Ideal Spaces
153
Lemma 4.12. Assume that f Is in ,$" and f(1) = 1. Then (1)
it
f(pk) = 0 Is possible for at most finitely many primes.
k m (2) For any s > 0 there Is an Integer R so that I f(n) -
II < s
If
gcd(n,R) = 1.
> S for some k is possible (3) If 8 > 0, the inequality If(pk) at most for finitely many primes. (4) If f is in £u and multiplicative, then If(pk)I S 2 Ilfllu for some k is possible for at most finitely many primes p. 1
I
.
1
proof. (1) If (1) is not true, then an ascending, Infinite sequence p1, p2, ... exists with the property f (h P, ,) = f pa) _ ... = 0. But the sequence of evaluation homomorphisms hp..' k =1, 2, ..., is convergent to h1 In AS. Therefore, 0=
k
lim
I (h P
,
) _ IE (h 1) = h 1(f) = f (l) = 1,
a contradiction.
(2) is proved using the same idea: if n is not divisible by the first r primes, r sufficiently large, then f (h n) is near f (h1) = I. (3) is obvious now.
(4) Let e > 0. For the evaluation homomorphism H1 the Integers j(r,H1) are ° 1 mod r. Choose R so large that for H R-near H1 [ this means
that j(r,H) = j(r,H1) for r = 1, 2, ..., R, no condition for r > RI If (H) - f (H1)I < E. Assume that n is coprime with R!; then there are integers x,y, so that I + R!-x,
and so f(n)-f(y) = f(1+R! x). The boundedness of f(y) implies If(n)I 2 Ilfllu 1
Choosing H =
then
.
I
Is near 1 and the result is proved.
In the proof of (4), complete multiplicativity was used. However, a variation of the proof also applies for the general case: Let e > 0. For H1, the evaluation homomorphism at 1, the Integers j(r, H1) are = 1 mod r.
Choose R so large, that for any H "R-near" to H1 [this means that j(r,H) = j(r, H1) for r = 1, 2, ..., R] If (H) - f (H1)I < 2. Assume gcd(p,R!) = 1; then, for every k in IN there are Integers x, y such that
Uniformly Almost-Periodic Arithmetical Functions
154
Pk
.y=1+
We may assume that p.}' y [otherwise take the solution x' = x + pk' y'
=
y
+
Then
R!].
2 If(i + R! x) I
IIfIILL-'.
f (pk) . f(y)
=
Choosing H =
f(1 + R! x), hence we obtain
If(Pk)1
If(1+R!.x) - 11 = If (H) - f (H1)I < 2. Therefore If(pk)1 > 2
for every prime p R!, and for every k E
IIfIILL-1
IN,
and the result is proved. Lemma 4.13. (1) Assume that f is multiplicative and in $u. If p Is fixed, ftt, a(pk) = a exists, then the multiplicative function and llmk
.
with values ftt(gk)
=
f(qk)
If q
is
a prime *
p,
and ftt(pk)
= a(pk) f(pk), is again in $u. (ii) With the same assumptions, the multiplicative function ftt with values ftt(gk ) = f(qk) if q is a prime $ p, and ftt(pk) = I for k = 1, 2,... , is in 2u. Proof. (i) is clear; f is multiplied by a fibre-constant function in ,$u. (ii) Choose F in 23, F R-even, a-near f, so that 11 f - F IILL < E. If prIIR,
then write R = R' pr, p4' R'. The function G: n H F(gcd(n, R')) is even; if n = pe.n', p4' n', then Ifa(n)-G(n)I = f(n')-F(n')I < s. Therefore G
is near fa, and so f isin,$u.
11
Now we give a second proof for one directionll in Theorem 4.10. Let f $u be multiplicative. We would like to look for g = log° f, but in E
order to do this some preparations are necessary. According to Lemma 4.12 the relation If(n) - 11 < i is true for all integers which are coprime
with some finite set 9 of exceptional primes. Change the function f into a multiplicative function f tt with values ftt (pk) = 1 at these finitely many exceptional primes. Then f is again in $u, for Lemma 4.13 (ii). tt Now the logarithm behaves nicely in the disc B(1, 2), and g = log ° f tt is additive, and again in $u by Corollary 2.5 (3). Then Theorem 4.9 shows E sup Ig(Pk)I 5 K, p
11 f e
k
.emu Implies the convergence of (4.1S). The other direction is simpler.
jy.5. Application of Tietze's Extension Theorem
and, using
s Ilog(1+z)I 5 Z IzI in
the inequalities
155
Izl s 2, this
implies
sup f(pk) S 2- K, E p not In t; k where p runs through non-exceptional primes. The finiteness of the (4.19)
1
I
I
other primes finally gives
Z sup p
k
I
f(pk) - 1
1
< oo.
IV.S. APPLICATION OF TIETZE'S EXTENSION THEOREM
Using our knowledge of A., AM and the TIETZE Extension Theorem [see, for example, HEWITT-STROMBERG (19651, or the Appendix, Theorem A.1.31, we prove the following theorem.
Theorem S.1. Given a sequence (nl) of (pairwise distinct) Integers greater than one with the property (S.1)
the minimal prime-divisors pmin(nl )= pl of nl tend to co as j -) co, and given complex numbers al converging to a E C, then there exists
a function f in 8u assuming the values al at n1.
.
hnl = hl in A. . The subset K = (hI) U (hnl) of A. is closed and therefore compact. Define a complex-valued function F on K by F(hi) = a , and F(hni) = al Proof. Condition (5.1) implies that liml--->
F is continuous on K, and TIETZE's Extension Theorem gives the existence of a continuous function FP on A. extending F, which Is the image of some f in .$u under the GELFAND transform, and n
f(ni) = f (hnl) = F(hnl) = al.
Uniformly Almost-Periodic Arithmetical Functions
156
Theorem 5.2. Given a strictly increasing sequence ne of positive Integers and given complex numbers ae with the properties lim ae = a exists, and (I) e
the evaluation maps hne E A" converge to some H in A.),
(ii)
then there exists a function f E Bu assuming the values ae at ne.
Proof. The subset K = {H} U (U (h ne}) is closed and therefore compact. Define a function F on K by F(H) = a, F(hn) = ae. Then F is e continuous on K, and by TIFTZE's Theorem F is extendable to a continuous function F* on AM. This function is, under the GELFAND transF* (hne) form, the image of some f E AM. Then f (ne) = hne(f) = = ae.
The definition of the topology of 7L^ immediately gives the following example.
Example. Given a strictly increasing sequence ne of non-negative integers with the property
given R E W, there exists an Z0 E W such that for every L z Z (S.2)
nL
ne
Z0
mod r for 1 s r 5 R,
then the evaluation homomorphisms hn?, are convergent and Theorem 5.2 is applicable. For example: (a) If ne = Z!, then condition (5.2) is obviously true. (b) If ne+1 = ne ue, and ue = 1 mod r for 1 s r s R(Z), R(Z) -> co, then the sequence hne is convergent.
IV.6. INTEGRATION OF UNIFORMLY ALMOST-EVEN FUNCTIONS
The GELFAND transform ^: u -4 e(A2), defined by ?(h) = h(f), is an isometric algebra-homomorphism. The inverse map is simply the restriction map
IV.6. Integration of Uniformly Almost-Even Functions
L: t°(A2) -) Bu ,
L(f*):
157
n H f*(hn), f*
is any where hn is the evaluation homomorphism at n, and where function in e(A2), the space of continuous functions on A$. Equation (6.1) is clear from L(f )(n) = If (h n) = hn(f) = f(n).
Examples. 1) Multiplicativity reads as follows: f ¢ Bu is multiplicative If and only if f (hnrn) = f (h n). f (hrn) if gcd(n,m) = 1. This result may be extended by continuity of f :Given H, H' in A$, represented by the vectors (k P ), resp. (kP' ), and assuming minkP, k P') = 0 for each prime p (so that H, H' are "coprime"), define the product H H' ')); then f , k as that homomorphism belonging to the vector (max(k ^ ^ P P ^ is multiplicative if and only if f (H H') = f (H) f (H' ) for all coprime homomorphisms H, H'. Similar remarks apply to additive functions. 2) We construct the image of the RAMANLUAN sum cP. under the GELFAND map ^. Let the homomorphism H in As be described by its vector of exponents {k }. Then put P if kP < k-1, 0, C(Pk,H) _ if kP = k-1, (6.2) cp(pk), if kP > k-1.
Clearly, this function C(pk,H), defined on arguments H in As, Is an And the extension of cP"the values C(pk,hn) being equal to k function H H C(p ,H) is continuous since the sets
d={HEAs k p ]} are open in A. So C(pk,
is the GELFAND transform of cP.. Using the multiplicativity of the RAMANUJAN sums with respect to the index, we obtain the transforms of all RAMANL[JAN sums cr. .
)
The mean-value M: Su -, C, f H M(f) is a non-negative (that is, f z 0 implies M(f) z 0 ) linear functional on Ru. Due to the obvious relation IM(f)I s Ilfllu it is continuous. The map (6.3)
M": F H M(L(F)), M": e(AB) -) C,
Uniformly Almost-Periodic Arithmetical Functions
158
is nothing more than an extension of the mean-value-functional M to L°(A2), and so Mu: t'(A ) -) C
a non-negative linear functional; it is continuous (I M"( F)I 5 IIFII ). Then Rtasz's Theorem (see Appendix A.3) immediately gives the following result. is
Theorem 6.1. There exists a complete and regular probability measure µ, defined on a o-algebra 4, containing the Bore] sets of h$ , with
the property fA F dµ = M"(F) = M(L(F)).
(6.4)
for every F E L°(02). So the mean-value M(f) = limX
can be represented as an integral,
_ x 1 nSX f(n) of functions f in
M(f) = fA f
(6.5)
In fact, it will be proved
h2 = 11 {
(6.6)
dµ.
that µ is a product measure. Write 1,
P = 11 IN,
p, pZ, ..., p°° }
and define probability measures µ
P
on the factors IN by P
µP(Pk) = p
(6.7)
1u
(iP(p
Then µP is defined on the Borel sets sets of IN ). The product measure
)
= 0.
of INP (
these are all sub-
P
(6.8)
11 µP
is defined on the least a-algebra f = 11 with the property that P P all the projections iP: A .i -* IN are f-78(N )-measurable ( this means P P that 7CP-1(AP)
E P for any Borel set AP in 78(N
P
Proposition 6.2. The product o-algebra JP = 11 P a-algebra of Borel sets in A A.
)
).
is equal to the
IV.6 Integration of Uniformly Almost-Even Functions
159
proof. Both the c-algebras mentioned in the proposition are generated by the measurable rectangles TT 7Z p, where 7Zp C NP and 7Z.p = NP for all but a finite number of primes p. This is true for .' by definition of the product (j-algebra; and by definition of the topology of A. it Is
clear that all the measurable rectangles IT 7.p are Borel sets, and that all these rectangles belong to the Borel sets. Example 3. Denote by 50 a finite set of primes, and, with each p e 9), associate an integer (including co) m(p), 0 s m(p) s oo. Characterize an element h in A. by the vector { kp(h)}p of "exponents". The set
Y = { h e 02: kp(h) = m(p) for each p in
9)
}
has measure p m(p).Zp
µ(Y) = fA XY dµ =
where tp = 1 - p-1, if m(p) < co, $p = I otherwise. The expression p-' is to be interpreted as zero.
Proof. (a) Let m(p) < co for each p in P. Y is open and closed, so the characteristic function XY is continuous, and µ(Y) =
lim
N-1
N -4c,
nsN m(p) In
The relation n e Y is equivalent to p iff gcd(a,b) = using Zdl (a,b)µ(d) = 1
m(pp )= mp and P = p `
1,
XY(n).
for each p in P. Therefore,
and writing P _
{
P1' "' ' pr}'
p r`r'', we obtain
,
21 N-' ' n5N X r Y(n) = d p µ(d) ...dp, µ(d) 1
N-1
1. N n=0 mod (Pd,...d,)
For N --) co, this expression tends to IT p-m(p).( I _ p-1 ). PET
(b) In the case where m(p) = co for at least one contained in every set
Zm={heAs,m(p)Zm} with measure
P in
the set Y is
Uniformly Almost-Periodic Arithmetical Functions
160
i1(Zm) = (1- p-1 ). (p-m + P-m-1 + ...) = p-m,
according to case (a), and thus µ(Y) = 0.
11
Example 4. The set N of positive integers (embedded in 02) N c A2 has measure zero. Enumerating the primes as p1 < p2 < ..., the measure of the set
Yr,s = { x ( As, mp(x) = 0 for pr S p s ps } is
r IT s
(
1 - pp
)
(according to example 3). Therefore,
Yr = (l Y r,s skr has measure IT ( I - p-1) = 0 and the assertion follows from IN c U Yr r
P>P,
coincides with the pro-
Theorem 6.3. The measure space (As, duct measure space
(TTNp,P,µ ). P
Proof. According to HEWITT-STROMBERG [196S] a product measure is
determined uniquely by the values of the measure on measurable rectangles. Without loss of generality, these may be taken as TT A p, where
AP = NP for p
z
po, and AP =
{pm(P)
;
m(p)
a
M(p)},
where
M(p) c {0} U N U {co}. Then
µ (TT Ap) = Y1p
IL (Ap) =
On the other hand, the same expression is obtained for µ(TT A ) P
example 3.
Corollary 6.4. If 9 Is a finite non-void set of primes, and f(p): NP -4 is µ P-Integrable for each prime p e 9', then the function f : A$ - C, h H TT f(P)(n (h)) pcT
P
is [L-measurable, and fo.Y3
f dµ
pTT C 71
fQom] dµp. O. P
Of course, iLp is the projection of 0$ to its "p-th factor" N .
by
p
C
IV.6. Integration of Uniformly Almost-Even Functions
161
Example S. The continuous extension of the RAMANWAN sums cr to "
AR was given mean-value is
(see (6.2)) as Cr
M(cr) = f
0R
=
.
x
H TTp"Ilr c' (r()P). Therefore, the
cr" dµ = IT fIN' c"P` dµ P P`IIr
Pk-1,(1-p 1).p-(k-1) + p(pk) .
-
pr
= 0 If r z 2, and l If r =
EmZk P
m'(1-p ') }
1.
Similarly, 2m(r).
7 (1-p), if r Z 2, pr
M(IcrI) =
if r =
1,
1,
and
f
mdilp = Pk-' (p _1) if k = m, otherwise = 0, P
and, therefore, the orthogonality relations M(cr'cs) = p(r) if r=s, and = 0 otherwise, are proved again. The final example 6 gives a calculation of the RAMANUJAN coefficients
for functions f in Bu which are finite products of fibre-constant functions f(P),
f = IT f(P), where 91 is a finite set of primes. pcT
equals f f cU dµ, and, this being a product
The mean-value over simpler integrals,
(1-p-1)( f(1) + p-1.f(P)+p 2f(p2)+...)
M (f'cr) _ TI
Pei),PXr
x TT
k PE9'.P II r
(1 - p-1).{-f(pk-1)+PP(Pk)'Emikp-'.f(pm)}
if all primes dividing r are in 91, and otherwise r
0.
An extension of the integral to the larger class (vector-space!) ,
q(
3 ( A2), µ), where q 2 1,
Uniformly Almost-Periodic Arithmetical Functions
162
of measurable functions F: 0B -4 C with the property fo., IFIq dµ < co is possible. Identifying functions F, G with IIF-GIIq :_ =
ffo.IF-GIq dp 11/q = 0,
the well-known L'-spaces are obtained. L2 is a complex HILBERT-space with inner product
F,G > = ro$
dµ.
The set of functions r = 1,2, ... is an orthonormal basis in L2. This follows from the fact that the continuous functions on A are dense in L2 and the linear combinations of [extensions of] RAMANUJAN sums are dense in L°(A2).
Finally, we note that a more powerful theory of integration of arithmetical functions was developed by E. V. NovosELov about 1962-1964, and the most powerful theory of integration, due to J.-L. MAUCLAIRE, is presented in his monograph [1986].
IV.7. EXERCISES
1) The pointwise product of an r-even and a t-even function is { l.c.m[r, t]}-
even. Prove this and a similar result for periodic functions.
2) Let r e N and f the indicator-function 1rN of the set r W. Calculate the RAMANLUAN coefficients a (f) and the FoURIER series of f. d
3) For given r e N, calculate the RAMANLUAN coefficients ad(f) for the function f defined by f(n) = if gcd(n,r) = 1 and f(n) = 0, if 1
gcd(n,r) >
1.
IV.8. Exercises
163
Solution: p (d)
` $
,
if dir,
e
a (f)
d
4)
Prove:
= 0,
if d Xr.
the quotient space £/$ is of infinite dimension.
(Hint: the residue-classes e1,r + .2, r = 3, 4, ... are pairwise different.) 5)
6)
The quotient space AID is of infinite dimension.
Let k be a positive Integer, and f an arithmetical function. Put fk(n)
= f(gcd(n,k)). Prove the equivalence of the following three
properties: (1) f e 2 ",
for every s > 0 there is a k in IN so that f-fk 11u - E. (3) the set { fk, k e N } is relatively compact in the set of bounded (2)
II
functions with the topology induced by II. Ii
.
7) Prove: the assumptions f e A, inf.,, If(n)I s 2, do not imply f-1 a A. (Hint: f(n) = 1 + 2 e,.(n).) 8) Let f e Au have no zeros. If If1-1 a A", prove that f-1 a '4u. 9) Give a formula for the GELFAND transform Cr a 0 NL(JAN sum cr a 2".
of the RAMA-
10) Describe a countable base for the system of neighbourhoods of the evaluation homomorphism h1 a A2.
11) Let {n1} be a sequence of positive integers with the property that the least prime-divisor pI of nl tends to infinity. Then the evaluation homomorphisms hn converge in A2 to h1. r
12) Let {n1) be an increasing sequence of positive integers with the fol-
lowing property: for every R e N there exists an io e N so that n) = nl mod r for 1 s r s R, j a I> i o. Then, in A.., the evaluation homomorphisms h n are convergent. [Example: nl = j!]
13) Prove: the evaluation homomorphisms hn, n = subset of A9).
1,
2, ...,
are a dense
Uniformly Almost-Periodic Arithmetical Functions
164
14) Show in detail that A. is homeomorphic to
= I {1, p, p2,
iN*
... ,
P,),
P
where each factor is the ALEXANDROFF-one- point-compactification
of the discrete space 0, p, p2,
... }.
1S) Let Xr s be the characteristic function of the residue-class s mod r. Mr
Prove: `Xr,s', otherwise.
l
Xr,s ) = 0 if (rt,r2)] Is1-s2I, and = {lcm[rt,r2]}
t
a
16) (A. HILDEBRAND).
a) Prove, for all Integers qt, q2, N, the asymptotic formula
N-t'Zn,N
q,(n)-cg1(n)
c
= Sq
b) There exists a positive constant ct such that the inequality N-t' 2:nsN I zgSQ a q' cq(n)12 s ct ZgSQ IagI2. cp(q) Is
true for all integers N, Q s N' and all complex sequences
(at, a2, ..., aQ).
c) Prove, by dualizing this inequality, qSQ
.
I f(N)*. (q)I2 s
for all Q s N' and complex values f (N) (d)
= N-t d
If(n)I2 f(1), f(2), ...,
f(N), where
n,N,n-O mod d f(n).
d) Prove, for all integers N and complex numbers f(1), f(2), ..., f(N) the inequality E
p-k I pk N-t.nsN
P` N
p" nf(n) -
N-t nZ N f(n)
I2 s c2 N-'-
n2N
If(n)12.
This is another dualized TuR&N-KuBILIUS inequality (see I, Thm. 4.3).
Hints: a) Use I, Theorem 3.1 (b). b) Estimate the error term with CAUCHY-SCHWARZ's inequality and apply WINTNER's Theorem II, Corollary 2.3. c) Use I, Theorem 4.2.
165
Chapter V
RAMANUJAN Expansions of Functions in $"
Abstract. This chapter gives the main parts of A. HILDEBRAND's dissertation, written In Freiburg (1984), which deals with the polntwise convergence of RAMANUJAN expansions f(n) = 1 Z<m ar' cr(n)
of arithmetical functions f . 2u, where the RAMANCUAN coefficients are the "natural ones" defined by
a,(f) = (9(r))-1'M(f'cr) 11u
is The assertion that the RAMANCUAN expansion for functions in convergent is shown to be equivalent to some other assertions, in particular to the following, which is to be proved: the 11.11 - norm of the kernel function SQ k(n) = E,, Q {y(r)j-' cr(k) cr(n) Is bounded. The proof uses estimates for Incomplete sums containing the MoBIUS function, for example for 1
M(n,z) = ZdIn,dsz µ(d), M1(n,z) = 2] dln dsz lt(d)' log(z/d).
Ramanujan Expansions of Uniformly Almost-Even Functions
166
V.I. INTRODUCTION
As mentioned already in IV.2, the RAMANLUTAN-FOURIER coefficients
of an arithmetical function f are defined as ar(f)
(1.1)
M( f Cr ), r = 1, 2, ...,
fi(r)
if the mean-values M( f Cr) occurring
in (1.1)
exist;
cr denotes the
RAMANUJAN sum
cr(n) =
dlgcd(r,n)
d
µ(
=
isasr, gcd(a,r)=L
exp {27Ci
r
n}.
In the case where the RAMANLUAN coefficients a r(f) exist, the RAMANUJAN expansion of f is the [formal] sum ar(f) Cr associated with f: (1.2)
do exist, and therefore For functions in .Y3" the mean-values the RAMANUJAN expansion (1.2) of functions f in . exists. Of course, general theorems on the pointwise convergence of arithmetical functions having a RAMANUJAN expansion (1.2) are highly desirable. We shall
return to this subject later (Chapter VIII). For bounded arithmetical functions there is some convergent series f(n) = 2: lsr< brr-cr (n), as was proved by J. SPILKER [1980]. A simpler proof, valid for every arithmetical function, was given by A. HILDEBRAND [1984].
Theorem 1.1. If f Is an arithmetical function, then there are complex
coefficients br, so that, for any n, (1.3)
f(n) = Glsr
We reproduce HILDEBRAND's proof. Put r* = 1 if r = 1, and r* = r V p Pr if r > 1; so r contains every prime factor to at least the second power if r > 1. The formulae for the values of the RAMANUJAN sum Cr' where
V
the index r is a prime power (see I, (3.4)) imply that ce(n) $ 0 is possible at most for indices r dividing n. So the sum b r Cr' (n) is a finite sum Ersn br We try to choose the coefficients br in such a manner that
V.1. Introduction
167
I rln,rsn
f(n) _
b
c ,(n)
r
r
for every positive integer. This is possible since the system (1.4) of linear equations can be solved recursively by b1, = f(1),
bn = {cn,(n)}-1 {f(n) - Erln,r Here,
I cn.(n)I = n $ 0,
and thus the system (1.4) is solvable.
Theorem 1.1 is not very interesting, because the coefficients br are not the "natural ones". Convergence of the RAMANUJAN expansion (1.2) for a large class of functions was proved by A. HILDEBRAND [1984].
Theorem 1.2. If f is an arithmetical function in
$u
then the RAMA-
NLUAN expansion a c (k) = f(k) r
15r
r
is pointwise convergent for k =
2, ...
1,
.
Closely related to this result are the following three theorems. Theorem 1.3. If f is an arbitrary arithmetical function, for which IIfII Is bounded and for which all the coefficients ar(f) exist, then for every k
sup
(1.6)
Q:1
IrsQ I
ar
r (k)
s c(k)
Ilfil u
I
Theorem 1.4. For any finite sequence br, r s Q0, of complex numbers the estimate max Z b r-Cr(k) QsQ.IrsQ
(1.7)
I
s c(k)
max n
I
I br- c r(n) rsQ.
Is true. We define the kernel function SQ k(n) by (1.8)
S Qk (n)
= ZrsQ
cr(k) cr(n).
Ramanujan Expansions of Uniformly Almost-Even Functions
168
Then the partial sums of the RAMANUJAN expansion may be expressed as rQ
ar(f)' cr(k) = M (f ' SQ k
).
Theorem I.S. There Is some constant c(k), depending on k, such that the estimate (1.10)
II SQ k
III
5 c(k)
holds for every Q z 1 , where I l f l l l = li sup up x 1 nZx If(n)I.
V.2. EQUIVALENCE OF THEOREMS 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5
It is not difficult to see that the theorems given in section V.1 (with the exception of Theorem 1.1) are equivalent, and It is not too difficult to see this. We prove this equivalence as follows:
5
3
4
4
is obvious, using the estimate I Z f(n)'g(n)I
The implication
nsx
5 11f Ilu' Ensx Ig(n)I: r Q ar(f)'cr(k)
M(f'cr)'{p(r)}_1
I
=
1,2:
'cr(k)
= IM(f'S Q,k)I 5
II
SQk
'
II
1
3
®. Put g(k) _
Ilf.u
br'cr(k); then the RAMANUJAN coefficients
ZrSQ.
of g are ar(g) = br, and so we obtain for Q 5 Qo I
XrsQ br cr(k)
according to
3
I
=
Xr-Q ar(g) ' cr(k) 15 c(k) ' Ilgllu,
I
, and
Ilgllu = max n
I
r Q br'cr(n) 0
I.
El
V.2. Equivalence of Theorems 1.2 to 1.5
169
. The sign-functions) fQk (n) = sign( S Q k(n)) is even modulo
(Q!); So, putting R = Q!, it has the expansion
fQ,k = ZrsR dr cr, where dr = ar( fQ k With the definition (1.8) of the kernel function S Qk we obtain II SQ,k III = M(I SQ kI) = M( f Q,k SQ,k )
M( fQ,k
_ 2: rsQ
Cr )
'rsQ ar( fQ k) c,(k), and, using
4
,
this is
s c(k) max
2
I
fQ k(n)
I
s c(k).
Given a function f in 2u, choose approximating functions fn we obtain for every k from B with the property IIf-fnllu -9 0. From
El =
.
5 c(k)
su p 12Q
Q
II
f-fn IIu.
If Q is sufficiently large, then lrSQ ar(fn)'cr(k)
GrSQ ar(f)'cr(k) = ErSQ
= ErsQ ar(f-fn)'cr(k) + fn(k), and thus If (k)
s
- E
rsQ
I
f(k) - fn(k)
I
+ I
rsQ
ar(f-fn)'cr(k)
5 (1 + c(k) )' II f-fnllu. 4
that r 4
This implication will be proved by contradiction. Assume is false, so that
3 k V c(k) 3 Qo 3 {br}
:
max I X QsQo rsQ
c(k)'max I Z n
1) slgn(x) = 1 If x > 0, slgn(x) =-1 If X < 0, sign(O) = O.
rsQo
brcr(n)I.
Ramanujan Expansions of Uniformly Almost-Even Functions
170
Therefore, we obtain the existence of integers Qn s Q.+ 1. s Qn+11 Qn /
Co'
integers Mn / oo, so that En>N {Mn}-1 s
QN-2 '
even functions fn = ErSQ partial sums at the point k,
satisfying IIfnIIu = 1, with "large"
I ErsW a sequence of even functions, {Mn}-1
FN = E nsN
fn.
this sequence is a II.IIu-CAUCHYsequence with limit F In Su. Then IIF - FN IIu s En,N s QN-2 Our goal is to show that the RAMANUJAN expansion of F is divergent For IIfnIIu = 1 and E
{Mn)-
<
co,
{Mn}-'
at the point k. The RAMANLLJAN coefficients of F = limN ar(F) = ar(F-FN) + ar(FN) = ar(F-FN) +
nsN
FN are
{Mn}-'-ar(fn),
and so, Isolating the single summand with n = N, we obtain J, Z
.
ar(F)'cr(k)
I
z
Ir Q
N
-n N {Mn} 2
ar(fN).cr(k)
{MN}-1
.
N
it QN ar(fn)cr(k)
fmN}-i.I
are large and that
Using the fact that partial sums ErSQ Icr(k)I s p(r) s r, this is 2 {MN} 2 {MN}
co, by
)2
- EN fm.)-, - (QN' )2 nN {Mn}
z (MN} - 0(1) as N
11F-FNII (QN'
nsN
I
QN
IIF-FN IIu EQH Icr(k)I.
En,N
EQw
- Ir
-4 oo,
choice of the integers MN.
O
V.3. Some Lemmata
171
V.3. SOME LEMMATA
In order to prove Theorem 1.5, claiming that the II.111-norm of the kernel-function SQ k is bounded [by a constant depending at most on k], some lemmas are necessary.
First of all, it is clear I see II, Theorem 3.11 that for a non-negative multiplicative function f, satisfying 0 s f(pk) s Yt,Y2k, where 0 < Y2 < 2,
the sum Z nsx f(n) can be estimated by (3.1)
21
nsx
f(n) s c1(Y1,Y2)
.
x.(log x)-1
.
exp( I p-1-f(p) ) psx
Lemma 3.1. Uniformly In x 2 1 and k E W the asymptotic formula
µ2(n)__ y(k) nsx,gcd(n,k)=1
k
y(n)
flogx+C+h(k)l+O( J
L
l
k) ) 1
holds, where i' Is EULER's constant, C = L° + 21 {p(p-1)}-1
log(p),
P
h(k) _
is strongly additive,
&
4(k) =d k
d_,
µ2(d) is multiplicative.
We remark that in H.-E. RiCHERT & H. HALBERSTAM 11974] the lower log x is given; this estimate is rather easily estimate Sk(x) 2 accessible.
Proof of Lemma 3.1. Put fk(n) = n ' cp(n)) if gcd(n,k) = 1, and fk(n) = 0 otherwise. Write fk = 1 * gk. From the Relationship Theorem (see Chapter III) or, simpler, directly from the values (p-1)-1
gk (p') =
-(p-1),p-1 -1, 0,
if m = 1, p k k, if m = 2, p k, if m = 1, plk, if m > 2 or (m = 2 and plk),
Ramanujan Expansions of Uniformly Almost-Even Functions
172
we obtain E n=1 fore,
n-1
Igk()I < w, and E n=1 n-1 gk(n) =
µ2(n)
Sk(x) = Ens,,gcd(n,k)=1
=E nsx
n-I.
k-1
y(k). There-
-1 fk(n) - E nsx n
cp(n)
gk(n)
Emsx/nrn-1
{log(x/n) + t? + O(n/x)l
= Ensx
= Ei + E2 + E3, say.
Turning now to the estimate E nsu
n = p(u),
{p(n)j-1
which follows from (3.1) (or directly by elementary considerations) and to the fact that gk(n) $ 0 is possible only if n = where nl is squarefree, n1Ik, gcd(n2n3,k) = 1, in which case the formula gk(n1n2n3) = i1(n1)'li(n3)
'
n3
'
{cp(n2)'(p(n3))-1,
holds, we obtain the estimate nZt
Igk(n
S )I
nk
µ2(n1)
n,k
<< t
nt Z/n,
iL2(n1)' n,
{w(n2)}-1
n,Y(t/__ {9(n3)}-1'n3
E/n {p(n2)} 1 (t/n1n2
(k)
t
a
nTk µ2(n1) ni
=
Partial summation (see 1.1) gives
E n-1 Igk(n)I << 4W-u_"
n>u
and thus E3
<<
x-1 .nsx E Igk(n)I << x-2
+(k),
and
gk(n) n
- k-i
W
(k ) +
C7
(x -5,
(k))
'V,3. Some Lemmata
173
Finally, using partial summation, g (n) x u-1 nsx
log(x/n) = f
kn
ft
1
1
gk(n)du
U-1- X n-1,gk(n) du +
log x - f
k-1.9(k)
g k(n) du n
log x - fl u
n_1 n- gk(n)
_
nsu
n>u
1
\
The integral from 1 to infinity is equal to n=1 n-1 gk(n) log(n), which can be evaluated in the usual manner, replacing log n by Zp.lln log(pk) and inverting the order of summation. This calculation is a little laborious and is left as Exercise 3. The result is
f1
n-t, gk(ndu
u-
n2 u
{
`Pkk'
P
{P(Plog(P) +
p k
p l log(p)}.
This formula concludes the proof of Lemma 3.1.
11
The proof of Theorem 1.5 rests on estimates of the following incomplete sums over the MOBIUS function: M(n,z) = Zdln,dsz µ(d) and
M1(n,z) _
(3.3)
din,dsz µ(d) log(z/d) = f u-1 M(n,u)du.
Lemma 3.2. Uniformly in z z
I
II n H M1(n,z) Ill << 1.
Lemma 3.3. Uniformly in z 2 x 2 1 lim
N ---> m
N-1
I
M(n,z)
I
log(2x)
( log(2x) \ 218 \ log(2z) )
where p1(n) Is the least prime factor of n, pnln(1) = co, and where (3.4)
S=I-
2)/log(2) = 0.0860713...
The more difficult result is the second one; Lemma 3.2 can be deduced from Lemma 3.3 in the following way. First, for pklln and u z 1, there
Ramanujan Expansions of Uniformly Almost-Even Functions
174
is an identity M(n,u) =
(3.S)
and so (3.6)
M1(n,z) =
f zz/ p
M(p
U-1
du.
For the proof of Lemma 3.2 we have to estimate the sum EnsN IM1(n,z)I.
We split this sum EnsN IM1(n,z)I according to the condition Pmtn(n) > z [resp. s z] and use (3.6) in the second sum ( with p = pntn(n), (Pmin(n))klln, n' = n/(PmIn(n))k N-1
E
n
IM (n,z)I s 1
N 1 nsN,pmu,(n)>z E + N-1 .
IM (n,z)I
E
nsN,p ,(n)sz
1
('z
J z/p
u-t
IM(n',u)I du.
Ordering according to p = pmin(n) s z , we obtain, after replacing n' by n, N-1
E IM (n,z)I s
nsN +
E
1
Ek
t
IM (n,z)I 1
p-k ,
zip
In the first sum, according to the condition pmin(n) > z and the definition of M1(n,z) there is only one divisor d of n with d s z, namely d = 1, so in this sum M1(n,z) = log z. The sum EnsN,p(n)>z I equals m. EnsN,gcd(n,k)=1 1, where k =P:Kz IT p, and this sum is (3.8)
EnsN,gcd(n,k)=1 1 = Edlk µ(d)
'
(d + e(d)) = N
2k l
+ R,
where Ie(d)I s 1, and IRI s t(k). So, for N - co, the first sum on the right- hand side of (3.7) approaches lim N --> m
N-1
E nsN,p_(n)>z
log z =psz rl (
1-p-1)
log z << 1.
Using Lemma 3.3 in the second sum, we obtain Lemma 3.2 after a short calculation.
The sum appearing In Lemma 3.3 is estimated by the CAUCHYSCHWARZ inequality:
V.4. Proof of Theorem 1.5
2
IM(n,z)I
Z nsN
175
s
E IM(n,z)12 nsN nsN, M(n,z)*O P.,.,(n)>x
Pm,,(n)>x
So, for the proof of Lemma 3.3 it is sufficient to deduce the following two lemmas:
Lemma 3.4. Uniformly In z Z x 2 lim
N --* ao
N-1
Z
1
IM(n,z)12
<< { log 2x }-1
nsN
p.,,(n)>x Lemma 3.5. Uniformly in z Z x Z
Nlim
N -1
Z
1
nsN, M(n,z)*O
1
« { log 2x }
1
log 2x log
2z
where 8 was defined in Lemma 3.3.
The proof of these two lemmas is given in section S.
V.4. PROOF OF THEOREM 1.5
In order to prove Theorem 1.5 (and thus the other theorems of this chapter) first we have to transform the sum defining the kernel SQ k(n), using cr(k) = Yk' Igcd(r,k) k' µ(r/k ' ) We obtain S
Qk(n) = Zk,
Ik
k'' Z
= Zk' Ik k'
2]
rsQ k' Ir
rsQ/k' (p(rk'
cr(n) [L(r/k' ) )}-1
Crk. (n) µ(r)
If r is squarefree, then factorize r = r' r", where r' Ik' and gcd(r",k') = 1, in order to obtain
Ramanujan Expansions of Uniformly Almost-Even Functions
176
SQ k(n) _
k'
k' Ik
','k' (n)'i1.(r') cp(r' k')
r' sQ/k'
r"sQ/k' r'
r'ik
p(r")
gcd(r",k')=1
Using the inequality Icr(n)I s p(r) and the abbreviation
k' (n) = 1rsz,gcd(r,k')=1 (cp(r))-1 where z > 0, the estimate (4.1)
TZ
µ(r)' Cr(n),
rXlk' ITQ/k' r' k, (n) I
s k Ik
k
s Ek' Ik
k
ISQ k(n) I
'
follows, and thus (4.2)
IISQ,k
II
I
Er' Ik'
IITQ/k,
r' ,k' III.
For (4.2) it suffices to show the estimate supy'I IITZ kill < ao
(4.3)
Replacing cr(n) by the usual sum over divisors of gcd(r,n) and inverting
the order of summation, we begin with
TZ k(n) = Edln d =
ErSz,dlr,gcd(r,k)=1
E
E
{p(d)}-1
r' sz/d
dln,dsz
S,µ(r)'i!(r/d)
{cp(r)}
{cp(r'
gcd(r',dk)=l
gcd(d,k)=1
The inner sum is known from Lemma 3.1. Inserting the result, we arrive at
(n) = w(k)
T
z,k
k
F(1) (n)
z,k
+
+
w(k) k
w(k) k
rC+h(k)) l J
F(2)(n) z,k
F(3)(n) z,k
(k) F(4)(n)), `
with the abbreviations FZ1k(n) = Edln,dsz,(d,k)=1 µ(d) Iog(z/d), FZ (2 )(n) =
Edln,dsz,(d,k)=l p(d),
FZ (3) (n) = Edln,dsz,(d,k)=1 µ(d) h(d),
and
z,k
1
V,4, proof of Theorem 1.5
177
FZ4k(n) = z-'. ZdIn,dsz,(d,k)=1
{p(d)}-1
Thus, in order to prove Theorem 1.5, it is sufficient to prove sup
II
F ('k
11
The treatment of the [semi-] norm N1
,
i = 1, 2, 3, 4.
II
F(4)111 is easy: we estimate z,k
< co
1
E IFZ k(n)I = N-'-z-'
{p(d)}-1
,
d3/2 4(d)
dsz
nsN
1
nsN/d
(d,k)=1
5
{p(d)}-1
.
Zd5z
.
d' 4(d).
N) gives
Partial summation (beginning with %sN the estimate 0(1) for the last expression, uniformly in z. {p(n)}-1
Next we show that, without loss of generality, one may assume that k = I.
for short, where Xk For the remainder of section 4, we write µk = is the characteristic function of the set of integers which are coprime with k. µk is multiplicative, and has a representation as a convolution µk = µ*hk, where hk is multiplicative, and hk(pm) = I if p1k, and zero Using this notaotherwise. The series X°°n=1 k (n) equals tion,
FZk(n) = Zdln,dsz Vk(d) - Idln,dsz d.,d"=d 21d..ln,d"sz hk(d") 2: d'I(n/d"),d' sz/d" µ(d') hk(d")
_
1(n/d"), Fz/d"
whence IIF(2)II z,k I s
dsz
k
(d)
II
F(2) z/d,I 1 11
s {p(k)j-1 k sup .a
F(2)111.
11
w,1
Similarly, a corresponding result is true when the upper index (2) replaced by (1). For the upper index (3), a careful calculation gives
FZ3k(n) = Zdln dsz,(d,k)=1 ii(d)
'
Zpld
P-1, log(p)
is
178
Ramanujan Expansions of Uniformly Almost-Even Functions
p-1.1og(P)
ZPln,psz,p1k 2:Pln,psz,pYk
'
2:dln,dsz,d=O(p),(d,k)=1 V(d)
1
log(P)
p
FZ/Plkp(n/P),
.
and a short calculation gives II
FZ3k II1 S
psz prk P-2'log(P)
Fz/p,kp II1
log(p)
k
5
II
9W
N?
P
(2)
IIFW
1
II1.
So, finally, the assertion of Theorem 1.5 is reduced to the problem of a uniform estimation for the following "Incomplete" sums over the MoBIus function: M(n,z) = dl dSZ
µ(d)
(2) = FZ (n) 11
and
M1(n,z) =
dI aSz µ(d)
log(z/d) = f 1 u-1 M(n,u)du [ = F(n) ].
Thus Theorem S follows from Lemma 3.2 and Lemma 3.3 (see section 3).
V.S. PROOF OF LEMMAS 3.4 AND 3.S
The proof of Theorem 1.5 will be finished as soon as we have proved Lemmas 3.4 and 3.5. For this purpose we need the following result on the MoBIUS function:
Uniformly in x z
1,
t 2 1, and d e IN the estimate
Enst,(n,d)=1 n i µ(n) << 4(d)
holds true, where
tt
min
1,
109 X
log2t
stands for the condition p.l (n) > x, and where
V.S, proof of Lemmas 3.4 and 3. S
179
L (1 4(d) = Edlk d-''µ2(d) = Ipk
+p
).
TI p, the absolute value of the sum Using the notation P(x) =psx p Y_
nst,(n,d)=1 n
1
il(n)
is equal to IE nst,(n,d)=1 s
n-1'µ(n)
'
Emlgcd(n,P(x)) µ(m)I m-1.11 2(m).Iznst/m,(n,dm)=1 n
mIP(x),mst
log-2(2u) in u >-I, which is a little Using the estimate Znsu stronger than the prime number theorem, the inner sum in (5.3), with slightly changed notation (u = t/m, dm = k), is equal to IEnsu,(n,k)=1
n-1µ(n)I
n-1. µ(n)
= IF1dsu,dlk°D d-1,
<< Ydsu,dlk° d-1
log-2(2u/d);
the notation dIk°° means: any prime divisor of d is a prime divisor of k. Splitting the sum X dsu,dlkm into Zds and Zd>-/-u, the last expression is d-1
<< log-2(2u)
+d"'
d'5'
d1
d/,ru) 3
<<
log-2(2u),
(k)
since
A
°O
(1+(p_l)-1)s2
d-1= plk IT
IT plk
(1+p-
).
and
d-'=IT dlk
plk
(
1
+
(p'-1)-
1
)s2
' nplk(1+p-f )
Therefore, IE nsu,(n.k)=1
n-1'µ(n)I << 4(k)' log-2(2u).
Inserting this result into (5.3) we obtain I1nst,(n,d)=1 n-1 µ(n)I << ZmIP(x),mst m 1µ2(m)(dm)/1og2(2t/m)
Ramanujan Expansions of Uniformly Almost-Even Functions
180
s 4'(d)
>mIP(x),m5t
By (3.1) 2:msu,mIP(x) (m) << u min(1, log(x)/log(2u)),
and partial summation immediately leads to assertion (5.1).
Now we come to the proof of Lemma 3.4. Uniformly in z z x 2 I we have to estimate lim
N-m
{M(n,z)}2.
E
N-1
(
The sum En,N,pm,,,(n)>x {M(n,z)}2 is equal to (remember that
tt
means
the minimal prime divisor of the variable[s] of summation is > x) lim N
a
- mN nsN,n-0 mod 1
lcm[d1,d2]}-1,
Ed d,sz
= V(x)
1
where V(x) = P:zX II ( I - p-1
) << ( log 2x )-i.
The argument needs an asymptotic evaluation of msM,p
(m)>x
which was given in (3.8). Using lcm[d1,d21)-1
{
=
{dId2}-1,zdld,,dl
d, 9(d),
we obtain
X"
d,sZ
lcm[d1,d21}-1
=
dSZ
2asz d-2
n-'-[L(n) 12 p(d)112(d)-(znsz/d,(n,d)=1n-1µ(n)12
The estimate of the inner sum was given at the beginning of this section. Inserting the result, we obtain E
tt tt
µ(d )'i1(d
lcm[d ,d
]}-1
<< Z
1Zx
tt
d
log (2z/d)
If z s x, then replace min(...) by 1. If z > x, then split the interval d s z into d s z/x and z/x < d s z. Replacing min(...) by 1 in the second sum
V.S. Proof of Lemmas 3.4 and 3.S
181
and by log2x/log 2(2z/d) In the first sum, we obtain
lcm[dl,d2])-1 << log2x . El +
Ed, d,,.
2,
where a
l =- dsz/x
d-2
u
212
log2(2z/d)
From (3.1), Ensu partial summation, E2 = z/xZ
#
1
E z/x
+ u/log(2x) if u z
d-29(d). 2(d) =
1,
z z/x
and so, by U-2. S(u)du << 1.
El contains an additional factor log2(2z/d) in the denominator; partial summation leads to E1 <<
{log22x}-1.
Thus Lemma 3.4 is proved.
11
A modification of a method due to ERDos and HALL is used to prove Lemma 3.5. Recall the notation M(n,z) = Edln,dsz µ(d). Then, In 2 < y < 2,
uniformly in 1 s x s z, with an 0 -constant depending at most on y, the relation (S.S)
lim N-1 I M(n,z)I . yn(n;x,y) N-,m nsN,x
<<
)2(y-1)
is true, where Q(n;x,z) =
x
is a completely additive function of
n.
The proof of (5.5) begins with IM(n,z)I = IEdsz,dln[L(d)I
Edin' ,z/p(n)
,
where n' = n/{p(n)}m, where p(n)mIIn and p(n) = pmin(n). This follows from the identity M(n,u) = M(n/pm,u) - M(n/pm,u/p).
Ramanujan Expansions of Uniformly Almost-Even Functions
182
We now obtain lim
N-
I )
nsN,x
N - ao
I
lim N -3 oa
= Zx
yn(n;x,Y)
.
dln',z/p(n)
(
N-1.
sN,p(n)=P,djn' Y
n(n;x,Y)
The limit in the last line is $ 0 at most if pm)n(d) > p. Using (3.1), in this case we obtain for this limit p-md-1,yr1(P'"d;x,z)
x
.
I
lim N-1
yn(n;x,Y)
nsN, p(n)>p
N->a,
m21
{ yn(d)/(Pd'(log p)Y)
<< Y
1
( log 2z
)Y-1.
Therefore, the sum to be estimated In (5.6) is << Y
( log 2z )Y-1
.
x
d-1.yn(d)
.
z/pY
Using, for u 2 1, the estimate Sp (u)
y n(d) <<
=
u
.
Y log(2u)
(I + log u log p
\
\Y
)
,
which follows from (3.1), we obtain for the inner sum, using partial summation, d-1,yn(d)
<<
(log(2z))Y-1
,
(logp)1-y.
Thus the left-hand side of (5.5) is <<
(log(2z))2(Y-1)
.
2:x
(p (logp
)zy-i)-i
Finally, partial summation shows that the last sum is <
This is
(
log(2x))2y-11-1
(5.5).
11
Proof of Lemma 3.5. The density to be estimated is limN-
1
ao
N
':nsN,P-(n)>x,M(n,z)*O I
V.S. Proof of Lemmas 3.4 and 3.S
183
= IimN where, using parameters x > summation are
1,
1
N-1 .1Z 1+ E2 1 + E311, 1
< y1 < 2,
z
< y2 <1, the conditions of
(1)
n s N, pmin(n) >z in X1,
(2)
n s N, x < pmin(n) :5z, (1(n;x,z) > x log( log (2z )/ log(2x)) in X2,
(3)
M(n,z) $ 0, x < pmin(n) s z, Q(n;x,z) s x log( log(2z)/ log(2x)) in 2: 3.
Obviously
lim
N -> m
= Ipsz ( 1-p-1 ). This is
N-'1
<< (log
s (log
2z)-1
log (2z)/ log(2x)) and Enlarge Z2 by replacing 1 by deleting the condition of summation for O(n;x,z). Then (3.1) leads to
Z2 «y (log <<
log
2z)-t
.
exp {
x
p-,.y 1 ( log(2z)/log(2x))-"logy, }
2x)-1
(log(2z)/Iog(2x))y,-1 -x-logy,
We replace the constant I in Z3 by n (n;x,z)-
I 5 Mn
log(2x))
2
and delete the condition of summation for O(n;x,z). Then (S.S) gives
13 «y. ( log 2x )-t ( log(2z)/log(2x))2(yz -1) Now we choose y1, y2 in such a way that the exponents of (log(2z)/log(2x))
become minimal, and then we choose x in an optimal manner: yt = x, y2 = 2x, x = (log
leads to an exponent (log
2)-1
2) - 1, and this is the assertion
of Lemma 3.5. Thus the proof of HILDEBRAND's Theorem is finished. 1) 1)
Some of the techniques used here appear In more refined form In HALL-TENENBAUM's proof of the ERDOS conjecture. All Integers
except a set of density zero have two divisors d, d' satisfying d < d' s 2d. See the monograph "Divisors" by HALL-TENENBAUM [1988].
Ramanujan Expansions of Almost-Even Functions
184
V.6. EXERCISES
1) According to Theorem 1.3, the partial sums of the RAMANWAN expansion
()
sup Q a
NI ZrsQ ar(f) cr(k) I < m
are bounded for every function f in Bu and every integer k. Prove Theorem 1.S by using (*) and the uniform boundedness principle (see, for example, HEWITT & STROMBERG [19651 (14.23) ).
2) The analogue of Theorem 1.S for uniformly-limit-periodic functions is wrong. More exactly: for every f E £u and every k E IN rsQ
21
lsasr,gcd(a,r)=1
f (a/r) e./r(k)
= M(f -
SQ,k),
where S
Q,k (n) =
rsQ
tsasr,gcd(a,r)=1 e-
a/r (n- k).
Prove that the sequence Q H II SQ k(n)II1 Is not bounded.
3) The function gk was defined at the beginning of the proof of Lemma 3.1. Evaluate the integral 1
u-1 , Zn'LL n-1 gk(n) du,
which occurred at the end of the proof of Lemma 3.1.
4) The estimates in Theorems 1.2, 1.3, 1.4 and 1.S are not uniform in k. Prove this (for Theorem 1.4) by the following example: if N E IN, p, then use P(N) = IT N
br(N) = µ(r) / (P (r), if r I P(N), and b, (N) = 0, if r4' P(N).
5) Construct an arithmetical function belonging to every space 2 , where q z 1, but whose RAMANUJAN expansion diverges for every integer n.
18S
NS-
A-,
Chapter VI
Almost-Periodic and Almost-Even Arithmetical Functions
Abstract. In this chapter, starting again with the spaces 2, £, and 4, a completion with respect to the semi-norm II f IIq = lim supX x-1 Znsx If(n)I q, q Z 1, gives the spaces $q, Z) q, and Aq of q-even, q-limitperiodic and q-almost-periodic arithmetical functions. Following J. KNOPFMACHER, It Is shown that these spaces are BANACH spaces. Next, the properties of these spaces are derived: functions In Al have mean-values, Ramanujan coefficients, Fourier-coefficients, f Al Implies IfI E A1. if f, g are in A and real-valued, then max(f,g), min(f,g) are also in A etc. The PARSEVAL equation Is given with two different proofs, and a result due to A. HILDEBRAND on the approximatibility of functions In 2 1 by partial sums of the RAMANUJAN expansion is given. Furthermore, a theory of integration Is sketched, and many arithmetical applications (mean-values, and the behaviour of power series with multiplicative coefficients) are given. E
186
Almost-Periodic and Almost Even Arithmetical Functions
VI.1. BESICOVICH NORM, SPACES OF ALMOST-PERIODIC FUNCTIONS
Chapter IV dealt with uniformly almost-periodic arithmetical functions; the BANACH-algebras considered there arose from the algebra
2 = Linc [cr, r = 1,
...]
2,
of linear combinations of RAMANWAN sums, respectively from the alge-
bra £ of periodic arithmetical functions,
D = Line [ea/r, r = 1,
1 s a s r, gcd(a,r) = 11,
2, ...,
where ea stands for the function e n H exp (2ni n), and from the algebra of linear combinations of the functions ea, E IR mod 7L, A = Linc [ ea,
(i
e
IR/7L].
These spaces were enlarged by the use of the supremum-norm Ilfllu = supncN I f(n)I,
(1.1)
and properties of the resulting spaces [in fact, these spaces turned out to be BANACH-algebras] (1.2)
u = 11. ll u closure(B), Bu =
11.
and A u =
11
.
II u closure(. ), II
-closure(A)
U
were given in Chapter IV. However, these algebras were rather small, for example the "smooth" arithmetical function n H n-SEp(n) is not in Bu (IV,Theorem 4.10). The "graph" of this function is given in Figure VI.1.
Of course, there are other norms on subspaces of the vector-space of arithmetical functions, and an enlargement similar to the one used above leads to other spaces which seem to be of greater importance in number theory. We use, for q 2 1, the BESICOVICH [semi-] norms (1.3)
Ilfllq
lim sup x t
={
,
1 f(n) Iq }l/q
2:
With the exception of the condition { f 9= 0 f = 0}, which is not true [ for example, e = v µ * 0, but llellq = 0 1, the properties of a II
1
11
yj.i. Besicovich Norm, Spaces of Almost-Periodic Functions
187
F i g u r e VI.1.
Values of the function n '- n-I. cp(n) in 1 s n s 598. The mean-valuefunction N '- N-1 ZnsN n -1 cp(n) is plotted In the same range. Its limit is 6 Z 7E
norm [listed in Chapter IV, section 1] hold true for II IIq, as is easily proved; for example, the proof of the triangle inequality [or MINKOWSKI'S inequality] uses (1.4)
{ lnlx I f(n) + g(n) Iq
}1/q 5 { En'x I f(n) Iq}1/q + { Ynsxl g(n) Iq}1/q.
This follows from HOLDER'S inequality Y-ne
,. an - bn) 5 { Zne 9- I an Iq
}1/q
{
Iq' } na S' Ibn
1/q.
for sums. The summation runs over a [finite] set S'; q is restricted to 1 < q < co, and q-1 + q'-1 = 1. An enlargement of the spaces B, 9, A by forming closures with respect to II f II as mentioned above, gives q,
- the space of q-almost-even arithmetical functions, Bq
=
II. IIq - closure of 2,
- the space of q-limit-periodic arithmetical functions, Z)`i =
II.
IIq - closure of 9,
Almost-Periodic and Almost-Even Arithmetical Functions
188
- and the space of q-almost-periodic arithmetical functions, Aq = II.
II
q
-closure of A.
So, for a function f in, say, $q, and for any
0, there exists a
>
E
[finite] linear combination t of RAMANL[IAN SUMS E-close to f with respect to the semi-norm 11.11 q, thus II f - t IIq < E. In the sequel, we will
often speak, inaccurately, of "the norm" correct term "semi-norm" 11.11
instead of using the
11.IIq
q
It is clear that ,$q, Dq, and .94q are C-vector-spaces; heuristically, one
is inclined to expect that properties of .$, £ and A are also valid in .1q, Dq and 94q, and this principle often turns out to be successful. But these spaces are not algebras [so the heuristic principle just mentioned is sometimes not applicable], neither with convolution nor with the pointwise product. For example, 1 ,1, but t = * is not in .941 because functions in Al have a mean-value (as will shortly be established in Theorem 1.2); does not have a mean-value. The function E
1
1
c
f(n) = (log p }2/3 if n = p is a prime, and zero otherwise, is in 941. Due to the scarcity of the primes (because of weak versions of the x-1 prime number theorem the result limX Tt(x) (log x)2/3 = 0 is true) this function is arbitrarily near to zero with respect to II. II1, but the [pointwise] square does not possess a mean-value and so f2 is not in A1.
The [obvious] inclusion relations ,$ c 2 c 4 imply
$gcZ)gcs4q,where q>_ 1. For r < q, HOLDER'S inequality gives 2:nsN If(n)Ir 5
{XnsN
If(n)II}r/q
:n-N
therefore, (1.5)
II
f IIr 5
II
f II
q
1f r s q,
and so 2q c ,8r, Dg C Z)r, and .94g c Ar
,
if r s q.
}q/(q-r)
W.I. Besicovich Norm, Spaces of Almost-Periodic Functions
189
Thus we obtain Figure VI.2, showing the inclusion relations between the various spaces defined up to now.
2)1
r
r
$1
1
Inclusion relations between spaces of arithmetical functions, for
\
Cl
$r
Dq
\
u
s r s q< m.
\ F i g u r e VI.2.
A general, simple, but none the less useful principle is given as the following lemma.
Lemma I.I. Suppose {An} is a sequence of linear functionals from a complex vector-space X (with semi-norm II . II) Into C. If for every xEX lim sup IAn(x)I s c - IIxii,
(1.6.1)
n-a
and
(1.6.2)
r
j`
there is a dense subset E of X such that the sequence
{An(x)}n=1,2,.., is convergent for every x in E,
then
(1.7.1)
the sequence (An (x)}n=1,2,... converges for every x In X,
(1.7.2)
the map A: x H
lim
n - co
An(x) is a continuous linear
functional on X, and IIAII s c.
Remark. This lemma and its proof are modelled after Exercise 18 in W. RUDIN 11966], p. M.
Almost-Periodic and Almost Even Arithmetical Functions
190
Proof. (1) Let E > 0, x e X, and let {xm}m=12 elements of E converging to x. Put c
m
=
lim
be a sequence of
n m ),form=1,2,.... _ A(x
There exist integers m, no such that for every n 2 no c- IIx- xrnll < a E, IA (X-X )I S c
E, and IA (x )-c
IIx-xmII +
I
<
y
E.
Then, for every k, n > no we obtain IAn(x) - Ak(x)I s IAn(x-xrn)I + IAn(x=n)-crnI + IAk(x-xrn)I + IAk(xrn)-crnl < E.
This proves (1.7.1). Then (1.7.2) is obvious from (1.7.1) and (1.6.1).
11
Theorem 1.2. Assume that f is an arithmetical function In A1. Then the mean- value M(f) =
(1.8.1)
x
lim
x-1
nsx
f(n),
the FoURIER-coefficients
f (a) = M(
(1.8.2)
a real,
and the R4MANujAN (or RAMANUJAN-FouRIER) coefficients ar(f) =
(1.8.3)
r = 1,
2, ...,
{cp(r)}-1,M(
exist.
Proof. For the mean-value, consider the maps AN: AI -3 C, AN (f) = N-1
.
nsN
f(n).
These maps are linear and lim supN IAN(f)I S Of III. The mean-value M(f) = limN AN(f) exists for every function in A. This vector-space is II.II1-dense in A 1; therefore Lemma 1.1 gives the existence of M(f) for every function f in A 1. The assertions for FouRIER and RAMANUJAN coefficients follow from the fact that and are in A 1. Another application of Lemma 1.1 Is provided by the following theorem.
VI.1 Besicovich Norm, Spaces of Almost-Periodic Functions
19t
Z)q, where Theorem 1.3. Let f be an arithmetical function in
q z 1, and g Is another arithmetical function. If g is bounded, In the case where q = I [respectively If Ilgllq. < oo In the case where q > 1J, q'-1 + q -t = I (as usual), and if where lim
x-1
x -->
21 nsx, n®a mod r
g(n)
exists for every pair a, r of Integers, then the mean-value lim
(1.10)
X
x-1
m
Z
nsx
exists.
proof. We apply Lemma 1.1 using the maps AN defined on 2q by AN (f) =
nsN
f(n)'g(n)
HOLDER'S inequality gives II g Ilu,
lim sup N--> m
I AN(f)l s c
1 1f1 1
,
where c =
if q = 1,
II g IIq if q > 1.
The value of AN at eb/r is
AN(eb/r
Osa
(a).N1
(eb/r
nsN, n=a mod r
Using (1.9), we see that the sequence {AN(f)}N-12
every function f in 2). Hence, the existence of
g(n)).
is convergent for follows from
Lemma 1.1.
Remark. This proof does not seem to work for functions f e
,P4
Examples.
(1) For an integer r > 0 let g be the indicator-function of the set r W. Then, for every function f e 2 1, the "mean-value with divisor-condition" Mr(f) =
lira X
m
X-1
nsx,rln f(n)
exists. The same argument shows that -1
xu rn co
x
:nsx,n = s mod r f(n)
exists for every residue-class s mod r.
Almost-Periodic and Almost Even Arithmetical Functions
192
(2) For the function g = µ2, the square of the MOBIUS function, assumption (1.9) is easily checked by [well-known] elementary calculations, relying on the convolution- representation µ2(n) = Ed-In µ(d) (see II § 2).1) Therefore, according to Theorem 1.3, the "mean-value on squarefree numbers" x
lim
x-1 eo
'
n
sx, nsquarefree sfree f(n) = lim- m
exists for functions f E .
x-1. Z
nsx
µ2(n) f(n)
1
(3) For g = µ assumption (1.9), in the case where gcd(a,r) = 1, is guaranteed by properties of DIRICHLET's L-functions. The case where gcd(a,r) = d > 1 can be reduced to the case mentioned above as follows: if d = p1 p2 ... ' Pk with distinct primes, and a =a'- d, r = r'- d, then x
lim
x-1 oo
z
nsx,nma mod r
µ(n) = (-1)k
d-1
lim y 1
y-3m
msy,m =a mod r µ(m)
exists. So (1.9) is valid for g = µ, and, according to Theorem 1.3, the mean-value lim x -3 m
exists for every function f E
X-'-nsx X µ(n) f(n)
D1
The spaces X39, D9, and 49 are complete: any 11.11 q-CAUCHY-sequence of functions in, say .89, has a limit, which is again in $9. Thus, following J. KNOPFMACHER [1976], we prove the completeness of these spaces.
Theorem 1.4 [J. KNOPFMACHER]. For q z .Z)9, and .s49 are complete.
1,
the normed spaces 29,
Proof. The spaces B9, Z)9, and 3 q are closed subsets of the vector-space V9 = {
f: N -C; Ilfllq < w ).
So it suffices to prove the completeness of V9, where q z 1.
1)
Another possibility for proving this Is: the function g = µ 2 is in 8 1 and so assumption (1.9) Is valid by example 1.
VL1,
Besicovich Norm, Spaces of Almost-Periodic Functions
193
Let {fk}k be a CAUCHY sequence in Vq. There exists a sequence {Ek}k
of real positive numbers, converging to zero, with the property II
ft - fk IIqq< Ek for every $ > k.
We are going to construct a sequence {xm}m of non-negative numbers with the properties (a) 0 = x0 < x1 < x2 < ..., xm --j
CO'
(b) the function f, defined by f(n) _
ft(n), if xR-1 < n s xQ,
satisfies
x1Y - nsx I f(n) - fk(n) I`1 < 2 Ek for every k in N, and for every x Z xk.
These properties imply I I f - fk 11q s 2 Ek for every k; therefore
so f E Vq and f give the
is
I I f1 1
q < co,
the limit of the sequence fk. So it remains to
[inductive] construction of a sequence {x m} m=1,2,. . with
properties (1.11).
For any integer k, 0 < k < t, there is a real number xk2 > 0 such that (1.12)
x-1 Ensx I fe(n) - fk(n) Iq < Ek' for every x z xkR.
Put xo = 0, x1 = max {x12, 1). Then x-1
(A12)
nsx I f2(n) - fI(n) Iq < E1, for every x z x 1,
x12xo +
(D1)
1.
We assume now that 0 < x1 < x2 < ... < xm are chosen with the properties (AkE)
k < 9 s m+l:
(Bke)
k < E s m:
(C) k
ksm:
(Dk)
k s m:
nsx I f1;(n) - fk(n) Iq < Ek, for every x 2 x1,- 11
x1
I ft(n) - fk(n) Iq < Ek (xC xt-1 ),
Z xE-1<nsx,e
F,
2< k xk
Z xg-1<nsxk
xk-i +
I fC(n) - f k(n) Iq < E k . x k ,
1.
Given any k, 0 < k < m+l, there exists a positive Ek < Ek, such that
Almost-Periodic and Almost Even Arithmetical Functions
194
x-1'nsx E Ifm+1 (n) - f k(n) Iq < £ k for all x k xk ,m+1 '
,
If Xk Z max { xm (1 - £k"k)-1' Xk m+1 }1 then
(n)-fk (n)I' E xm <nsxk' If m+l
s
nE
If m+1
2c X k
(n)-f k (n)I`'
< £k ' Xk 5 £
(xk - Xm).
Now take xm+1 so large that for k < m + I (Bk,m+1)
Exm<nsxm+1
Ifm+1(n) - fk(n) I4 <
£k
' (xm+1 - Xm)
holds, and for k < m+2: (Ak ,m+2)
x-1 -E
Ifm+2 (n) - fk(n) I4 < £k' V x 2 Xrn+1'
E a<m+1 E XP_l<nsxu
(C m+1 )
Ifa (n)-fm+1 (n) Iq < £ m+1
Xrn+1 Z Xm +
(Dm+1)
x
m+1'
1.
Thus, we obtain a sequence {x,,,} with properties (a), and (Ak e), (Bk,e),
(Ck) for all k < Q. The function f, defined as in (b), has the desired property V k e IN, V x s xk, and m e IN defined by xm s x< x m+1 E nsx
If(n)-fk(n)I4 = Ee
k<esm Ee-1<nsxe < £ k Xk + £k
fe(n)-fk(n) Iq I
Ife(n)-fk(n)I9
Ek<esm ( x
x
1 1
Ifm+1(n)-fk(n)I'
+ Exm<nsx
)+£ k'xs2£ k )
This proves the completeness of V9.
X.
11
The null-spaces are defined as follows: jy(Aq) = { f
e
.419,
II f IIq = 0
and similarly ff(29) and A'(29); these are subspaces of 349, resp. Dq,
W.I. Besicovich Norm, Spaces of Almost-Periodic Functions
19S
reSp, $q. The null-spaces are closed; the limit f of a II . 11q - convergent sequence of functions in, say, HY(Aq), is in 44q and has norm II f Ilq = 0. We denote the quotient spaces .A4q/JY(Aq), etc., by
Aq = 4q/JY(Aq), Dq = Dq/JY(2q), and Bq = q/jy(Sq). There
is a canonical quotient map it, n = nAg: .A4q _> '4 q/JY(Aq), IT Ac(f) = f + lY(Aq).
The quotient norm is defined by (see, for example, RuDIN [1966], 18.15) IIn(f)IIq = inf {
II
f+g
11
q,
g E Jr } =
II f Ilq.
Then Aq, Dq, Bq are BANACH-spaces.
In Chapter IV, Theorem 2.9, a uniqueness theorem was proved for functions in Du. In ,A41, a theorem of this kind is not true. However, arithmetical properties such as additivity or multiplicativity have consequences on the uniqueness of functions In A1. As examples, we prove the following theorems. Theorem I.S. (Uniqueness theorem for additive functions). Assume that
f and g are additive functions In A1. If
II f - g II1
= 0, then f = g
identically.
Theorem 1.6. (Uniqueness theorem for multiplicative functions). Assume f and g are multiplicative, and both are in £1, Ilflll * 0, Ek>1 p-k If(pk)l < m for every prime p, and f-g is in the nullspace JY(41). Then f = g identically.
Remark 1. The assumption IIfII1 * 0 in Theorem 1.6 is necessary. The functions f = E, g(n) = 1 if n = 2k for some k, and g(n) = 0 otherwise, are both multiplicative and satisfy IIf - gill = 0, but f * g. Remark 2. The finiteness of the norm Ilfll for some q > 1 implies (see g III, Lemma 5.2) Ekk1 p k f(k)1 < oo for every prime p. So this condition can be omitted In Theorem 1.6 If f E Dg for some q > 1 is assu-
med. We shall see later (VII, Theorem 5.1) that this condition is also superfluous in the case q = 1.
Almost-Periodic and Almost-Even Arithmetical Function,
196
Remark 3. If f E D1 is multiplicative and non-negative, then the condition MP(f) < M(f) implies Ik21 P k. I f(pk) I < co (see Exercise 4 ).
Proof of Theorem I.S. Put h = f - g, and let pk be a fixed prime power. For any Integer N, we obtain the lower estimate ZnsN Ih(n)I
2:nsN,P`Iln Ih(n)I = JmsN/P`,Pkm Ih(pk) + h(m)I
2t
h( Pk)I
2
- G msN/p`,p4m ' 1-
msN/p Ih(m)I.
Dividing by N, for N -) co, the inequality IIhIII 2 Ih(Pk)I
.
. (1_p-1) _ p-k.11h1I1
P-k
is obtained, and the assumption IIhJi1 = 0 implies h(pk) = 0.
11
Proof of Theorem 1.6. Assume that there is an integer n0 for which f(n0) $ g(n0 ); then there
is
a prime-power pk with f(pk) $ g(pk)
Then, for every N, Z If(n)-g(n)I 2 nsN msN/p1,gcd(m,p)=1
I f(pk) - g(pk)I. E
I
I
If(m)I - Ig(pk)I
msN/p` p .I' m
.
E If(m)-g(m)I. msN/p`
Add the term I
f(pk) - g(Pk)I
.
msN/p°,PI*n
If(m)I,
to both sides of this inequality and divide the resulting inequality by N ( pk (N/pk) ). Letting N tend to infinity, we obtain, using the abbreviation MP (g) = lim"-> - x 1. 1nsx,p1n g(n) [for the existence of this mean-value, see Example 1 following Theorem 1.3], II
f -gill + If(pk) - g(Pk)I P-k .
MP(Ifi)
z If(pk) - g(Pk)I P-k
M(Ifi) - Ig(pk)I p-k
II
f_ g III,
and therefore M (Ifi) Z M(If)I, a strange result certainly, which comes P from the assumption f $ g, which is to be refuted. Next
VI.2.
properties of q-Almost-Periodic Functions
GnsN,Pln
197
If(n)I = 21 k21 XnsN,P"iIn If(n)I,
= Zkz11f(Pk)I ( msN/p" If(m)I - ZmsN/P`,PIm If(m)I), and so
Zk2O If(Pk)I "msN/p`,pIm If(m)I = Ek21If(pk)I
' Z n N/p If(m)I
Dividing by N and using the dominated convergence theorem (this is p_k If(pk)1 < oo ), we obtain possible for y = 1 k21 (1+Y) MP(IfI) = Y' M(IfI),
therefore, using the estimate MP(IfI) z M(IfI), proved above, Y (1+Y)-1 - MOM ;, MOM,
which contradicts the assumption 11f111 = M(Ifl) > 0.
VI.2. SOME PROPERTIES OF SPACES OF q-ALMOST-PERIODIC FUNCTIONS
As mentioned already in section 1, HOLDER'S inequality II1 s IIfIIq
II
IIgIIq
, ,
where q-1+q'- I = 1,
implies .v4q c s4r c '41 whenever 1 s r s q land there are corresponding
results for the other spaces - see Figure VI.2]. Starting with k = 2 (which is HOLDER'S inequality), mathematical induction gives the following
Proposition 2.1. Assume that
1/q1+l/q2+...+1/qk=1,
(2.1)
where 1 < qx < oo. Then (2.2)
11
f1 ' ...
fk 111 s IIf1IIq
IIfk11q.,
Almost-Periodic and Almost Even Arithmetical Functions
198
Proposition 2.2. Assume that all the norms appearing In equation (2.3) below are finite. Then the following assertions are true:
(2.3)
(i)
If r t
(ii)
If
(iii)
II
I
1,
q-1 + q'-' = 1, then
s q s r, then IIq 5
II g
11U.
f II,q
II
II f III 5 II f 11q 5 II f IIr 5
II g 11'.q
, .
II f IIu
II f IIq.
Proof. (iii) follows from the definition of II.IIq; the other inequalities are obtained from HOLDER'S inequality.
Theorem 2.3. Assume that 1 5 q s r < co, and q-1+ q'_ I = 1. Then (1)
2u c .fir c 8q c 21, D C Du C Dr c Z) q c Z A c v4u c Ar c Aq c A1. c
.$
(2)
11q c Z)q C Aq C A1.
(3)
2u.Bq c $g,
(4)
2q- 2q
(5)
If f
E
if f if f
E
c
..
c 21,
g c Dq, D
,$g, then Re(f), Im(f) and IfI y) q, then Re(f), Im(f) and IfI 34 q, then Re(f), Im(f) and IfI
34u.Aq c 34g.
Aq.,4g E
.Sq,
E
Dq,
E
c 341.
34q.
(6) If f, g are real-valued and both are in ,$g [resp. Dq, resp. 3487, then
max(f,g) and min(f,g) are In Bq [resp. Z) q, resp. 8q].
Proof. Assertions (1) and (2) are clear. For (3), assume that f 34g, g E Au2 E > 0; choose functions G, F in A near g, f such that E
II g-G IIu < E/(II f IIq+1), II f - F IIq < E/(IIG IIu+1). Then F- G is in A and 5
IIq + IIG'(f-F)Ilq 5 IIg-GIIu'II f IIq +
f-Fllq < 2E.
34c1, g E 4g , E > 0, choose F, G E A, II f-F IIq < E/(II g IIq+I), 1Ig-GIIq. < E/(II F IIq+1). Then F G Is in A and (using HOLDER'S inequality)
(4) If f
11
E
5
11
1+
5 11 f-FIIq'IIgIIq, + 11FIIq'IIg-GIIq. < 2E.
V1.2. properties of q-Almost-Periodic Functions
199
(5) The real or imaginary part of a function in 2 [resp. 21, resp. A ] is again in B [resp. 2), resp. A ]. If F is in S or 2, then IFI is even or periodic and so, again, is in B or D. And, using the usual approximation s f-g 11 1, the assertions arguments [and the inequality Ifl - IgI Aq Implies Ifi in 41 q. But in are proved with the exception that f in if F in A, the WEIERSTRASS Approximation Theorem gives: this case II
then IFl in
Au
II
II
(by IV. Theorem 2.2), and this is sufficient for a proof
of the remaining assertion.
Assertion (6) follows from the formulae max(f,g) = 2(f+g) + 2']f-gl, min(f,g) = 2(f+g) -elf-gl.
11
Theorem 2.4.
(1) If f Is in A1, then the mean-value M(f), the FouRIER coefficients and the RAMANUJAN coefficients NO = ar(f) = {9(r))-'- M( f ' cr )
(2.S)
exist.
(2) In A2 (and so In the subspaces .82, 2)2) there is an inner product < f,g > = M( f-9_)'
(2.6)
and the CAUCHY-SCHWARZ Inequality (2.7)
I
15 11f112'IIg112
holds.
(3) If f is in
A2,
then at most denumerably many FouRIER coefficients are non-zero, and BESSEL's Inequality EpCR/ZIf (a)12 s Ilfll22
(2.8.1)
holds. If f Is In 22, then BESSEL's inequality reads (2.8.2)
211sr<_ w(r)
(4) The maps from
.v41
Iar(f)12 s Ilfll22.
to C, defined by
f H M(f), f H P(0), f -)a r(f)'
are linear and continuous. Moreover, the first is non-negative.
Almost-Periodic and Almost Even Arithmetical Functions
200
If (a)I s M(Ifl), lar(f)I s M(Ifl)
(5)
Remark. Some of the assertions of this theorem have already been shown to be true in section by applying a general principle from functional analysis. In spite of this, we give an ad-hoc proof again 1
here.
Proof. (4) and (5) are obvious. For (1), the existence of the mean-value has already been proved (in section 1); a simple, direct proof for (1) is to be given in Exercise 1. The functions and are in Al again, and so the FOURIER coefficients, which are mean-values, do exist. is In A1, and so its mean-value, which is the Inner
(2) The function
product, exists. The usual properties of an inner product are easily verified (note: < f, f >= 0 implies II f 112 = 0, but not necessarily f = 0). The method of proving the CAUCHY-SCHWARZ Inequality is standard in linear algebra. The same Is true for BESSEL's Inequality.
(3) The functions e0' , a c IR/7L, are an orthonormal system. Using only finitely many FOURIER coefficients f (a), we obtain
0 s< f - I f
f-Z
= - E f
I
=
-
'(13)e0
f (a)'<e«,f > + 1
F(a) ?(P)
ep>
F (a)12. I
Corollary 2.5. Assume that q > 1, and k z 1 Is an Integer. [resp. ,q ], then the "shifted" function (1) If f Is In A q n H f (a+n) is In Aq [ resp. £ q], where a is in Z. 1) f (a) : (2) If f is in A q [ resp. D q ] then, for b E W, the multiplicatively shifted function fib ) : n H is in Aq [resp. £ q ]. (3) If fl fk are in Ak, then the function F Is in A1, where k
(2.9)
F(n) = IT fx(bxn+ax), bx E W, a xE 7L. X=1
Proof. (1) Given E > 0 there is a function F in A, F = a e near f, Ilf-Fllq < I. Then Fiai(n) _ (a,,, ea(a)) e (n), and so F(a) Is in A and 1)
We assume that f(a+n) =
1
as long as a+n s O.
VT.2.
properties of q-Almost-Periodic Functions
201
IIf(a)-F(a)liq = 11f-F11 q < E.
then G is in A [resp. £7, and
(2) Choose F as above, put G: n H
x-t'EnSx
G(n) Iq s
If(m)-F( m)Iq,
and we obtain Ilf(b )_GIIq < bt/q E. (3) The case where k = 2 is obvious from (1), (2) and Theorem 2.3. The case where k > 2 is left as an exercise. Theorem 2.6.
(i) If g Is In At real-valued and bounded, then, for any e > 0 there exists a function t in .v4" near g, g - t IIt < s, with the addiII
tional property IItIIu S IIgIILL
(ii) If g E Al Is bounded, then g E Aq for every q 2 1. (iii) Assume that g e Al has a bounded representative and f is in Aq. Then the pointwise product is in a4q. Remark. The same results are true for the other spaces 2q and 2q. Of course, in (i), in these cases t may be taken to be in $ [resp. in D]. If g is complex-valued, in (i) it is possible to find a t satisfying IItIIu s
IIRegII2 + IIImgIILL
s 2 IIgIILL.
Corollary 2.7. If f Is In Dq, then the functions where x Is a DIR7CHLET character, Ik is the characteristic function of the set of Integers relatively prime to k or the characteristic function
of the set of integers congruent to a mod k, where gcd(a,k) = and the pointwise product
1,
are In Dq again.
Proof of Corollary 2.7. The functions x and 1k are periodic and bounded.
The function µ2 is bounded and is in $t (this is a consequence of the Relationship Theorem from Chapter III; it2 is bounded, therefore in ;, and it is related to the constant function I y°*). E
Proof of Theorem 2.6. (1) Given E > 0, choose a real-valued trigonometric polynomial t In s4 [resp. D or 21] near f, II g-t < E. Put W
w
II
t = max{ min (ta, IIgIILL), - IIgIILL}. Then IIg-tilt 5 IIg-t*Iit < E, and t is I. v4u
[resp. 9, resp. $ for the other spaces], and IItIIu S IIgIILL (ii)
is a special case of (iii).
Almost-Periodic and Almost Even Arithmetical Functions
202
0, choose t1, t2 in Au, such that Ilf-tlllq < E, IIg-t2111 112 < Eq/(1+llgllu2+ Iltl ), and lit2llu s 2- llgllu. Then an easy computation (iii) Let E
>
shows it
g-t2 IIq s { 4q-1 Ilglluq-1
IIg-t2111 }1'q.
Therefore, Ilfg-tIt2llq 5
S
S llgllu.E +
llgllu ll(f-tl)llq +
lltl Ilu const(q)
s constt (q, llgllu)
.
Ilgllul-t/q
Ilg-t21111/q
E
Since t I t 2 is in A", Theorem 2.6 is proved.
11
Theorem 2.8. If f is in B1 [resp. D1 , resp, A1] and 11 f IIq < co, q > then f is In 2r [resp. fir, resp. 4r ] for any r in 1 s r < q.
1,
Remark 1. An additional condition is needed to secure that this result is true for r = q (see section 8). Remark 2. The assertion of Theorem 2.8 is not true for r = q, as shown by the following examples.
Example 1. The function f(n) = na if n is a square, and f(n) = 0 otherwise, has norm II f llq = 0 as long as q < 2, and it is (trivially) in ,$1 All RAMANLUAN coefficients ar(f) = M(fcr)/p(r) vanish, but nsx lf(n)l2 ti 'x, and so II f 1122 = M( Ifl2) = 2. But PARSEVAI:s equation M( lfl2) = Y_ cp(r)
lar(f)12 (see section 3) is violated, and f is not in $2.
[This example is due to J.-L. MAUCLAIRE].
Similarly, the function g(n) = -/ log n if n is a prime, else g(n) = 0, has 11g 1l, = 0, all ar(g) = 0, llgll22 = 1, and PARSEVAL's equation is violated again. Example 2. (A. HILDEBRAND). Fix q > 1, and put f(n) = 2klq if n = 2k
is a power of 2, and f(n) = 0 otherwise. Then 'if IIr = 0 if I s r < q, > 0, but f is not in 21q. 11 f Ii q [The proof runs as follows: it is easy to calculate x fq(n) nsx and to show that limx -> m x-1 Ensx fq(n) does not exist (for example, 1
VI 2. properties of q-Almost-Periodic Functions
203
2k+1-1);
let x -4 oo through the sequences 2k and
therefore the mean-
value M(f q) does not exist, and so f9 is not in Al ].
proof of Theorem 2.8. Without loss of generality, let f be real-valued. Define the truncation fK of f by f(n), if If(n)I s K, K, if f(n) > K, -K, if f(n) < - K.
fK(n) =
f E $1 implies that fK E .$1, and - being bounded - the truncation fK is in $4 for every E Z 1. Define s' > 1 by q and fix s by the equas-t+s'-1 = 1. Then, using HoLDER's inequality, tion o(x) = x-1 Ensx If(n) - fK(n)Ir s x 1
SI
'
7-nSx.lf(n)I>K If(n)Ir
iq/(s' q)
nsx
,
JJ
X-1.
l
I
li/s
nsx,lf(n)I>K
Next, Kq
Znsx,lf(n)I>K I S 1nsx,lf(n)1>K If(n)I' 5 (2
II
f IIq)q ' x,
if x is large. Hence, we arrive at lim sup A(x) s II f II q/s ' (2 II f / K ) < E, q q m X if K is chosen large enough, and so f, being near fK E .$r, is in Sr. q/s
II
We state that for real-valued functions f in ,$r the truncated function
fK tends to f in 11. "r' and that, for any E > 0, (2.10)
x-
lim sup x -* o
21
nsx,lf(n)l>K If(n)Ir <
E
if K is sufficiently large. Theorem 2.9 [ DABOUSSI ]. Assume g 2 0, a 2 g°C
E s40 if and only If g E
1,
(i
z
1.
Then
.04°Oa.
The same result is true with A replaced by 2 or B. Corollary 2.10. If g is non-negative and in 4q, where q s 1, then 9jq E '42. The same result is true with A replaced by Z' or S.
Spaces of Arithmetical Function,
204
This corollary comes from Theorem 2.9 with p = 2, a = Zq if q 2 2. If s q < 2, then put f =g' 1; then f2/q = g e 4q, and so 1
f
42.
e
Proof of Theorem 2.9, following DABOUSSI 119801. (1) Assume that g°C c 4p, E > 0. Choose a trigonometric polynomial t in A such that II ga-t 110 s (E/2)a. According to the WEIERSTRASS Approximation Theorem (Theorem A.1.1) there is a polynomial Q with the property I
Q(u) - { max(0,u) }1/a
I
s 2E in IuI 5
IItlI
u.
Then the composition Q ° t is in A [ resp. . or £ in the other cases], and
IIg - Q ° tllaa:E
(2.11)
gives the assertion g c 8°C'3. In order to prove (2.11) we use the inequalities (a)
I x-y Ia ! ,Ix a - ya I in x 2 0, y 2 0,
(b) (c)
(x+y )°C1 s
2«p-i , (x a(3 + ya(i)
in x z 0, y z 0, 1 y-x1, if x and y are real.
l
I max(0,y) - max(0,x) I
S
(b) follows from the convexity of t H tap, (a) is proved utilizing function t H (y+t)a - t of ( without loss of generality x = y+t >
the
y ).
Therefore,
I g(n) - Q(t(n)) lap s { l g(n) - {max(0,t(n))}1/a +
max(0,t(n))
Q(t(n))
p
and using (b), (a) and (c), this becomes s 2ap-1 ,{l g°`(n) - t(n)lp + I { max(0,t(n)) }1/a - Q(t(n)) lap }.
Therefore II
g - Qo t
11,X0 S E.
This is one part of the proof. By Exercise 11 (or Corollary 2.5 (3)) h e
.94k
kc W, implies hk
order to prove the other part, put Y=(
1)
( aP )-1,
a
.a41.
In
V1.2.
properties of q-Almost-Periodic Functions
Then Y
i
1, and
c
205
N. The function h = gl/Y satisfies hY a
[according to the first part of our proof] h
therefore h«PY number c4ly is an integer, and so
a
c
.A4 ap,
.A 'x'3y. The
,A4'. Therefore, go"'
a
.r41 and
the first part of the proof again gives go' E AO . For the question of the existence of a limit distribution of real-valued
functions the following result is useful, as it has already been shown for uniformly-almost-even functions. Theorem 2.11. Let q i 1.
(1) If f E $q is real-valued with values in some finite for infinite] closed interval I = [a, b], and if the function Y': I -- C Is LIPscH[Tz-continuous (so that I W (x) -'F(y)I s L- I x - yI for some constant L > 0), then the composed function 'F ° f is in 3 q again. The result remains true, if S q is replaced by £ I or .4 q. (2) If f e 1q Is complex-valued with values In some finite [or infinite] closed rectangle R, and If the function 'F: R --) C is LipscHiTz-continuous, then the composed function 'F ° f Is in 2q again. The result remains true if $q is replaced by Dq or a4 q. (3) If f In 211 [or 01 or .A41 ] is real-valued then the function nH Is In B1 [or 01 or Al ] for any real t. (4) If q z 1, f E $q, f is real-valued, and infnEN I f(n)1 = S > 0, then f
E Bq.
Proof.
(1) Let s > 0. Choose a trigonometric polynomial t in ,$ [resp. £] near f-tNIIq < e. The values of f are in I; t* is real-valued, without loss f, of generality. If the values of t* are not in the interval I = ]a, b[, replace * t by t = min { b, max(t* a) } (with an obvious interpretation, if a or b are ± a ). t is - nearer to f than t*, therefore II f - t II < E. Then II
II
II
q
q
'1' ° t is even and so in 2 [resp. periodic and so is in £], the values of f and t are in I, 'F Is LIPscHITZ-continuous, and therefore II
'F
f - 'F o t
q
= limX sup x 1 Ex IY'(f(n))-'Y(t(n))Iq n!c
s lim sup x 1. Lq x -* co
nsx
If(n)-t(n)I q s Lq s q.
In the case where f E A q and t ,A4, the function 'F ° t is in s4" by the WEIERSTRASS Theorem, and the proof works in this case, too. E
206
Almost-Periodic and Almost Even Arithmetical Functions
(2) The complex case can be reduced to the real one. Assume that R = Cal, bI] x i Cat, b2]. Then approximate Re f by an even function t
with values in Cal, b1], and Im f by an even function t2 with values in Cat, b2]. The even function t = tI + I' t2 has values in R, and IIf- t IIq s II Ref - tI IIq + II Im f - t2 IIq. The rest may be concluded as in (1).
(3) and (4) are special cases: the functions x H exp (it x ), defined on JR, -)y-1, defined in y Z 8, are LIPSCHITZ-con_ where t is any real number, and y tinuous. Thus 1/IfI E 8q, and f-I = f' IfI-2 E . by Theorem 2.6 (ill).
Examples.
(a) If f is a bounded function in A and P a polynomial with complex coefficients, then the composed function P ° f Is also in A1. This follows from Theorem 2.11, but It could also be deduced from the fact that a bounded function in AI is in A9 for every q 2 1. (b) If f E s4q satisfies b:= sup Re(f(W)) < oo, then exp(f) E Aq. The C; reason is that exp is LIPSCHITZ-continuous In the half-plane {z E
Rezsb}. (c) If f E Aq and a:= inf(Re f(N)) > 0, then log f
a44, because the principal branch of the logarithm function Is LIPSCHITZ-continuous In E
the half-plane {z e C; Re z 2 a} with L = a Remark. If P is an integer-valued polynomial with positive values, for example P(n) = n2+1, then it is a difficult task to prove that f - P Is in Al (or has a mean-value at least) if f is in some A9. The result is not known even for the function µ2, If the degree of P is greater than two.
VI.3. PARSEVAL'S EQUATION
According to section 2 of this chapter the spaces $z C D2 C ,42 are complete vector-spaces with an "inner product"
< f, g> = M(fg). This "Inner product" Is
linear in the first argument; it satisfies
VI.3 parseval's Equation f g>
207
< g, f > and < f, f > z 0, but < f, f > = 0 is possible for
functions f $ 0. Thus, the quotient-spaces modulo null-functions,
2 c D2 c A2, are HILBERT spaces. Theorem 3.1 (PARSEVAL'S equation).
(1) I f f is in
,
2, then Er°1 cp(r)
lar(f)I2 = 11f112
where the ar(f) denote the RAMANUJAN-FOURIER coefficients
ar(f)
M(f cr), r = 1,
= r)
2, ...
.
(ii) If f Is in z2, then Y_
(iii)
r=1 11sasr,gcd(a,r)=1
If f is in
I
M(f ea/r) 12 =
11 f 112
A2, then
«E;R/
12 = 11f112
I
Corollary 3.2.
(i) The set { (p(r))" Cr r = 1, 2, ... is a complete orthonormal system in 22. If f, g are In $2, then }
,
ro 1
(P(r)
(ii) The set { e./r' r =
1,
ar(f) 2, ...,
ar(g) =
1 s a s r, gcd(a,r) =
1
} is a com-
plete orthonormal system in .V2. If f , g are in D2, then Zro
1
lsasr,gcd(a,r)=1 M(f ea/r)
M(g ea/r) = M(f g ).
(iii) If f, g are In A2, then 21 «EW./a
M(g'1«) =
First Proof. The assertions of Corollary 3.2 come from the "Elementary Theory of HILBERT space", which is sketched in Appendix A.2. According
to this theory, the validity of the PARSEVAL equation is equivalent to the denseness [with respect to II. 112 ] of the sets .$, £, A of linear combinations of RAMANUJAN sums [resp. exponential functions] in $2, D2, and A2; this is true by definition of these spaces.
Almost-Periodic and Almost Even Arithmetical Functions
208
VI.4. A SECOND PROOF FOR PARSEVAL'S FORMULA
In this section we present a second proof for PARSEVAL's equation in the space $2. Some properties, perhaps of some Interest, of arithmetical functions in $2 are exhibited, and these properties are used in the proof. Let r be a positive integer, and, for k dividing r, denote by Xk the charac-
teristic function of the set Ak = { n e W: gcd(n,r) = k). Xk
is
a function in r c . (with positive mean-value), therefore , 2 for every f in $2. Consider the linear map F
r : 22
8 r'
fy k 1r
M(xk'
Xk'
This function has the properties given in the following lemma. Lemma 4.1. (1)
F (f) = f if and only if f E 2 .
(2)
If f, g E $2, then M(Fr(f) g ) = M( f Fr(g) ).
(3)
If f e 22, then Fr(f) _ k ak ck, where ak = cP(k) M(f ck).
(4)
If f E $2, g E Br' then II f - Fr(f) 112 s II f - g 112 So Fr(f) Is
(5)
a "best" approximation in $r For every f In 22, the sequence
k1r
AR(f) = Ilf-FR!(f)112' R = 1,
2, ...,
Is monotonically decreasing to zero.
Proof. (1) A function f in 2r is constant on Ak, say equal to d k, for every k dividing r. Therefore, Fr(f) = XkIr dk Xk = f. (2) By definition of Fr and the linearity of the mean-value, we obtain
M(Fr(f) g) = kr M(me) M( Xk g). This expression is symmetric in f and g, and so also is equal to
(3) By the orthogonality of the RAMANUJAN sums the coefficient ak , using (2) and (1), equals
VI.S. An Approximation for 1-Even Functions
{p(k)}-1
ak =
. M ( Fr(f) . ck) _
{9(k)}-1
209
. M(Fr(ck) f) _
{9(k)}-1
. M(ck f).
(4) Without loss of generality, we assume that f and g are real-valued. Let x > 0, klr, and define the function Gxk: IR--jlR, y Hx
1
nsx,n c Ak
( f(n)-y)2.
This function has just one stationary point Xk(n))-1
mx = (2:nsx as x --- ) co,
z
(M(Xk))-1
. M(f Xk) + 0(1)
and this point gives the absolute minimum of Gx k. Therefore,
1.
nsx,n c A. X-1.
=
. (Znsx f(n) - Xk(n)) =
(f(n) - F (f)(n) )2 = r Z
nsx,n c Ak
x-1
(f(n) - (M(X k ))-1 M(f ' Xk)) 2
nsx,n c A.
(f(n) - mx)2 + 0(1) s x-1
I
nsx,n c Ak
( f(n) - g(n))2 + o(1).
Summing over k1r, we find for x -) co IIf - Fr(f)112 s IIf- g 112. 2
(5) At first AR+1(f) s AR(f), by (4). Now, given E > 0, there exists an even function g E . "near" f, 11 f - g 112 < E. Choose an integer R, for which g is in .Y3R. Then IIf -FRI(f) 112 < E,
again by (4).
11
Now we are ready to prove PARSEVAL's equation
ZO1 p(r)
Iar(f)12 = M(If12) =IIf IIZ
For every f E 22, and for every integer R, a standard computation gives rlRl
r
k = 11f 112
2
- rIR! Ep(r)' Iari2.
By (3), the left-hand side is If - FR!(f) 112, which converges to zero by 2 (5).
Almost-Periodic and Almost Even Arithmetical Functloa8
210
VI.S. AN APPROXIMATION FOR FUNCTIONS IN .81
In the last section, the result
112-0, as R -)m, - r was proved by [elementary] HILBERT-space methods. In this section, similar result for arithmetical functions In $1 is given. IIf
u
a
Theorem 5.1 (A. HILDEBRAND). For every function f in St Rm
(5.1)
II
f-
r R1
ar(f) cr IIt = 0, .
where ar(f) = M( f c'), r = 1, 2 JAN coefficients of the function f. {cp(r))-t
,
... denote the RAMANU-
The important feature of this result is that the coefficients of the even functions approximating f are not changed when R is increased. Note that the sequence {R!}R=1,2,... may be substituted by every sequence {nR}R-1
with the property limR---). gcd(nR, r) = r for every integer r.
2
Remark. This theorem allows us to show [again] that the Mornus func6 II µ III = 7t2 > 0, does not belong g to .Y3 t It is known from prime number theory that tion µ, with
.
Md(µ) = limx
x- 1
---> m
'nsx,n=O mod d v(n) = 0
for every integer d: Therefore, (5.2) p(r) . ar(µ) = x
l'
x-1
Zx ti(n) . cr(n) =
dr
d µ(r/d) . Md(µ) = 0.
First we collect some formulae, needed for the proof of Theorem 5.1, as follows. Lemma S.2. (1) For every Integer k, r, R satisfying rIR!, if r.}' k,
0, (5.3)
1 R!
nsR!
n=O (k)
cr(n)
cp(r) k
if rlk. '
V1.5. An Approximation for 1-Even Functions
211
of the
set
= k}, where kJ R! Is supposed. ar(f) for f E 81. Then, for every kIR!, FR! = ZriR! Cr'
Put
k
by
Denote
(2) A
=
{
n E N:
characteristic
the gcd (n, R!) Xk
function
M( f Xk) = M( FR! Xk)
(5.4)
proof. (1) The RAMANUJAN sum Cr is R! - even (and so R! - periodic)
if rIR!, therefore the left-hand side of (S.3) is equal to lim
X --> oo
x-1
c (n) =
nsx,kin r
lim x
d µ(r/d)
dr
= k-1
1
x---> m
nsx,d n,kin
gcd(d,k) .Il(r/d)
dr
IT ( gcd(pZ, k) -
= k-1
1
gcd(pt-1
k)),
pEllr
and this gives the right-hand side of (5.3). (2) FR! is R! - even, and so we obtain lim x-1 X -> m nsx,kln FR!(n) = R!
E
nsR! kin
lim
x -> m
X_
1
x
L
f(m)
a (f)
r
l
c (n)
r
Cr(m) ri R! fp(r)
n R!
R!
Cr(n)
kin =
k-1
lim
x-* m
x-1
msx
f(m)
r!k
Cr(m)'
using (1) and the fact that k divides (R!). The inner sum equal to
rk cr(m) is
k, if kim, (5.S)
n(1+cP(m)+...+
CPt(m)
p"Ilk
0, if k4' m.
Therefore, the functions FR! and f have the same mean-value on the sets Mk = { n EN: kin}, if kI R!, and so also on (S.6)
K=
Mk \ GRIP"*k
MQ.
11
C-0modk
Proof of Theorem 5.1. We start by proving that for any real-valued function f in 231 and every real-valued k-even function g the estimate
Almost-Periodic and Almost Even Arithmetical Functions
212
Ilf-FR,III
(5.7)
kIR!
holds.
FRI and g are R! - even and therefore constant on every set Ak If kIR! (for the definition of Ak see Lemma 5.2 (2)). Denote the values, taken by FR! and g on Ak, by y k I resp. 8k1. Fix k, and assume that Yk z 8k. Then
Zx If(n) - FR,(n)I = Ex (f(n)- yk) + Ex ncA
ncA.
f(n) 2
( Yk- f(n))
ncA,,
f(n) <
iY.
Z nsx
(f(n) - Yk) - nsx 2 (f(n) - Yk), ncA.
ncA,
f(n) 2Y
and, using Lemma 5.2 (2), this is s 2
Z (f(n)- Sk) + o(x) s 2- Z I f(n)-g(n) I + o(x). nsx nsx ncA ncA,,
f(n) aY,
In the other case, yk < 8k, the same estimate Is valid. The sets Ak, kIR!, are a partition of N. Therefore, we obtain nsx
If(n) - F R1 (n)I s
1
Z If(n)-g(n)I + 0(1 nsx
and (5.7) is proved.
To conclude the proof of Theorem 5.1, assume without loss of generality that f e Y31 is real-valued. Given s > 0, choose a real-valued even func-
tion g near f, Ilf -gill < s. If g is k-even, then, according to Ilf-FRI III <2sfor all R2k.
VI.6. LIMIT DISTRIBUTIONS OF ARITHMETICAL FUNCTIONS
For a set a contained in N we define the counting function AN _ 2:
N,ncc
(5.7),
VI.6. Limit Distributions of Arithmetical Functions
213
If f is a real-valued arithmetical function we put FN,a(t) = {A(N)}-1 2:nsN,nca,f(n)st IN we write and in case a = FN(t) = FN IN(t)
for short. As mentioned in Chapter IV, section 3, one says that f has a limit distribution with respect to a if there is a distribution function
F such that limN
. FN,a(t) = F(t)
at every point of continuity of F. An additive function f has a limit distribution, according to P. ERDOS and A.WINTNER's Theorem. [1939], on IN if and only if the three series
-I2 y
1
p,lf(p)I51 P 'f(P), Zp,lf(P)ISjP
'If(P)1
,
-1
P,If(P>i>1 p
converge.
H.DASOUSSI [1981] gives examples of large classes of non-negative additive functions and sets a having no limit distribution. He proved the following theorem.
Theorem 6. 1. Let a c N satisfy (I) limN
>
,,{
A(N)}-1
EnsN,nect,nsO mod d
exists for every d
(ii) to is multiplicative and
c
IN,
P kz
I
where
p-k 1o(pk) < w
If f is a non-negative additive function such P-I,f(p), w(p) +
= d-1 w(d)
Ef(P)>1
that
p-1, w(p) = + -,
XOsf(P)5i
then f does not have a limit distribution on a. More precisely lim
1)
N
co FN. q (t) = 0 for every t.
So F 2 O, F(-co) = 0, F(+c,) = 1, F Is non-decreasing, and continuous from the right.
Almost-Periodic and Almost Even Arithmetical Functioas
214
Corollary 6.2. If a is the set { p+1 } of translates of the primes, then to(d) = d/p(d). Thus, If f Is additive and non-negative and satisfies (6.1) with to = id/cp then f does not have a limit distribution on ,
{ p+1; p prime}.
Proof of Theorem 6.1. The inequalities
(1- a -1) t s 1-e - t s t in 0 s t s 1, (1-e1) s 1-e - t s 1 in t Z I (see Figure VI.3) imply Z
P
P-1'w(p)'(
1-a-f(p)
)=
co.
O.5
Figure
VI.3
Define an additive function fY by truncation: fY(pk) = f(pk) if pk s Y. and fY(pk) = 0 otherwise. The convolution gy = µ *exp(-fY) is multiplica-
tive, IgY(pk)I s 2, and gY(n) = 0 except on a finite set SY of integers, as is seen from the values of g at prime-powers, as well as the relation Y n 1 w(n)'gY(n) = II P-kgY(pk).w(pk)). 1GY = n
wcy
k2
l
The convergence of the series ce of Z
ZpIk22p-k9Y(pk)'w(pk) and the divergen-
oo imply
lim Y - co
P
GY = 0. Next, exp(-fY ) = 1*g, Y
and so
N lim -m
{A(N)}-1
Z exp( -f (n)) = G Y Y nsN,nea
Since exp(-f(n)) s exp-fY(n)), we obtain lim sup {A(N)}-1
N -p _
Z exp( -f(n)) s G -4 0, as y -- co. nsN,nca Y
V1.7. Arithmetical Applications
215
But
{A(N)I-' 'nsN nea exp( -f(n)) = fo a-xdFN Q(x) z e-t. FN Q(t), and Theorem 6.1 is proved.
[positive] results on the existence of limit distributions for additive functions will be given in the next section (see Theorem 7.2).
VL7. ARITHMETICAL APPLICATIONS
VI.7.A. Mean-Values, Limit Distributions.
In number theory the question of the existence of a mean-value is an Important one. Some general mean-value theorems were proved in Chap-
ter II, and a wealth of theorems are known on the existence of meanvalues for special functions, in particular for multiplicative functions. Functions In Ai do have a mean-value. Sections 1 and 2 of this chapter gave many results, producing new functions in Al from "simpler" ones. So these results (Theorems 1.2, 2.3 [(3) - (6)], 2.4, 2.11, Corollaries 2.5, 2.7, ) have consequences on the existence of mean-values, regardless of arithmetical properties such as multiplicativity or additivity. Of course, to make these results useful, it is necessary to provide criteria for functions f to be in A Some criteria of this kind will be given in Chapter VII - but then multiplicativity is relevant. We formulate some examples of results on the existence of mean-values for functions in the spaces considered in this chapter. Proofs need not
be given; they consist of the remark that the function in question is in A', which follows from results given earlier in this chapter.') Al is the largest of the spaces, defined in this chapter. So it is advisable
to formulate conditions ensuring that some resulting function is in ,04.'
Almost-Periodic and Almost-Even Arithmetical Functions
216
(1) If f is In A1, then the mean-values M(f), M(IfI), M(Re(f)), M(Irn(f)) exist.
(2) If f is in Al and g is in ALL [for example, g is a DIRICHLET character, a RAMANUJAN sum, an exponential function a.,, the characteris-
tic function of a residue-class a mod k, where gcd(a,k) =
1, the
characteristic function of the integers prime to [some fixed] k, etc., ...], then the mean-value M(g-f) exists.
(3) If f is in Ai, then the mean-values of the [additively, resp. multipll-
catively] shifted functions fn H f(n+a), f(b-) : n H As long as n+a s 0, put f(n+a) =
1
where
for accuracy.]
) exists (a e Z); if q, q' > 1, q-1 + q'_1 f in A q, g E A q, then M( f gia+i) exists.
(4) If f, g E A 2, then M( f
g(a+)
(S) If fl, ..., fk are in Ak, and If bX > 0, ax are integers
=1,
(x = 1,...,k),
then the function F: n H f1(bI n+ al)
...
f k ( bk n + ak)
has a mean-value.
[This is a generalization of L. LucHT's results; this author only dealt with multiplicative functions, but he obtained product formulae for the mean-values (see L. LuCHT [1979a, 1979b]). The continuity theorem for DIRICHLET series (see the Appendix) might be helpful in calculating the mean-value of the function F given in (5) in the case of multiplica-
tive functions, but some additional conditions seem to be necessary to obtain "nice" results.] (6) If f is real-valued and is in ,94q, where q 2 1, and if the image f(N) is contained in a closed Interval I c IR, and if `1: I - C is LIPSCHITZ continuous, then the composed function To f is in .4q, and so it has a mean-value.
Examples for 'Y are the functions z '- z-1, z '- exp(z), z y log(z), etc. Of course, one has to be careful about f(N), and some assumptions on the values of f are necessary before (6) or other versions of Theorem 2.11 are applicable.
VI.7. Arithmetical Applications
(a) Let q 2 1. If f then 1/ f .v4 q.
E
217
34 q is real-valued, and if infnfiN If(n)I = 8 > 0,
E
(b) If f e .1q is complex-valued, and if supnEiRe(f(n)) s K < co, then exp(f) E Aq. (c) If IF
E A q is complex-valued, and if Inf... Re (f(n)) > 8 > 0, then
log IF E Aq.
The calculation of the mean-value can (given appropriate circumstances) be dealt with by an application of the continuity theorem for DIRICHLET series:
Theorem 7.1. If f: IN -i C has a mean-value M(f), then
M(f) = lima-),
(7.1)
1+
n=t f(n)'n
In particular, if f is multiplicative, then the calculation of the limit (7.1) often is rather simple. Proof. The existence of the limit M(f) Implies
I f(n) =
o(x), as x --3 oo.
nsx
Partial summation gives, as long as d >
Ex f(n)-n-' = Ex f(n)
.
x-' - f1
1,
Yu f(n)
du,
and so
f
o(u),u-°-1
du
1
= M(f) o
(0-1)-1
+
0((o-1)-t)
as o -4 1+.
The asymptotic relation i;(o) = ((j-l) + 0((0-1) ), as o -4 1+, gives the assertion.
According to the continuity theorem for characteristic functions (see Chapter IV, section 3) the question of the existence of a limit distribution in the sense of probability theory is a problem of the existence (and continuity) of certain mean-values. We prove the following theorem.
Theorem 7.2. If g Is a real-valued arithmetical function in .s41, then there
Is a limit distribution for g; this means that the limit N-1 . n{n s N; g(n) s x lim (x)
N-m
a
218
Almost-Periodic and Almost Even Arithmetical Function,
exists In the sense of probability theory.
For the proof it has to be shown that the mean-value Mt = M(n H exp{ itg(n)})
(7.2)
exists for any real t, and that the function t H Mt is continuous at t = 0. According to Theorem 2.11, the function n H exp{ itg(n)} Is in 011; hence the mean-values Mt exist. The continuity of t H Mt follows from the estimate x-1 (eltg(n) _ I) s lim sup x 1 Z lim nsxll x -- m / x -3 M nsx ,
=
Itl
IIg111.
VI.7.B. Applications to Power-Series with Multiplicative Coefficients.
Given an arithmetical function f, the region of analyticity for the generating power-series (7.3)
F(z) = 1'=i f(n)
.
zn
may be of some interest. In some sense "most" power series with radius of convergence equal to 1 are non-continuable across the unit disc in the complex plane [see, for example, L. BIEBERBACH [19SS]]. Of course,
a number theorist would like to obtain an answer to the question of non-continuability of F(z) if the coefficients of this power series are arithmetical functions with some arithmetical property. G. POLYA and G. SZEGO's Theorems [see BIEBERBACH [1955]] state:
if the coefficients f(n) of the power series (7.3) with radius of convergence equal to one are integers [ resp. assume at most finitely many
distinct values], then either F represents a rational function or it
is
analytically non-continuable beyond the unit circle.
For multiplicative arithmetical functions L. LuCHT and F. TUTTAS [1979] proved the following result.
V1.7. Arithmetical Applications
219
If f is a multiplicative function with finite (semi-]norm II f Ill, and if the mean- value M(f) exists and is non-zero, then the power series F(z) = I '=i f(n) z° is non-continuable beyond Its circle of convergence if and only if f(p k-1)
9(p )
$
vak
for Infinitely many prime-powers pk. Otherwise F(z) represents a rational function.
This theorem relates special properties of the coefficients of the power series to the global behaviour of the function represented by this series. and Z'=1 For example, the power series Y -'=i are non-continuable. The LUCHT-TUTTAS condition is, in fact, a condition related with the RAMANLUAN coefficients of the arithmetical function f. We are going to show that the property "Multlpllcativlty" does not play an essential role; more important is that the RAMANLUAN coefficients ar(f) _ {p(r))-1 M(f c) do not vanish "too often". Theorem 7.3. Let f e 82.
(i) If Infinitely many of the RAMANUTAN-(FoURIERJ-coefficients ar(f)
{(p(r)}-1 M(f
Cr) are non-zero, then F(z) _ I 'f(n)-z' is
non-continuable beyond the unit circle.
(ii) If only finitely many coefficients ar(f) are non-zero, and if f Is represented (pointwisel by its RAMANUTAN expansion, f(n)
ar(f)
cr(n), for n = 1,
2, ...,
then the power-series F(z) = -n=t f(n) zn represents a rational function.
Remark 1. By HILDBBRAND's Theorem (V, Theorem 1.2) the RAMANLUAN
expansion is convergent to the correct values f(n) if f is in 2u. Later we shall show that the same is true for multiplicative functions in 212, supposed that M(f) $ 0 (see VIII, Theorem 5.1). Remark 2. Using formulae for the RAMANLUAN coefficients, which will
be deduced in Chapter VIII (see VIII, Theorem 4.4), it is easy to show that in case of multiplicative functions the non-vanishing condition of
Almost-Periodic and Almost Even Arithmetical Functiop$
220
infinitely many RAMANLUAN coefficients is equivalent to LUCHT's condition given above.
Remark 3. The assumption f e $2 may be replaced by f e 21. The proof has to be changed in so far as PARSEVAi s equation has to be replaced by a result by A. HILDEBRAND, proved in section S (Theorem S.O.
Remark 4. Differentiation does not destroy the property of being rational
or non-continuable beyond the unit circle. Therefore, the result can easily be extended by replacing the assumption f e $2 with:
There is some non-negative integer k such that n H Example. Theorem 7.3 is no longer true if f f
e Ou. This may be seen from the function
f,
n-k. f(n) is in 22.
$2 is replaced by
e
defined by the uni-
formly convergent series f(n) = G1sk<m
This function is in Lu; the power series n=1
f(n) zn =
Zk
2
exp (2ni/k z )
1 - exp( 2iti/k ) z } -1
k=1
is continuable beyond the unit circle, but it is not a rational function. Proof of Theorem 7.3. PARSEVAL's equation gives (7.4)
II
f - lisrsR ar(f)' Cr
1122 = Er>R (p(r)' Jar(f)12 < E
if R z R.(E) is sufficiently large. The generating power series for the function G1srsR
is R(Z) _
n=1 1 2:1srsR ar(f)'cr(n) }
= 2: 1srsR ar(f)
Zm
. z"
mod r WZ .
(1-mz)-1,
where m runs through the primitive rth roots of unity, m =mgr =
gcd(a,r) = 1.
This function R(z) is a rational function and is "near" the following sense: IZ
n=1
f(n)'zn - 9{(z)
I
< 2E
' (
1-IzI
)-1
n=1
f(n)-z' in
VI.7. Arithmetical Applications
221
if Jzi < 1 is near 1. This may be seen from (7.4), using partial summation.
Therefore, if z = t. ma r, 0 < t < 1, t -) 1-, and if ar(f) $ 0, then I
2:-n=1
f(n)-z'
and so mar is a singular point for F(z). But if ar(f) 4 0 infinitely often,
then the corresponding points mar are dense on the unit circle, and the non-continuability of F(z) is proved. [The asserted denseness of the points mar may be deduced from a Theorem from CH. HOOLEY [Acta Arithm. 8, 1963], given as follows. Theorem 7.4 (CH. HOOLEY). Denote by I = al < a2 <...
s r the
]
VL7.C. Power Series Bounded on the Negative Real Axis
An interesting problem was posed by L. RUBEL and K. STOLARSKY [1980]. These authors sought the determination of all subsets N1 C IN with the property that the power series neRV xn/n.
shares with the exponential function the property of being bounded on the negative real axis. The solution of this question by these two mathematicians shows that there are, besides 0 and IN, exactly four subsets INl with the property mentioned above.
Analogously, we seek the determination of all multiplicative or additive functions f in 2 (with the additional assumption M(f) $ 0 in the multiplicative case) for which the function
Ef() =
f(n)
n=l
i
W!_
zn
is bounded on the negative real axis. We prove the following theorem.
Theorem 7.5. (a) Let f e $2 be a multiplicative function with meanvalue M(f) $ 0, which is represented by Its RAMANIIJAN expansion,
and assume that Ef(z) Is bounded on the negative real axis. Then
Almost-Periodic and Almost Even Arithmetical Functions
222
f = 1 or f Is periodic with period 4.
More exactly, with some complex parameter c, the function f
is
given by 1,
f(n)
1-c,
=
1+c,
if n = I or 3 mod 4, If n = 2 mod 4, If n 0 mod 4.
The corresponding functions E. W are
e' - I - c ( cos x + 1 ), c c C. (b) If g E S2 Is additive, if g is represented by its RAMANUJAN expansion, and if E (z) is bounded on the negative real axis, then g g(n) _
c,
If 41 n,
-c,
if 211 n,
if
0,
The corresponding functions E
are
E (z) = c ( cos z 9
Remark. The assumption, that f (or g) is represented by its RAMANWAN expansion, is automatically true for multiplicative or additive functions in 32 (see Chapter VIII).
For the proof of Theorem 7.5 consider the Laplace transform (this is called the "Borel transform" in the theory of entire functions) 9 f(z) = fO Ef(-t) e-tz dt = Z -=I (-1)n f(n) z-n i The integral representation together with the boundedness of Ef(-t) in t 2 0 shows that the Laplace transform.? f(z) is holomorphic in Re z > 0, and the second representation as a power series implies (using partial summation and'nsx f(n) = O(x) or the estimate f(n) << -/n, which comes from 11f112< co) that 9f(z) is holomorphic in jzi > 1. Therefore, the power series
-
z
:n-1 f(n) zn
V1.7. Arithmetical Applications
223
continuable beyond the unit circle; according to our results in the preceding section, this implies that at most finitely many of the RAMAis
NUJAN coefficients of f are non-zero. The function f is represented by its RAMANU7AN expansion, therefore the rationality of the power series
follows and f is in 2, and so f(n) = E1srsR ar Cr(n).
Inserting this formula into the power series expansion of - f (-Z-') we obtain, after a short calculation, the exponential polynomial Ef(z) = Iisr, R ar 2]lsasr,gcd(a,r)=1 l exp ((J.
1 1.
Boundedness on the negative real axis Implies ar = 0 for every exponent having real part Re(wa,r ) < 0 [for the details of = exp( w this this argument see the paper by RUBEL & STOLARSKY 119801].
For r * 1, 4, 6 there are primitive roots of unity w with Re(w) < 02) therefore ar = 0 unless r = I or 4 or 6. We shall show in Chapter VIII, is multiplicative. ThereTheorem 4.4, that the function r H fore, a6(f) = 0 because a2(f) = 0. Next, 1 = f(1) = a1c1(1) + a4c4(1) = a1,
and all the possible solutions of our problem are f(n) = 1 + a4c4(n);
these are indeed solutions, and the multiplicative case is settled.
In the additive case we know (this will be shown later) that ar = 0, if
r is not a power of a prime, therefore in this case a6 = 0, too. The value f(1) is zero, and so a1 = f(l) = 0, and all the solutions are given by f(n) =
2)
If r23 Is odd, then gcd(2(r+1),r) 1, and w = do. If 4lr and r a 8, then take w = exp(27t1 (1 r+1)/r). If r+2)/r). then take w =
will 211r,
r 2 10,
Almost-Periodic and Almost-Even Arithmetical Functions
224
VI. B. A Sq-CRITERION
The condition f c Sq, where q 2 1, implies f E S1 and II f 11q
< co-
Is the
reverse assertion true? It follows from Theorem 2.8 that f E S 1 and < oo for some q lead to f E Sr for 1 s r < q, but f E Sq is not II f II true in general. In his dissertation (1988, Frankfurt; parts of this dissertation are published as [1989a, b, c]) P. KUNTH proved the following theorem.
Theorem 8.1. For every q > 1 the conditions (8.1) and (8.2) are equivalent. (8.1)
f E Sq
(8.2)
(a) f E S (b) II f Ii q < (c) lim r - q-
II f II
= II f IIq.
The same theorem holds (with the same proof) for the spaces and £q instead of $q.
.r4q
Remarks.
(1) In his proof, P. KUNTH used tools from functional analysis centering around the concept of uniform convexity. The proof given here uses standard approximating techniques. (2) For every arithmetical function f, the function r
-
IILII, [1, co[ -9[0, cot,
is non-decreasing. (8.2) (c) means that this function is semi-continu-
ous (from the left) at the point r = q. (3) Condition (8.2) (c) is clearly equivalent with (8.2) (c*)
limr---> q _ II f IIr = II f IIq .
If (c) or (c*) Is violated, then
f E Sq is not true.
II f IIs = oo
for any s > q because
225
VI. B. A 2q -Criterion
proposition 8.2. For q > and every arithmetical function f f E Bq if and only if f e 21 and IfI E 2q. 1
The same assertion is true for the spaces £ 1, A q.
proof. The implication from left to right is contained in Theorem 2.3. So, let f e .$1, Ifl a $q be given. We factorize f: f=g
( f ), where g = max 11,
l f I }.
g
The first factor g is in $q for 1 E ,$q IfI a $q. Since g z 1, by Theo$1. Therefore, the second factor (f/g) is in ,
rem 2.11 we obtain (1/g) .
a
1; it is bounded, and Theorem 2.6 gives f e $q.
proof of the easy implication (8.1) will be performed in two steps.
(8.2). It suffices to prove (c). This
Every bounded function f c $1 has property
(8.3)
q - r > 0, K = sup,. IN lf(n)l. Then, if
Proof of (8.3). Let q > r z 1, x > 0,
A = E I lf(n)l - lf(n)lr1 = E lf(n)lr I If(n)IS -1 I nsx nsx
+
E nsx
If(n)IS -1 I.
1
O
Using
S'Ilogyl,
if 0
S' l logy l ys, if y Z
1,
we obtain As
E nsx
If(n)Ir Ilog If(n)II S+ E
nsx
If(n)Iq .log If(n)I
S
1
O
Hence,
Ilfllq sc 8 +I1 fl1r,andIIfIIr5c S+Ilfllq. Therefore,
I
II f 11q - II f Ilr
i
s c S = c ( q - r), and (8.3), and so (8.2)
for bounded functions is proved.
Almost-Periodic and Almost Even Arithmetical Functions
226
Figure VI.4 gives the functions ys - 1 (lower
0,09 0,08
curve) and S logy ys (upper curve), where
0,07 0,06
0.05
in the range
0,04
8 = 0.1,
0,09
1 s y s 2.3.
0,02 0,01
F 1 g u r e VI.4
In the second step we show (8.2) (c), if f e $q. Without loss of generality, we assume that f k 0 ( f e $q implies IfI Sq), and use the truncated function E
fK = min { f, K)
.
From section 2 (see (2.10)) we know that fK E $q for any K > 0, and that limK---> Of _fK Ilq = 0. If 1 s r s q, the Inequality 0 s 11f llq - 11f Ilr S (Ilfllq - IlfKllq) + ( IlfKllq - IlfKllr) + (IlfKllr - 11f I1r)
s2
Ilf-fKllq + (IlfKllq - IlfKllr)
holds. Given s > 0, we find K > 0 such that 2
11 f - f K llq
<
''
2
E,
and
(by (8.3)) a real number ro E [1, q[ with the property I1fK11g- IlfKllr < 2 E for every r in [ro,q]. For these r we obtain II f Ilq - II f 1Ir < E, and (c) is proved.
Proof of the implication (8.2)
(8.1) in three steps. Let q > 1.
For every e > 0 there exists a real number r0 E [1, q[ with the property: for every sequence (an)n=1,2.... with 0 s an s 1 the Inequality
(8.4)
0 S Z (arn - aqn) < S. X nsx
holds for all x > 0, r
e
[ro,q[.
order to show (8.4), put S = q - r, where q > r. The function h(x) = xr - xq takes a maximal value in the intervall [0,1] at the point xo = )1/5, and the maximal value is h(xo ) = ( r )r18 ( S ) s S. ( 1 ) In
,
.
q
q
q
q
227
V1.8. A 2q -Criterion
Therefore, there exists a So > 0 such that the maximal value of h is less than s for every 8 E 10,80 [. The desired inequality is correct for r = ro := q - So, and by monotonicity for every r in [ro,q[. For any f $1, f 2 0, with II f Ilq < co and s > 0 there exists a real number r o E [1,q[ such that c
(8.5)
0s Ilf-fKllq - Ilf - fKllrs r IIfIIq- IlfiVr +E for all K >0 and all r in [ r o, q [ .
proof. The difference f(n)- fK(n) = 0 if f(n) s K, and = f(n)-K if f(n)
>
Using (8.4)
K.
and the monotonicity of x H xq -
xr in
[1, oo [, we calculate for K > 0, x z 1, Y_
nsx
(If(n) - fK(n) Iq - If(n) - fK(nlr) = 21 + E20
where 0
(f(n)-K)r - (f(n)-K)q)
X n f,,
X
2E
Ksf(n)sK+1
for all r E [ro, q [, and EZ =
I
nsx, f(n)>K+1
I
nsx,f(n)21
((f(n)-K)q - (f(n)-K)r)s
(fq(n) - fr(n)) =
Z
nsx, f(n)>K+1
(fq(n) _fr(n))
E (fq(n) - fr(n)) + R,
nsx
where
0sR=
I
nsx,O
(
fr(n) - fq(n)) <
by (8.4), for every r c [ro,q[. So, for all x z
0 s x-1 . z2 s X . Znsx fq(n) 1
x-1
1,
.
nsx fr(n) +
1 e.
Since f ,$r (where 1 s r < q) and f > 0, Theorem 2.9 gives and the mean-value of fr exists; we obtain E
lim sup.
fr
E
1
x 1 2 s IIfIIq - IIfIIr + 2E
Collating our estimates, we obtain the estimate x-1
znSx If(n)-fK(n)I1 s
x-1
znsx If(n)-fK(n)Ir +
x-1.12
Almost-Periodic and Almost Even Arithmetical Functions
228
for all K > 0, r E [ro,q[, x Z 1. For x
oo this implies
Ilf - fKIIgSIIf -fKII + UfIIq-IIfiir+£, and (8.5) is proved.
Now the missing implication in Theorem 8.1
is
easily proved. Given
E .i with II f IIq < oo, and llmr q- IIf Ilr = II f IIq we assume that f > 0 without loss of generality because of Proposition 8.2. Having f
,
chosen s > 0, we find a real number ro E [1, q[ by (8.5) such that
Ilf-fKIlgsllf-fKllr+IIfllq-IIfIIr+3E for all K > 0 and r [ro,q[. Choose r such that II f IIq - IIfIIr < 3 E, and then K > 0 so that I f - f K Ilr < 3 E. Then II f - fK 11q < e. The E
function fK is in Sq, and so Theorem 8.1 is proved.
Remark. We give a second proof for the more difficult implication (8.2) of Theorem 8.1, using DABOUSSI's Theorem 2.9. Given with (8.1) (c*) and f 11q < co, we assume f z 0 without loss of generality because of Proposition 8.2. For every r, 1 s r < q, and x > 0, (8.1)
fE
2I
we see that Z nsx
(f'q(n) - f2r(n))2 = Z f' (n) + fr(n) - 2 Z fi (q+r)(n). nsx nsx nsx
By Theorem 2.8, f is in ,fir; DABOUSSI's Theorem gives fr E 2 ), and so
the mean-value M(fr) = M( f (q+r)
f Ilr
exists. The same argument applies to
Therefore, II f,
- f'rll22= IIfIiqq + IIfoorr - 2
IIf1I5cq+r)
(q+r)'
Making use of (C) we obtain lim
r-> q-
Ilf3q _ frllZ = 0.
f is in Sr, therefore f'r E S2 (again by Theorem 2.9). Being approximated
by functions in 22, the function f'q itself is in ,$2. Using Theorem 2.9 once more, the function f is in Sq.
229
VI.9. Exercises
VI.9. EXERCISES
1) Give a [simple] direct proof for the fact that arithmetical functions in A 1 have a mean-value.
2) If f : IN -4 IR is an integer-valued function in $", then f is in $. Give an integer-valued function in 21 which is not in B.
3) Denote by ADD resp. ADDS the set of additive [resp. strongly additive] functions. Prove that these are subspaces of CIN, and that the
II1 - completion of (ADD n,1) [resp. of (ADDS n,l) ] is a subspace of ,1. II
4) Assume that f e D1 is a non-negative multiplicative arithmetical function. Denote by MP (f) the limit lima -> x-1 nsx Pin f(n). Prove that for every prime Zk21 P_k f(pk) < co if and only if
MP (f) $ M(f). 5) Let f be a multiplicative function in 01. For every prime power p k prove
lima
(a)
-
m
x-1. 1nsx,P`IIn f(n) = p-k. f(pk) (M(f) - MP (f) ), x-1
pf(p,) ( M(f)- MP(f)), Gnsx,Pn f(n) = Iekk if the series on the right-hand side converges absolutely.
(b)
lima
6) Prove Theorem 2.11 (3) directly.
7) Let y > 0 be an irrational number. Denote by g(n) the number of positive Integers m with the property Cy m ] = n. Prove:
(a) g is in A2 (b) Put S = y-1 - [y-11. Then the FOURIER coefficients of the func-
tion g are g (a) = y-1, if a = 0,
g(a)21ciaY)
1
(e
and g(a) = 0 otherwise.
27cI ocy (8-1)_
-1
7L,a$0,
Almost-Even and Almost-Periodic Arithmetical Functiops
230
(c) What does PARSEVAL's equation mean? Answer:
X'=1
I
n-2. sln2(rt8n) =
,7E2
(S - S2 ), where 0 s 8 < 1.
8) Give a proof for PARSEVAL's equation in ,Z2, using methods similar
to those used in section 4. Hint: Ak = {n E IN; n = k mod r},
9) If f is in
S1
Fr(f) =
and S > 0, then the function h, h(n) =
f (n) If(n)If 8-1
Jf(n)j > 8,
f(n), if If(n)Is 8,
belongs to ,$1. .V1
and every residue-class s mod r the mean-value limx -i M X-1 nsx, n a s mod r f(n) exists. Prove this result for coprime r, s, using the formula
10) For every function f E
lnsx, n - s mod r f(n) = {P(r)}-1 ZX mod r (X(s)' Ensx X(n) f(n) ). 11) If q1 > 1, ..., qk > 1, q1-1 + ... + qk-1 =1, and f1 E .44+,
then prove that the product f1
f2
...
fk E
4 k,
fk Is in A1.
12) Let klr, where k and r are positive integers. Calculate the meanvalue of the indicator-function of the set {neN; gcd(n, r) = k}.
Photographs of Mathematicians
231
A
E. WIRSING
r H. DABOUSSI
R. RANICIN
I
P. D. T. A. ELLLIOTT
H. DELANGE
A. RENYI (1921-1970)
232
Photographs of Mathematicians {
Jk
$
A. SELBERG
I
1
M. JUTILA & M. N. HUXLEY
H. E. RICHERT
A. KARACUBA
C. L. SIEGEL
A. Ivic
(1896-1981)
J.-L. MAUCLAIRE
M. NAIR
233
Chapter VII
The Theorems of ELLIOTT and DABoussi
ABSTRACT. This chapter deals with multiplicative arithmetical functions
f, and relations between the values of these functions taken at prime powers, and the almost periodic behaviour of f. More exactly, we prove that the convergence of four series, summing the values of f at primes, respectively prime powers [with appropriate weights], implies that f is in 2q, and (If in addition the mean-value M(f) is supposed to be non-zero) vice versa. For this part of the proof we use an approach due to H. DELANGE and H. DABOUSSi 119762 in the special case where q = 2; the general case is reduced to this special case using the properties of spaces of almost-periodic functions obtained In Chapter VI. Finally, DABOUSS7's characterization of multiplicative functions in ,A4q with non-empty spectrum is deduced.
The Theorems of Elliott and Daboussi
234
V I I.1. INTRODUCTION
As shown in the preceding chapter, q-almost-even and q-almost-periodic
functions have nice and interesting properties; for example, there are mean-value results for these functions (see VI.7) results concerning
the existence of limit distributions and some results on the global behaviour of power series with almost-even coefficients. These results seem to provide sufficient motivation in the search for a, hopefully,
rather simple characterization of functions belonging to the spaces s44 D Z) q D $4 of almost-periodic functions, defined in VI.1. Of course, in number theory we look for functions having some distinguishing arithmetical properties, and the most common of these properties are additivity and multiplicativity. According to the heuristics outlined in Chapter 111.1, conditions character-
izing membership of an arithmetical function to, say, X34, ought to be formulated using the values of f at primes and prime powers.
Historically, theorems of this kind were given for the first time in connection with the problem of the characterization of multiplicative functions with a non-zero mean-value. The E. WIRSING Theorem, proved
in 11.4, is an example of the fact that assumptions about the behaviour
in the mean of values of a multiplicative function, taken at primes, imply asymptotic formulae for the sum Z f(n). But these results do ns x not characterize multiplicative functions with a non-zero mean-value. In 1961, H. DELANGE proved the following theorem.
Theorem 1.1. Let f: N -) C be a multiplicative function satisfying IfI s 1. Then the following conditions are equivalent: (1.1)
The mean-value M(f) = lim x-I Z f(n) exists and is non-zero. X --) nsx (i)
The series S1(f)
(1.2)
=
21
p-I (f(p) - 1) is convergent,
P
(ii)
Osk< m
p
0 for all primes p.
Introduction
23S
Remark. The assumption IfI s 1 Implies that
2 P kf(pk)I for every prime p 2 3. Therefore, as did DELANGE, the validity of (1.211) is to be assumed only for p = 2, and it may be substituted by IEosk<.
the DELANGE condition f(2 k)
$ -1 for some k k 1.
In 196S A. RENYI gave a simple proof of the implication ( (1.2)
(1.1)),
using the TURAN-KUBILIUS inequality (see 1.4). This method of proof
will be the basis of the more general result, given as Proposition 3.2 in this chapter. The condition IfI 5 1 was removed by P. D. T. A. ELLIOTT in 1975, who replaced this severe restriction by the assumption II f IIq< 00, with the semi-norm II f 11q defined In VI, (1.3). We define the [ELLIOTT-] set Cq of multiplicative functions- f: EN -4 C by the following conditions:
Definition 1.2. f E f'q If and only if
(I) the DELANGE series SI(f) = E p-I ( f(p) - 1) Is [conditionally] P
convergent, (li) the series
S2'(f) =
S
P, If(p)I
p-I
S/4
I
f(p) - 1
12,
and
S2,q (f) =
p-I
p, If(p)I > 5/4
If(P)Iq
are convergent,
(iii) the series
S3,q (f) =pEkk2 E P-k If(pk)Iq is convergent.
Remarks. 1) The series SI(f) is conditionally convergent, the primes being ordered canonically according to their size. The other series are 'absolutely convergent.
2) In the special case where q = 2, condition (ii) is equivalent to the convergence of the series (ii')
S2(f) = E P-1 P
.
I f(p) - 1 I2.
The Theorems of Elliott and Daboussi
236
Using this notation, P. D. T. A. ELLIOTT [197S] proved the following theorem.
Theorem 1.3. Assume that f : N -* C is a multiplicative function, and assume that q > 1. Then the following conditions are equivalent. and the mean-value M(f) exists and is non-zero.
< oo
(1.3)
II f II
(1.4)
f Is in 9 q and condition (1.211) is satisfied,
In
9
this chapter we are going to show that the convergence of the
series in Definition 1.2 implies, in fact, that the multiplicative function f is in 8q (Theorem 4.1). Furthermore, following DABOUSSI and DELAN-
GE, we prove (Theorem 5.1) that for any multiplicative function f with mean-value M(f) $ 0 the following properties are equivalent:
Finally, we characterize multiplicative functions in Aq, possessing a non-void spectrum (see Theorem 6.1). We begin with some rather simple consequences of the condition If
II f II
9
II f 11q< oo.
< oo, then there exists some positive constant c such that If(n)I s c nt"q for every n E IN,
(1.5)
and [by partial summation from nSx If(n)I s C x ]
1 n_t n-' If(n)Iq < oo, if Re s > Lemma 1.4. I f
I I f1 1
q
< oo for some q > 1, then, E p
X Z
1.
I
f(p) z p
< co, and
p-k. lf(pk)Ir < co for every r In I s r < q.
p k22 In particular, using the notation of Chapter III, Section 1, a multiplicative arithmetical function f, satisfying II f 11q < oo, belongs to the
set
III I.1. Introduction
237
{f:IN - C, f multiplicative, Z I
f(P) I2< oo, 2:
p-k
1:
If(pk)I < m}.
p kz2
p
P
proof. Choose an e > 0 such that I + 2 E < q. HOLDER'S inequality and (1.5)
imply P
x
I ff(p) 12 5
p
I (n)k
c.
I
p2 - (2+e)/q
Psx S C .(
-LAY)j p(1+e)
Psx
\1/q (
q' \1/q 1 { Psx l p2 (2+e)/q j J
By (1.6) and the choice of s, both series on the right converge for x - -co. Similarly, with s > 0, 1+2E < q the estimate ,
p-k(1+e),If(Pk)Iglr/q.(2i z p-k(1-E a_ )`1 q
E
p kz2
p kz2 psx
/
P cx
p k22 p"sx
proves the convergence of the second series. Example. The following example shows that an extension of Lemma 1.4 to r = q is not possible. Define a multiplicative function f by f(pk) = 0
if p > 2 or k Is odd, and f(2k) = (t-1 , 22e)1/q if k = 2 Then I I f IIq = 0, but X 21
p kz2
l;
is even.
p-k. If(Pk) I q = 21 2-k , fq(2k) kz2
Lemma I.S. Let q > 1, f: W - C be multiplicative,
II f II
g
= Do.
< oo, and assume
that the mean-value M(f) exists and is non-zero. Then there exists a prime p 0 with the properties M(P)(f) =x limes
(1)
x-1 ns n
f(n) = M(f)'
{pf(p,1)}-
for every prime p z p0, and (2)
M
(d)
(f) =
x lim -. -
x-1
nsx,(n,d)=1
f(n) = M(f) j7{ W (p l) Pld
}-1
f
for every positive integer d which consists only of primes p Z po.
(3) M (f) = P
lim x-1 x -+ -
nsx, n=O mod p
f(n) = M(f) {pf(p,1)-1} {(pf(P,1)}-1
Remark. If f is 2-multiplicative, so that f(pk) = 0 for every k Z 2, then
The Theorems of Elliott and Daboussl
238
the mean-values in question are given by
M(d)(f) = M(f) II
M(P) (f) = M(f) { 1 + P-1' f(p) }-1,
P
fppl
MP ( f ) = M
Proof. In Re s 2
1,
{I+
P-1. f(p)
Id
{ 1+p-1 f(p)
(1.5) implies
Ik
p-ks , f(pk) 15 c
{ pt - 1/q - 1} 1,
1
therefore there is some p0 such that [recalling the abbreviation pf(P,s) = 1 + P-'-f(p) + for every prime p 2 po, pf(p,s)
in Re s z
C. 1.
{ pi - 1/q - 1
}-1
z 1 - C.
{ PD
1/q -
1
1
1}
2z
Let p* be a fixed prime greater than or equal to p0,
Define a multiplicative function g by
f(Pk), if p * p",
if p = p
0,
.
functions f and g are related, f is in ;, IgI s Ifl, therefore g e §. For every prime p Z p0 the factor
Theorem 4.1 (Remark) gives the existence of
M(P*)(f) = M(g) = M(f)
{yf(p*1)}-1
Next, x1
1nsx,P*In f(n) = x-1 - Znsx f (n) -
x-1
Znsx,P*,t' n f(n),
and so
MP*(f) = M(f) - M(P*)(f) = M(f)
{9 f(P*,1) - 11
{PPf(P*,1)}-1
-
The remaining assertion of Lemma 1.5 is left as Exercise 1.
11
Lemma 1.6. If q z 1, f c 0q is multiplicative, and M(f) * 0, then the mean-value has the product representation
M(f) = IT (1P
p-1)
, P f(p,1).
VII.2. Multiplicative Functions with M(f) $ 0 and II f 11 2 < oo
239
In particular, for every prime, pf(p,l) * 0. proof. Partial summation (see I) gives the convergence of the DIRICHLET n-O 00 f(n) in o > 1. By the continuity theorem, series n-1 M(f) = of
1+
c 1(0)
n= n-O f(n) = C1lim-4 1+ IT (1 - p-6) pf(P,a) P
Using results on infinite products (see Appendix A.7) and the assumption f . C q, the assertion is obtained.
VII.2. MULTIPLICATIVE FUNCTIONS WITH MEAN-VALUE M(f) $ 0, SATISFYING II f II2 < m.
In this section, in the special case where q = 2, we prove one of the two implications of Theorem 1.3. Proposition 2.1. Assume that f is multiplicative, IIf II2 < oo, and the meanvalue M(f) exists and is non-zero. Then the series (see Definition 1.2) S1(f) _
p-1
P
S(f) _Z 2
P-1'
P
and S3,2 (f) =
2:
2:
p ka2
'(f(p)-I), f(P) - 1
1 2,
p-k I f(pk)I2
are convergent, and so f e 92.
Proof. First we prove S2(f) < co in the following way: we calculate the RAMANUJAN coefficients of a slightly changed, related function g and utilize BESSEL's inequality. In order to obtain the convergence of the other series S1(f) and S3(f), we use H. DELANGE and H. DABOUSSI's method [1976).
1) Take p1 so large that I cpf(p,s) 12 z for every prime p z p1, and every
The Theorems of Elliott and Daboussl
240
s in Re s z 1. Then f
E
g (see Lemma 1.4). Define a multiplicative
function g by f(Pk), if p < p1, f(P), if p z p1, k = 1,
g(pk) =
if pzp1,k2.
0,
The functions f and g are related, and - as before in the proof of
Lemma 1.5 - the Relationship Theorem 111.4.1 is applicable. According
to
this result the mean-value M(g) exists, and
M(g)= M(f)
IT (I +
Using the representation cp(n) _ sum, we obtain (for p Z p1)
.(p f(p,i)J`-1
EP-)
P Z PI
l
P
dl(p n)
for the RAMANWAN
- M(g) + p' MP(g)
M(g. cP) = p
aP(g) = Ep(p)
11
p-
P-1
)
(g(p)-1
$ 0.
g(p) .
.g(p)
I+p-1g(p)
Therefore
M(g) P-1
(g(p)-l)l s Iap(g)I+ 01
I-EPZI I,
p
and so
(p-1) .
(1 2s2 PMM(g) (g(p)-1
AP(P)
IaP(g)12 + Q
Ig(p)1 `2 p2 /I
Summing over the primes p 2 p1, we obtain from BESSEL's inequality IM(g)I2 X
P-P,
Ig(p)-112
s
P
0(1) = C)(1).
The mean-value M(g) is non-zero, therefore S2(f) _ Z p -1 Ig(p) - 112 is convergent.
Next we follow H. DABOUSSI and H. DELANGE in order to conclude the proof of Proposition 2.1. We have to show that the series
S (f) _ Zp 1
p-1
(f(p) - 1) and S3(f) = pXka2 E P-k ,2
I
f(Pk)I2
are convergent. Denote the partial sums of the series S1(f) by a(u) =
(f(p) psexp(u) P-1
VII.2 Multiplicative Functions with M(f) * 0 and IIf112 < oD
241
For s > 0, partial summation gives the relation p-(1+s),
x-s
( f(p) - l) =
psx
al st I e-t dt.
E P-1' (f(P) - 1) + J o psx
Using the convergence of the series S2(f ), the CAUCHY-SCHWARZ x-s p-' (f(p) - 1 ), proves that Inequality, applied to x s' E p sx p1 (f(p) - 1) -) 0 for any s > 0, as x -3 co. Therefore, r°°a-t, (a(s) - a( s)) dt. a(s-1) P-1-s' (f(p) - 1 ) = J0 (2.1) l zpsxp-
P
Having proved that the two limits lim
(2.2)
s -0+
a(9) - a (9) dt = 0,
a-t
o
and Xp-1-s
lim s --> 0+ P
(2.3)
(f(p)-I)=a
exist, relation (2.1) gives the existence of lims _+ 0+ a(s-1), so that the series S1(f) is convergent.
For a proof of (2.2) we apply LEBESGUE's Dominated Convergence Theorem. In order to be able to do so, we have to estimate the difference a(9) - a (s) by an integrable function of t, uniformly in s. In 0 < y < z, the CAUCHY-SCHWARZ inequality yields la(z) -
a(y)I2 = exp(y) < p P-1
P
p-1
exp(z)
If(P) - 1 I2/
(f(P) - 1)
(
exp(y)
<
2
s exp(z)
p
1
The first series is convergent, the second sum is less than log(z/y) + C ; we know from elementary prime number theory (see I, section 6) that E exp(y) < p s exp(Xy)
p-1
- log X, as y
Therefore, assuming t z 1 without loss of generality, I
a(s) - a (s )I2 s C.
log t + C).
The difference I
a(s) - a(t )I2
Xp 5
> exp(1/s)
p-1. 1
f(p) - 1 12)
log t
The Theorems of Elliott and Daboussl
242
tends to zero as s -) 0+. LEBESGUE's Dominated Convergence Theorem gives assertion (2.2).
For (2.3), the existence of the mean-value M(f) implies En=1 n-3 -f(n) ti s-1 )-1 for s --- 1+ by partial summation (see VI, Theorem 7.1), and so [as s - 1+ ] Nn) I + f(o)-1 + f(p')-f(p) + ... M(f). p ( p ) = -1(s) Y--= P 1
In particular, no one of the factors
(l +
f(1'
+
p.
f(p')-f(p) pa.
+ ) is
zero. The product over the primes is split into a finite product II(...),
IT
f(p)-1
1 +
the product IT ( p>L
P
1 + f(o)-1
p:aL
)
/ and the product
1-1
1
P
p> L
+ F(P)-1 p.
+
f(P')- f(P) Pa.
+
... ).
If L is chosen large enough [so that I p-1 (f(p)-1) I s 2 ], then the last product is absolutely convergent in Re(s) z 1. Therefore lim
r(1+ F(P)-1 )=p$0
s - 1+ p>L
P
exists. Taking logarithms and using the absolute convergence of the series
P
{log(1+
f(p)-1
p,
)-
f(p)-1
Iin Re sZ1,
exists. Thus (2.3) is true. Z f(p)-1 p. s 4 1+ p> L
one sees that lim
3) For the convergence of S3(f) _ assuming 1 < s s 2, with (2.4)
_'(s)
IT n=1
p Xk=2
P- k I f(pk)I2,
_ P-s) (1 +
one starts,
p-ks.lf(Pk)12 k=1
P
The finiteness of II f 112 implies the boundedness of the left-hand side
< s s 2; hence any partial product of the right-hand side is s c1, p-s say. Let f(p) = min { I f(p) I, 4 }. Then + f*(p)2 s c21, where in
I
1
c2 = 52 . We use
1+ x z exp( x- x2) in x 2- 2 For every factor of (2.4) and for every K z 2 we obtain
K 2If(Pk)I2 1
p-s \1 +k
1
If pks)I2 ) >
\1
P-s) (I -
+
f pP) 2)
(1
+ c2 k
)
VII.2. Multiplicative Functions in 8'
a
243
K If(Pk)I2 1+ c 2 . k_2 pks
)
exp (
f *(p)2- 1- f'"(p)4+1 p
p2.
S
I.
Using IT (1+ x ) 2 Y_ xp for x z 0, and letting s tend to 1+, we obtain P
P 29Y
lf(pkk)12
E
psY k=2
P
P &Y
C,
c
1
exp 1
p
f"(p)2+1
\ PSY
p
-1 PSY
f'"(p)2- 1) p
for every y 2 2 and K 2 2. The series on the right-hand side are dominated by P p-2 = 0(1), resp. by If(p) -1
If(p)IsS/4
1
+
=
If(p)I>S/4 P
P
Therefore, the partial sums of
S1 (f) + S1(f) + 0(S2(f)) = n(1). elf(pk)l
p
k
are bounded and S32(f) is
convergent. This concludes the proof of Proposition 2.1.
VII.3. CRITERIA FOR MULTIPLICATIVE FUNCTIONS TO BELONG TO 81
In this section we give another partial answer to the problem of characterizing multiplicative functions in 2q. We show that the condition f E 9q implies that f is in 2 , and II f II < oo. First a rather special result is proved. q
Lemma 3.1. Assume that f: IP - C, and, for every prime p, If(p) - it s ;. Write the values f(p) In polar coordinates,
f(p) = r(P)-exp{i-,9(P)}, -n < 9 s it.
If the two series s1(f) = P p-1
(f(p) - I), S2(f) = P P-1
If(P) - 112
are convergent, the following five series converge: 1 = Z p-, -'5(p), P
The Theorems of Elliott and Dabouss1
244
Ell = P p 1.82(P), p-1
III = P
IIV =
IV =
21
1
P
P
log r(p), log r(p) 12,
for any q 2
P-1. (l r4(p)
P
1.
Proof. Clearly, 3 s r(p) 5 q, and cos(9(p)) 2 z /3, and so - 6 n < D(p) < 6 7t, Taking real and imaginary parts, the convergence of the two series S1(f) E4, where and S2(f) implies the convergence of the four series E11
E1=IP1' P P-1
2
9(p)
{ r(p) sin 9(p)
.
},
P 3 =
P
r(p) -COs 8(P) - 1 }2 =
P-1
= P P-1. {
2'(r(p)'cos4(p) - 1) - 1},
and
P -I ==
P
8(P)}2.
'
The inequality r2(p) 2 9/16 implies ES =
P -I
.
{ 1 - cos2(8(p)) } < ao.
P
Throughout the interval - 6 < 9(p) < 6 the relation
1-cos24 '
7C
02
1 - cos2(8(p)) 2 N
2
0.5.8
-0.F
-0,5
0.4
0
-0 a
.i
0,
C1
7
01
0S m
holds
with
a
suitable
positive constant y. This implies the convergence of the series
Figure VII.1
III =
p-1
P
.
32(p). 2
The relation show that (3.1)
cos
and the convergence of
'D
1
P
ao.
11
= P
PP)
ylI.3. Multiplicative Functions in B
245
is Z p-'-( r(p) - 1 ), and so it
The sum of this series and of
P
is
Similarly, starting with (3.1) and utilizing the convergence of G3 and 2: 4' we find that convergent.
IP p-'
r(P) - 1 )2 < co.
Since
r9 - I = q (r-1) + 0((r-1)2) In < s r s
+
1
,
the series 2: V is convergent; the approximations
log r _ (r-1) + O((r-1)2), log2r
=
0((r-1)2), a S r s
1
+ e,
imply the convergence of ZIII and ZIV' Finally, sin $ = $ + Q;32) 8(p). Together with the CAUCHY-
gives the convergence of E p-1 r(p) P
SCHWARZ estimate (21p1
'
I r(p) - 1 I
P
Is(P)I )2 s E P ' ' (r(p)
P-1. 42(P) < 00
t )2 P
P
we obtain that
I = EP p-'
'
p-'
r(P)'
'
P
(r(P) - 1)',8k(P)
is convergent, and the lemma is established.
11
Proposition 3.2. Assume that f is a strongly multiplicative arithmetical function, for which the two series
S1(f) = E P-1f(P)-1) P
and
S(f) 2 = PI
p-1'If(p)-112
are convergent. Assume, furthermore, that for all primes p the condition I f(p) - 1
is satisfied. Then f e $1 and
II f II
I
9
Se
< oo
for any q 2 1.
Proof. 1) First we obtain II f Ilq < CO' using RANKIN'S trick (11.3). Recall that f is strongly multiplicative and satisfies If(p)I s 4 Therefore,
The Theorems of Elliott and Daboussi
246
log x
s2
< n s x If(n)Iq
5 2- Z
nsx
log pk = 2 I log pk
If(n)Iq
I msx
log n
f(n)
<nsx
f(m)Iq
.
I
log pk << X. Z If(m)I'
psx/m
msx
by TCHEBYCHEFF's results (see Chapter I). Obviously, If(m)I'
nl
{1
s exp {
p
P
(If(P)I° P
+ 0('-))}' pa
p-1 = log log x + O( 1 ). Therefore, If(m)I^
= e7 (log x),
msx
and
psx
If(p)1' - 1) is convergent (see Lemma 3.1), and
The sum 21V = Yp sx
+
psx
msx
If(n)I' = O(x). Combined with the trivial estimate (use II,
Theorem 3.1, for example)
nsx
If(n)Iq 5
nsx
2q ca(n)
_ d(
x,+e
),
we obtain the estimate II f II q < oo.
2) Define a strongly multiplicative function f by f*(p) = f(p), if p 5 K, and f*(p) = 1, if p > K,
where K is a [large] constant, which is to be fixed later (depending on the convergence properties of the series appearing in Lemma 3.1). The function f5 just defined is obviously periodic, with period
9'= psK II p. Moreover, f* is even mod 7: if n = n pv(P), then pIn
f*((n,7')) =
P n9')f*(P)
=
fT
PIn,pSK
f(P) = IT f*(p) = f*(n)
pIn
Therefore, f* is in S. We are going to prove that Kurn
IIf-f*II1=0.
247
VII.3. Multiplicative Functions in S'
Let N be sufficiently large. Since f(n) = f *(n) TIPIn
:= N-1nN I f(n) -
AN
f*(n) I
s N-1 nsN If *(n)I
p>K
. I
f(p), we obtain
I-I> f(p) - 1
PIn,P
I.
s ;, the values log f(p) are well-defined. Next, a strongly additive function w: N - C, is introduced by For I f(p) - I
I
w(n) = Ip1n p>K log f(p). Then
w(p) = log f(p) = log r(p) + i'&(P), if p > K,
in the notation of Lemma 3.1. Making use of the inequality eZ -
1
=
I
I f z e' do
1
I
0
s
IzI
max { 1, eRe z } S IzI .(1+ IezI)
we obtain
TI ,K f(p) - I
Pi
i
=
I ew(n) - 1 s
I w(n) I . (1 +
Starting with AN s N-1
If*(n)I
EnsN Iw(n)I CAUCHY-SCHWARZ inequality gives A
N
s
' E Iw(n)I2 { N n5N
} i. 2 { (
t
N nsN
If*(n)I2 1+ )
(
ew(n) I ).
the
+
1'
w(n) 2
N N If (n)'eI
}
A(')}',2{(A 2)) +(A 3))}. First it will be proved that lim supN--> m AN(2) is bounded uniformly in
K. Using the 9p-evenness of fwe obtain A (2) = N-1 N
.
nsN =
N-1
If(gcd(n,P))12 = N-1
If(d)12. {w(a )'
d where IOI s 1. The error term is N dT a
d
+ ®'
If(d)I2
rnsN/d, m,T/d)=1
1
21, a
If (d)12 = N P TI {1 + 1f(p)V } 5 N . 26)(5p)
The main term is QN21) = P-1. { 1f12 * cp }(9)) = IT P-1 p &K K
{ cp(P) + If(P)I2) = IT { I + K
If(PP)I'-1
I.
The Theorems of Elliott and Daboussl
248
[The star * denotes convolution, see Chapter I, Section 1]. The inequality I + x s e", valid in -oo < x < oo, and the convergence of Ev_
I p-1 { If(p)12 (from Lemma 3.1) imply P
A (21) s exp (
where
the
lim supN---)
.
ON )
{ If(P)I2 - 1 }) s C3 < oo,
P-1
C3 can be
bound (2
I
psK
chosen
independently
of
K.
Thus
Is bounded.
f(n), and using the CAUCHY-SCHWARZ Observing that inequality, one immediately obtains llm sup A (3) = II f II2 < w N ->m
(by part 1). The proof of Proposition 3.2 will be concluded by showing AN) 0 as K -co. oFirst lim supN AN) S N n N I
P
W(n)
Pp)
s 2 C1
+2
w(p) I2 =
I
P
PSN
The TuR.AN-KUBILIUS inequality N > K, ON11)
I2
K
N
4) immediately gives, for every
I,
(
(11) + A (12)
N
p1
{loge r(p) + 82(P)}
and
bN (12) = 2 .IK
p-1 ESN P
.
log r(P)I2 + 2
IK
ESN p P
(P)12
The four series appearing in these estimates are convergent, by Lemma 3.1. Thus
lim sup AN(1) - 0, if K -) co. N--> m
Proposition 3.3. Let q 2 1, and let and
II f II
q
f
E
6'
9
11
be multiplicative. Then f E 2
< oo.
Remark. From VI. Theorem 2.8, the finiteness of II f II and the fact q that f c 21 imply f E $r for every r In 1 s r < q. In fact, for multiplicative functions f with mean-value M(f) $ 0, the stronger conclusion f 2q is true. This will be shown in this chapter, Theorem S.2. E
Corollary 3.4 [H. DELANGE]. If f is multiplicative, if the series S1(f) = E P-1
'
{ f(p) - 1
}
pll.3. Multiplicative Functions in S'
249
converges, and If 1fl s 1, then the mean-value M(f) exists and f is $1. In fact, 1 1f1 1 q < oo for every q a 1, and so f e ,X19 for any q Z 1. in
This follows immediately from Proposition 3.3. The estimate p-
f(P) - 1
If(P) - 112 s p-1 If(p) - 112 + P-1 (I - If(P)12
_
fp-1 P
P
and the convergence of S1(f) imply the boundedness, hence convergence of S2(f). Therefore, f e 92, hence f ,$1, The finiteness of II f 11q is obvious from the estimate IfI s 1. E
The Proof of Proposition 3.3 is achieved by an application of the Relation-
ship Theorem of Chapter III, which enables us to reduce the assertions of Proposition 3.3 to Proposition 3.2. 1) Let f satisfy the assumptions of Proposition 3.3. The convergence of the series Z p-1 ( f(p) - ) implies the existence of a constant L 2 3 with the property 1
I
- (P -1 ), if p z L.
f ( p ) I< 2'
Define a strongly multiplicative function f by f(p), if
f(p) - 1
I
I
s A and p i L,
otherwise.
1
The functions f and f* are related. j = 1, 2 one has 1
E P - If(p) - f*(P)IJ 5 If(p -1I>i
s4 .Z
P-1
p-1
p
.
fact more is the case: for
In
.
If(P)
If(p)
IJ
+ psL E
P-1
- 112 + E P-1 psL
.
-
If(P) - 1
If(p) -
1
lJ
IJ
s-y(f,L)
E
P-1
p-1 .
{ f*(P) - 1
.
{ f(p) - 1 } +
is convergent. The convergence of
p-1
{ f*(p) - f(p) }
The Theorems of Elliott and Daboussi
250
S2(f*) = E P-1
'
f*(p) - 1
I
12
follows from the inequality f* (p) I
- 1 12 s 2
1
f*(P) - f(P)12 + 2
I
f(p) - 1
12.
Proposition 3.2 gives f* E $1 and 11 f* 112 < oo, and 11 f* IIq < co. The Relation-
ship Theorem is used to transform these results into corresponding f* E § is trivial, and it is easy to check results about f. The property that f belongs to f: IN --> C, multiplicative,
IP
1 f(p)I2 < co,
IP-k.f(pk)I < ou },
E p kk2
For example,
I
s2
IP-1'(f(P)-1)12 + 2 E p-2 < co, q'-1
and,if q > 1 [define q' in the usual way by q-1 +
= 1],
E p-k Zp k22 Z P k'If(Pk)I S pZ( ka2 Z P-k'If(Pk)Iq )1/q ( k22 <<
{
p
(ka2
)I/q.
J
p-k.If(Pk)Iq )11/q.[2: ( k22 P -k )11/q'. p
Finally, the arithmetical function f* is in By the choice of L, for any prime p z L, the factors of the EULER product satisfy I
I
z 1-
=
I
I
+ (p9 - 1)-1'f*(P)
0 in Re s 2
1.
For primes p s L, 9pg(p,s)
+ (ps
The Relationship Theorem (111.7.1
0 in Re s Z 1. implies that f E
,Y31.
2) The finiteness of the [semi-]norm 11 f 11 q can be shown by similar arguments (or, by an application of II, Theorem 3.1). Choose L z 3 so large that If(P)I' < 2' '(p-1), if p z L. Then Iflq
E
0, If*Iq
E
§* and these two functions
Since 11 If*Iq 111 < oo, the Relationship Theorem gives
f, f+
are related.
11 f IIq = II Iflq 111 < 00, 11
VII.4 Multiplicative Functions in .$q
2S1
VII.4. CRITERIA FOR MULTIPLICATIVE FUNCTIONS
TO BELONG TO 2q
Up to now the assumption f 9q for multiplicative functions only leads to f $1. We expect that f E 8q is true. This is proved In the c
c
following theorems.
Theorem 4.1. If f is multiplicative, and f E 'q, where q z 1, then f E $q.
Theorem 4.2. If f is multiplicative, f then f 2q.
C1,
e
11 f 11q
< co, and M(f) $ 0,
E
We give two proofs for Theorem 4.1: a direct proof in subsection VII.4.A, and a second proof by an application of BESSEL's inequality in
VII.4.B for the special case where q = 2, f Z 0, M(f) $ 0, and f
is
completely multiplicative. Theorem 4.2 is proved in VII.4.C.
4.A. First Proof of Theorem 4.1.
Let K 2 2 be a fixed [large] constant. We define the multiplicative function fa by truncation of f, f"(pk) = f(pk) if If(pk)1 s K, and f"(pk) = 1 if lf(pk)1 > K; so f** (n) =
IT
p`IIn, If(p')ISK
f(pk).
The assertion f E $q follows from the following two statements. ( Sl
(i) (ii)
For every K the function f" is in ,71q.
If K is large, then f" is near f with respect to
II
. 11q
(i) It is easy to check that f- is in 0q+1 : The series S1(f") = S1(f) - zIf(p)I>K p S2 q(f) is
1
( f(p) -1) is convergent because
a majorant for the last series. Next, S2(f") = SZ(f) < w,
S2'q+1 (f") << S2 q (f) = C)(1), and S3,q+1(fa) = C)(21 1
p ka2
Therefore, by Proposition 3.3, f° is In $1, and II f a by VI. Theorem 2.8.
Ilq+1 <
p_
Co'
k) = C)(1). hence f" E 2q
The Theorems of Elliott and Daboussl
252
(ii) Consider the sum
A(x) =nsx E lf(n)-f"(n)lf = E nsx
If"(n)Iq
I
TI
0°Iln,f(p'`)I>K
f(pk)-1Iq.
The product is equal to one if there is no prime-power p'`Iln, for which lf(pk)l > K. Using the Inequality Ia - llq s 2q Ialq, valid for Iai 1, we >-
obtain nsx
If(n)I',
where the condition (*) means that there exists at least one primepower pklln for which lf(pk)I > K. So, isolating prime-powers pk, for which lf(pk)l is large, we obtain Z nsx (*)
I
f(n) Iq 5 E
E
E
k>1
msx/p`
If(p )I>K
pl'rn
p
sCx
{
Z
p If(p)I>K
If(m)Iq
P-1.If(p)Iq + E p
.
If(pk)lq
E
kx2 If(p`)I>K
that the series S2 q(f) and S3 q(f) without the conditions If(p)l > K, lf(p")I > K, are convergent; therefore the summands tend to zero if K -3 co. Thus lim 11f - f"11 q 0, and the theorem is proved. Recall
K-4 oo
q
4.B. A second proof for Theorem 4.1. In the special case
q = 2, f z 0, f completely multiplicative, M(f) $ 0, a simple proof for Theorem 4.1 is available. We calculate the RAMANUJAN coefficients of f and use BESSEL's inequality.
Theorem 4.3. If f
01 is completely multiplicative and has a mean-
e
value M(f), then: 1) For every r
e EN
ar(f) _
(f*µ)(r)
M(f).
2) If in addition M(f) $ 0, then the map r H {M(f)}-1 ar(f) is multiplicative and apk(f) = (P-11'f f(P) - 1} .
-{M(f
(f(P))k1
VII.4 Multiplicative Functions in .Sq 3)
If M(f) $ 0 and a,(f)l2
r=1
11f112 < co, then
p(r) = II P p-plf(p)12
s IIf IIZ.
proof. 1) Using the representation of the RAMANUJAN sum cr as a sum over the common divisors of n and r, we easily obtain
(f*µ)(r)
M(f).
2) The function r N ar(f)/M(f) = (f *V)(r)/cp(r) is obviously multiplicative, and the values of the RAMANUJAN coefficients at prime-powers, given in the assertion of the theorem, are easily checked. 3) BESSEL's inequality implies that A(f) = IM(f)l2
I(f µ)(r)12
r=1
=
r=1
Iar(f)12 w(r) s IIf11Z
is finite. From Lemma 1.6 we know that M(f) = IT (p - 1) Therefore,
A(f)
_
{ p - f(p) }-1.
P
J p
IP-112
1
Ip-f(p)12
P
+
P-1
If(p)-112 p-If(p)12
IT
p-1 P-If(p)12
We are now going to prove the following special case of Theorem 4.1.
Theorem 4.1'. If f
91 Is completely multiplicative and non-negative with mean-value M(f) $ 0, and if 11 f 112 < oo, then f e $2. e
Proof. First we show f2 c g the series S1(f2) converges, since f2(p) (f(p)- 1)2, and S1(f) and S2(f) do converge, and + = 2' (f(p) - 1) 1
SZ(f2) = O(SZ(f)) = 0(1). The convergence of the other two series follows from BESSEL's inequality. Y(Pk) < 11f112
.'t 1 kZ
IM(f)1-2 < oo.
P to Theorem 4.3, every summand has the form According f( )-12 f
p- 1
k-1
2
Pk-,
Using x2 s S. (x - 1)2, if Ixl z 2 rS- , we obtain
I
If(p)j>
Y. If(p )I k>1
Pk
< 00.
The Theorems of Elliott and Daboussl
254
This series is a majorant of Sz 1(f2) and of S3,1( f2 ), so these series are also convergent. From f2 e 91 we conclude f2 a ,$1, by Theorem 3.3; and f from VI, Theorem 2.9.
E
.`82 follows 11
4.C. Proof of Theorem 4.2. The multiplicative function f is factorized as f = If I h. We prove a criterion, ensuring that IfI is in &q and h E $q (Theorems 4.5 and 4.7). In
the case where M(f) * 0 these results give a criterion for the function f to belong to Sq. Lemma 4.4. Let f E A1, and assume that M(Iflr) exists for some r 2 0.
If M(f)*0, then M(Iflr)*0. Proof. First Ifl E A1, M(Ifl) exists and y = M(Ifl) z IM(f)I > 0. Choose a trigonometric polynomial t E A near Ifl, so that Ifl - t ll, < I ' Y. Then, for x Z x1, 1
II
S = X_'...' 2
12
If(n)l = x-1. E If(n)I - x-1' Fr If(n)I nsx nsx, (n)s
f(n)I2#Y
Y - :Y = 0.
On the other hand, for x Z x2,
Ss
X-1. Ensx I If(n)i - t(n) I
58
Y + IItIIU
X
-1
+
X-1 .
2:nsx,1f(n)I=4Y lt(n)l
nsx,If(n)12iy 1.
So, for every x z max{x1, x2} x-1
If(n)1>1Y
_
1
nsx
Y
IltllUl,
hence
If(n) Ir z (, Y)r
This proves Lemma 4.4.
Y'
0. 11
Theorem 4.5. If f e ,81 is multiplicative with non-zero mean-value M(f), and if II f Il < oo for some q 2 1, then Ifl E ,$q. 9
255
VII.4. Multiplicative Functions in $q
proof. The function g = 2- norm is 1 s r < q. Hence:
IIgh12 =
Ifl, is non-negative and multiplicative; its Jar, if (II f lhq)3q < co. VI, Theorem 2.8, gives Ifs
,$'q and g e $1 (see VI, Theorem 2.9); if 1 5 q < 2, then IfI E $1, and so g e ,$2/q c $1, by VI, Theorem 2.9.
if q 2 2, then IfI
e
In accordance with Lemma 4.4 the mean-value M(g) is non-zero. Therefore, Proposition 2.1 gives g E g2. This easily implies g2 a 91, since S1(g2) = 2
-
S1(g) + S2(g), S2(g2) = d( S2(g)),
SZ 1(g2) = d(S2(g)), S3,1
using the notation of Definition
1.2.
(g2)
= S3,2 (g),
By Proposition 3.3 the function
jfjq = g2 is In .Y31, hence Jfl E $q.
Now, for an arithmetical function f, define a function h by f(n)
If(n)I
if f(n) $ 0,
0
if f(n)=0.
h(n) = ,
If f is real-valued, then h is the sign-function. A first result on this "generalized sign-function" h is the following proposition.
Proposition 4.6. Let f be an element of Y31. If there exists a constant S > 0, for which the upper density dens { n; lf(n)I < 8 } = Ilm sup x-1
X ->-
then the function h is in
$1
.
tt{ n 5 x, lf(n)I < 8 } = 0,
again.
Proof. The function s8 : C -) C will be defined by if Izl a S,
s8(z) = if Izl < S. Then
The Theorems of Elliott and Daboussi
256
and so s8 is LIPSCHITZ-continuous; by Theorem VI. 2.11 (2) the composition sso f is in .1, and h is II. 111-near sso f on behalf of Y_
nsx
I
h(n) - s8(f(n))
X
=
I
nsx,If(n)I<8
h(n) - s8(f(n))
= o(x).
The last line follows from the assumption dens {n; If(n)1 < 8) = 0 and the boundedness of Ih(n) - s (f (n)) 1. 11 Is
Theorem 4.7. Suppose f e 01 is multiplicative. If the mean-value M(f) exists and is non-zero, the Cmultiplicativel function h is in .Y31 Remarks.
(a) The function h is bounded, therefore h is in ,8`t by Theorem VI.2.8.
(b) In Theorem 4.7, the condition M(f) $ 0 cannot be omitted, as is shown by the multiplicative function f: n H n-1 µ(n); obviously M(f) = II f 14 = 0, so f ,X31, but h(n) = µ(n) is not in St. (The Idea e
of the proof is: the assumption µ e $t implies µ e $2, and this contradicts the PARSEVAL equation.)
Proof of Theorem 4.7. Obviously, Ihl s 1. According to Corollary 3.4 it is sufficient to prove the convergence of S1(h) = Z p-1
'
{ h(p) - 1
The function f being in 91, the series S2'(f) _ Z If(p)IS S/4 P-I .1f(p)_112 and S21"(f) = Elf(P)I>5/4 P_ 1-117(01 are convergent. Therefore, (4.1)
If(p) 53/4 P
-1
and I
fJ>5/4 p_
I
are convergent. So it is sufficient to prove the convergence of p-1
S1*(h)
where the condition
*
{ h(p) - 1
P
means
4s
I f(p) 1
s 4 . Using
r-t = 1 - (r - 1) + O(Ir - 112 ), as long as Ir - 11 S ;, we obtain h(p) - 1 = f(p) and so
{
1-
(
If(P)I - 1) + 0((If(p)I-1)2/ } - 1,
{/II.5. Multiplicative Functions in s4 q with M(f) * 0
5i (h)
=
* f(p)- I -:* f(P)- 1 p
P
.(If(p)I-1) - E* If(p)I- 1 + O( Y* P
P
P
2S7
P
P
f
-1 \2 P
J
The first series on the right-hand side of this equation converges because of the convergence of S1(f) and of (4.1). The second and the fourth series have the convergent majorant S 2(f). Thus it remains to prove that the third series is convergent, and because of (4.1) it suffices to show the convergence of S1(IfI):
This series equals S1( ifl) = 2 S1(Ifl1) + S2(10"). According to VI, Theorem 2.9, the result Ifl E S1 implies IfI' E B2. Lemma 4.4 gives M(Ifl') > 0, and Proposition 2.1 yields IfI' E 02.
proof of Theorem 4.2. Write f = h Ifl. First of all, by Proposition 3.3 and Theorem 4.5, the function IfI is in 21q. Next, the function h is in 21 according to Theorem 4.7, The function h is bounded; therefore VI, Theorem 2.6 (iii) gives h
E Sq.
IfI
VII.S. MULTIPLICATIVE FUNCTIONS IN Aq
WITH MEAN-VALUE M(f) * 0
The aim of this section is to prove the following theorem. Theorem S.I. Let f be a multiplicative arithmetical function with meanvalue M(f) * 0. Assume that q z 1. Then the following four statements are equivalent: (1)
fEeq,
(2) (3) (4)
f E Sq,
fDq, f
Aq.
If q 2 2, then (1) to (4) are also equivalent to
(5)
II f 11
q
< Co.
The Theorems of Elliott and Daboussl
258
Furthermore, In any case and for every prime p, 9F
(p, 1)
= I +
P-1.
P-2.
f(P) +
f(p2) + ... * 0.
Remark. Without the assumption M(f) $ 0, the implication (4) wrong, as may be seen from the example following Lemma 1.4.
(1)
Is
(2) is contained in Theorem 4.1. The ImpliProof. The implication (1) cations (2) (3) (4) are trivial. The implication (4) (1) will be proved in two steps: first the convergence of S2 q(f) and S3 q(f) will be shown,
then that of S1(f) and of SZ(f) by relationship arguments.
1) We consider the function g = Ifl"q and use Proposition 2.1. Since '4q, Corollary VI.2.10 gives g E 42. The mean-value M(g) is nonIfi zero for M(Ifl) z IM(f)I > 0 and Lemma 4.4. Proposition 2.1 shows that the three series E
St(g) _ Zp P 1 S2(g) _ Zp p-1
(g(p) - 1),
-
.
I g(P) - 112,
S3,2 (g) = Ep I kit p-k lg(pk)12 are convergent. So S3 (f) = S3,2 (g) is convergent. q
From the convergence of S2(I f11q) we obtain (S.1)
p-
Zp,lf(p)I>5/4
.4 m
and
2: p
If(p)I<3/4
P-1 'c
00.
Using IZI q = d((IZl1q - 1)2) in Izl z a , we obtain S2,q(f) = Gp,If(p)I>5/4
p-1
.
If(p)Iq = U( S2(g)) = 0(1).
2) The convergence of SZ q (f) and S3 q (f) shows the existence of a prime p0 with the property k If(pk)1 p
s ; for every prime p 2 p 0.
Define a multiplicative function F by F(pk) =
f(pk), f(p),
if p < p0, if p 2 p0, 1f(p)1 s 4 and k = 1,
0
otherwise.
VII.5. Multiplicative Functions in Aq with M(f) t 0
259
Then f and F are related, f and F are in ;, and ePf(P, s)
I
zI
kIt
If(Pk)I z
14
for all primes p z po, and for Re s 2 1.
P
Theorem III, 7.1 allows the conclusion F e
and gives for the mean-
Al,
value
M(F) = M(f) Pn
P F(P,1)
1
Wf(P,1)
= M(f) ' IT
P-Po
1
-1 + P ' F(p) $ 0. + pi f(P) + P-2'f(PZ) + ...
The values of f must be changed for a second time. Let K z 2 be an integer, and denote by µK the characteristic function of the set of K-free integers: µK(n) = 0, If there exists a prime p with p K dividing n, and µK(n) = I otherwise.
The function µK is related to I e $1, and so µK is in $1. µK is bounded, F is in A1, therefore the pointwlse product FK = µK F is in a41
The mean-value M(FK) exists and M(FK) $ 0 if K is chosen large enough
(another possibility of showing M(FK) $ 0 would be to use the representation of the mean-values M(F) and M(FK) as infinite products ): The map M(.): Al - C, f '- M(f), is continuous; M(F) $ 0, therefore M(g) is non-zero for any g e Al near F. So we have to show that II F - µK FII1 is small if K is sufficiently large. First we calculate x-1
nsx IF(n)I
I1-1i
(n)i =
I
x-1
sx
nsx,3p<po:p' In
IF(n)I
1
p<po
sxt
nsx, n=O(PK )
nsx, P In
P
II
P
P _k
IF(n)I
.
IF(n)I
IF(pk)I.
The convergence of the series S3t(f) shows that this last sum is small as soon as K is chosen sufficiently large.
The Theorems of Elliott and Dabouegi
260
In order to show IIFKII2 < CO, Theorem 11.3.1 is applied to IFKI2. The values FK(pk) are uniformly bounded, so the assumption of this theorem
is fulfilled. Using p
E
P-k ' IFK(Pk)I2 = 0(1),
Z
po 2sksK
we obtain the upper estimate K x-1 Z IF(n)12 = of exp (E nsx psx
K IF(p)12
Therefore, by (S.1), the result IIFKII2 < convergence of
00
-1
(
5/4P
p,
,I)).
is obtained as soon as If(p)I
2 -
the
1J
is proved. The inequality
xp - 1 -
s2
Ia
(a -1)I
I x-1 12
max {1, X13-2 }
is valid in x > 0, p > 0. Therefore, if 3/4 < If(p)I < 5/4, If(P)I2 - 1 = 4-q-' and
the convergence
{ If(P)I'q - 1 } + O ({ If(P)I'q - 1 }2
of S1(If(pWq)
and
S2(If(pWq)
that
shows
IIFKII2 < 00
Proposition 2.1, the finiteness of convergence of the series
II FK II2,
and M(FK) $ 0 imply the
12 p-1 FK(P) { FK(p) - I }, , and S1(FK) = p-1 P P and so S1(f) and S2'(f) are convergent, and f is in 9 . This concludes q the proof of the equivalence of (1) - (4). Lemma 1.6 yields 9f(p,1) $ 0 for every prime p.
S2(FK) =
I
1
Finally, we discuss (5) in the case where q z 2. Assume that II f 11q < CO, where q z 2. Then f c 02 by Proposition 2.1, and f is in ,X32 according to Theorem 4.1. The function g = IfIq has a non-zero mean-value, as is seen from Lemma 4.4. Since IIgII2 = II f IIq q < CO' Proposition 2.1 and Theorem 4.1 give g
E
,$2
therefore IfI E ,$q by DABoussI's Theorem VI.2.9. Proposition VI, 8.2
shows that f
$q. Therefore, condition (5) implies trivial, and we are done. e
(2).
(2) ' (5)
is
261
VILE. Multiplicative Functions in ,4q with Non-Void Spectrum
As a corollary of Theorem 5.1 and 4.2 we state the following result.
Theorem 5.2. Let q z 1, and let f be multiplicative with mean-value M(f) $ 0. If f $1 and II f IIq< oo then f E Sq. E
Remark. The assumption M(f) $ 0 can be weakened to
IIf II1
> 0 (see
Exercise 5).
VII.6. MULTIPLICATIVE FUNCTIONS IN A q WITH NON-VOID SPECTRUM
If
f is an
arithmetical function
f(p) = M(f) exist for every
(i
its FOURIER-coefficients !R, and its FOURIER-BOHR specin A 1,
E
trum is defined as spec(f)
E
iR/7L:
lim sup
I
x -) m
x1
I
Ix
> 0}.
Remarks. 1) For functions in Al the Jim sup in the definition of spec(f) can be replaced by limx _ - this limit exists. 2) For every arithmetical function f the condition M(f) $ 0 implies spec(f) * 0, and this implies If II1 > 0. H. DABOUSSI proved the following theorem in 1980.
Theorem 6.1. Let f be a multiplicative arithmetical function, and assume
that q 2
1.
(I) If
f
(D.1)
E
.94q,
and spec(f)
(D.2)
then there exists a DIRICHLET character X, such
(D.3)
S1(X.f),
are convergent.
S2'(X'f),
SZq (f),
that the four series
and S3,q(f)
The Theorems of Elliott and Dabogssi
262
(II) Conversely, If the series (D.3) are convergent for some DIRt CHLET character X, then f e Dq.
Corollary 6.2. If f is a multiplicative function with spec(f) * A and if q Z 1, then the following three statements are equivalent. (1) There exists a DIRICHLET character X such that the four series given in (133) are convergent.
(2) f ,v4 q. (3) f E Dq. E
First we give a variation of DABOUSSi's result 11.6.2.
Lemma 6.3. If f E Al is multiplicative, then, for every irrational (i
the
FOURIER coefficient ?(a) = M (f e_13 ) is zero.
Proof. Without loss of generality, assume that M(Ifi) > 0; otherwise A
I f (p)I = 0 because of I f (R)I s M(IfI). Theorem 5.1 shows that
IfI
is in
Of Choose a prime po so large that for all primes p > po
If(P)I s <, and Z p-k.If(pk)I s
p-1
2.
ka1
Define a multiplicative function F by 1,
pk) F(
=
f(P),
0,
if ( p s po or If(p)I > 4), and k = if p > po, If(p)I s y , and k = 1, if k 2 2.
1,
The functions f and F are related:
Z p-1 P
'
If(P)-F(P)I = O(S21(If1)) = C7(1).
Both of the functions f, F are in
Ip-1.f(P)I2 ZP i 1p k22
=
since
0(1) + 0(S21(Ifl)) = O(1), 53,1(IfI) = 0(1).
The estimate 9 ( p, 1) - 11 = p-'- IF(p)I s 4 p- < 1 shows that F is . The Relationship Theorem 111.7.1 (or III, Exercise 9) gives, with a in multiplicative function h, satisfying f = h * F and Z n-1 Ih(n)I < ., 1
,,II.6 Multiplicative Functions in Aq with Non-Void Spectrum
n=1 n 1 h(n)
f (a) _
263
a)
F(n
for every real a. The values IF(p)I are bounded, therefore DABOUSSI'S Theorem 11.6.2 gives F(a) = 0 for every irrational a, and thus equation (6.1) gives the statement of Lemma 6.1 as soon as IIFII2 < CO is proved. By II, Theorem 3.1, (3.3)
x-'-Y- IF(n)12 = of exp{ nsx psx,lf(p)ls5/4
P
1'( If(P)12-1) })'
The last series is seen to be convergent, using x2 - 1 = (x- 1)2 + 2 (x - 1 ), and
Z
If(P)Iss/4
P-1' ( If(p)I - 1 )2 = SZ (Ifl) = 0(1), P-1 .
If(p)
s5/4 P-1
jf(p)>s/4
(If(P)l -1) = s 1( IfI) -
.(
If(p) >5/4 p-1
If(P)I - 1)
If(p)Y_
,
5/4
P-1. (If(P)I
-1 ),
If(P)I = s'1( Ifl) = 0(1). D
Next we prove Theorem 6.1 (I) in the special case where f is completely multiplicative.
Lemma 6.4. Suppose f is completely multiplicative and q z 1. If f E.P41
(D.1)
and spec(f)
(D.2)
then there is a DIRICHLET character X for which M(X'f) * 0.
Proof. Assume that M(X'f) = 0 for all DIRICHLET characters X. The calculation of the FoURIER coefficient f (p), where R = ra r z 1, is rational, is achieved in the following way: x-1
Y nsx
x-1
f(n)'e-a/r (n) =1 psr e-a/r(P)
dir
lspsr
'
(P) e -a/r())
gcd(p,r)=d _
21 nsx, nap mod r 1
X
f(n))
21
nsx
nap mod r
( fd)' /r' P x/d d 1spr' `e -a()
gcd(p',r')=1
f(n)
x/d f(
map' mod r'
The Theorems of Elliott and Dabou881
264
with the abbreviations p' = p/d, r' = r/d. The orthogonality relation, for the characters X mod r' [ in case gcd(r', p') = 1 ] imply
f(m) _ (r')
X
m:r X
m-p' mod r'
1x msx X(m)'f(m) = 0(1),
X(P')
X mod r'
0 for every character X. Thus we obtain by our assumption f ((i) = 0 for every rational number p. Since spec(f) C Q (see Lemma 6.3), we have a contradiction to (D.2), and Lemma 6.4 is proved. 11 Proof of Theorem 6.1. I) Our goal is to show that, given a multiplicative function f in .049, where q > 1, with non-void spectrum spec(f), there exists a DIRICHLBT 0. character X such that Given f e 4q with non-void spectrum, then Ifl a .049 and M(Ifl) > 0. Therefore, we deduce Ifl a 9q , using Theorem 5.1. In particular, the series
S' q(Ifl) = S'
(f),
and S3 q(Ifl) = S3,q(f )
are convergent. The convergence of these series enables us to choose an integer P with the properties 0
IP ''f(P)I < < , and Xk21
P-k
If(Pk)I < z for any p z Po.
Define the "nearly-completely" multiplicative function f* through f(pk), if p S Po1 f*(Pk) =
{f(p)}k, if p > Pa. *
Then f and f are in ;, and cp f(p,s) * 0 in Re s z for every prime * p > P0. Furthermore, f and f are related, and Theorem III, 7.1 admits 1
the conclusion f* = f * h, where I n=1
therefore f * is in .J1
n-1
Ih(n)I <
Next, define ftt(n) = -n(n)
'
f*(n),
where -0 is the multiplicative function defined by
'vu.6. Multiplicative Functions in A q with Non-Void Spectrum
0,
if gcd ( n, fJ p) $ 1,
I
otherwise.
i(n) =
265
p s pe
is periodic, therefore f" is in B AI C A1. Moreover, f" is in and f" are related, therefore f = f" * H, where Y n=I n-I
IH(n)I < ao.
Clearly, spec(f") $ 0 [otherwise it follows that spec(f) = 0', too], and lemma 6.4 can be applied to the completely multiplicative function f". We obtain a DIRICHLET character x with the property M(X f") * 0. Theorem 5.1 is now applied twice. Since x f" E D AI C the convergence of the series SI(X'f") = E P-I .{
and SZ (x
f")
p-I
_
,0$1,
we obtain
I
The values f"(p) = f(p) are equal, except for a finite number of primes, therefore the series SI(X'f) and SZ(X'f)
are convergent. The arithmetical function Ifi is in v4 q, and its mean-value is M(IfI) Z l f(0)1, which is > 0 for some real p. Therefore, again using Theorem 5.1, we find SZ.q (f) = SZ q(I f I) < oo , and S3,q(f) = S3 q(I f I) < c,
and (D3) is proved.
II) Let x be a DIRICHLET character, for which the four series (D3) are convergent. The function x f is in $q, utilizing Theorem 4.1 and Ixf l S Ifi, x f E 'q.
Denote by d the module of the character x and define multiplicative functions 1, v by 11, 0, Then
ifpj'd, if pld,
(0, ifp}'d, 1
1,
if pld.
The Theorems of Elliott and Daboussl
266
q c Z) q,
71-f = X (Xf) E
therefore t1
Ifl
E £q, and 1. Iflq (
01 (see Theorem VI.2.9). Since
_q' iflq) * (V Ifiq) = Iflq,
and, by the convergence of S3
(f),
q
Xn 1 n-1
.
v(n). If(n)Iq
= IT Z P-k' lf(Pk)lq pid kzO
we obtain Iflq E D1, therefore Ifl E £q. Starting with ri f E £1, the same argument leads to f e D1. Proposition 8.2 finally gives f E Dq. 11
VII.7. EXERCISES
1) Let f be a multiplicative function and assume that II f II < oo for some q q > 1. Then prove: the existence of the mean-value M(f) $ 0 implies
the existence of M(d)(f) = limx
x-1
-> oo
1nsx,gcd(n,d)=1 f(n)
if d is composed solely from sufficiently large primes, and M(d)(f) =
{Wf(P,1)}-t
pid
2) Define an arithmetical function Xr,d in the following way: Xr,d(n)
11, if gcd(n,r) = d, jl
0, if gcd(n,r) $ d.
Prove for any function f E $1: (a)
11f1l1
> 0 if and only if there exist positive integers r, d such
that M(fXr,d)$ 0.
(b) If f is multiplicative in addition, then
11f1I1
there exists a DIRICHLET character X = Xr 1
> 0 if and only if for which M(fX)* 0.
267
VII.7. Exercises
3 ) If f is multiplicative, q z I and
I I f1 1
f E'q 4 f
q E
> 0, then prove that S q.
4) If f E $1 is multiplicative and IIfII1 > 0, then the function h(n) =
f (n)
If(n)I'
if f(n) $ 0, h(n) = 0, if f(n) = 0,
is in A31.
5) Let f be multiplicative, and assume that q z 1, and II f
11q
II f III >
0. If f is in
.Y31,
< oo, then f e .$q.
6) Given d E IN, define the function i by p(n) = if gcd(n, d) = 1, and p(n) = 0 otherwise. Assume that f is multiplicative, q z 1, f 11q < 00, 1
1171
and - for every prime p - the sum zk> O p-k prove that Iif IIq < Eb.
I f(pk) I q < oo
.
Then
269
Chapter VIII Ramanujan Expansions Abstract. In this chapter, for given classes of arithmetical functions, mean-values and RAMANUJAN coefficients a(f) = {p(r)}'. M(f cr) are calculated, and the convergence properties of RAMANUJAN expansions are studied. To achieve this, It Is advisable to deal with mean-values Md(f) = lima - m T-nsx,n=0 mod d f(n) of arithmetical functions In residue-classes. Rather simple criteria use the ERATOSTHENES-MdBIUS
transform f = f * µ. Better results are obtained when the results of Chapter VII are used to obtain information on mean-values Md(f) and RAMANUJAN coefficients ar(f). For multiplicative functions in A2 the RAMANUJAN expansion I a r(f) Cr (n) is pointwise convergent. Finally, still another proof of PARSEVAL's equation Is given for multiplicative functions In A2.
Ramanujan ExpansioA$
270
VIII.1. INTRODUCTION
The RAMANL[IAN sums cr, r =
..., were defined in chapter we shall utilize both of the representations 1,
2,
cr(n) = Z dlgcd(r,n) d - µ(r/d) =
I,
§3. In this
lsasr,gcd(a,r)=1 exp(2,1 r n),
and the multiplicativity of the map r H cr(n). Due to the orthogonality relations for RAMANUJAN sums,
cp(r), if r = s, and
0 otherwise
(see I, Theorem 3.1), for an arithmetical function f we expect a RAMANL[IAN expansion
f ti -7 r ar
(1.1)
c
r
where the coefficients ar = ar(f), in the case of the existence of the limits involved, are given by (1.2)
ar(f)
(p(r))-1
.
(qq(r))-1
=
'
,
using the inner product notation = There are many examples of arithmetical functions possessing a [convergent or not convergent] RAMANUJAN expansion (1.1): the coefficients (1.2) do exist, for example, for all functions In A 1. There are different concepts of "convergence" of the RAMANL[IAN expansion. In VI.4 for functions f E SZ the relation lim
R--> c,
11 f - E
rl RI
ar(f)' Cr 112 = 0
was proved (a still better result is provided by PARSEVAL's equation), and in VI.S we proved, analogously, that lim
R-) o
11f- E
rI Rl
ar(f)'crII = 0
for functions f in S1. A rather trivial example of the convergence of series with RAMANL[IAN sums, but with "wrong" coefficients, was given
In Chapter V, Theorem I.I. The difficult question of polntwlse convergence of expansion (1.1) for a "large" class of arithmetical functions
VIII.2 Wintner s Criterion
271
was dealt with in Chapter V: Following A. HILDEBRAND, it was shown (V, Theorem 1.1) that the RAMANUJAN expansion of any function f in
is pointwise convergent. Many special examples of functions with pointwise convergent RAMANI.uAN expansions are given in HARDY's paper [1921].
R. BELLMAN [1950] suggested the deduction of asymptotic results for such sums as 2:nsx f(P(n)), where P is an integer-valued polynomial, by using the [convergent] RAMANLUAN expansion of the arithmetical function f to be investigated. However, in order to obtain good results, one has to have intimate knowledge of the convergence properties of the RAMANUJAN expansion, and so this approach may not be very promising. Unfortunately, this method does not work for f = µ2, for example.
V I I I.2. WINTNER'S CRITERION
A first general and simple result is due to A. WINTNER. It has the advantage of being valid for every arithmetical function, satisfying condition (2.1), which unfortunately is rather restrictive. On the other hand, the assumption of multiplicativity is not needed.
For any arithmetical function f the function f' = µ*f is called its ERATOSTHENES-MOBIUS transform.
Theorem 2.1. Assume that the ERATOSTHENES transform f' = µ * f of an arithmetical function f satisfies the WINTNER condition (2.1)
E
n-1 n=1
'
If'(n)I < CD,
then:
(i) The function f is in S (ii) Its RAMANUJAN coefficients (1.2) exist and are equal to
ar(f) _
1sd<m,d-O mod r
d-1
f'(d).
Ramanujan Expansions
272
(iii) The FoLrRIER coefficients
f (r) = M( f e_a/r ) exist, and f (r) = ar(f) If gcd(a,r) = 1. So the FoURIER coefficients do not depend on a. (iv) If, moreover, the series (2.3)
n=1
2w(n)
.
n-1
.
If'(n)I
Is convergent, then the RAMANUJAN expansion : Oro= 1 ar '
Cr(n) = f(n)
is pointwise convergent, and its sum has the "correct" value f(n): X- 1 ar ' cr(n) = f(n) for every n E N.
Remark. In fact, the method of proof of (iii) gives a stronger result: if M(If * iLl) = 0, and f e 941, then f (r) exists and equals
f (r) = In=O mod r n-'' (f *µ)(n), if gcd(a,r) = 1. The condition M(If * µI) = 0 is satisfied, for example, if f is in 0q for some q > I (Theorem 3.5). Proof of Theorem 2.1. (1) and (ii). The function fK(n) = Ed!n dsK f'(d)
even mod K!, and so is in 21. We expect that fK is "near" f: n H GdIn f'(d), if K is large. Using (2.1), the norm estimate is
Ilf - fKll l
s lim sup x-1 z E I NO s Z If'(d)I 1 --* 0, as K -> co, nsx dln,d>K d x -4 m d>K
shows that f E $1. Therefore, the RAMANUJAN coefficients ar(f) exist. Next, cp(r)
ar(fK ) = _
lim
x -4 m dsK
x-1
f'(d)
'
z
I
lim
x
nsx d!n,dsK
x -> m
1
'
f'(d)
c (n) r
c (n)
nsx,n,o mod d r
Y (r ) F, mod r f ' (d) d dsK,d-O as is easily shown using the representation of cr (n) as an exponential sum (see Exercise 2). The estimate 1.
VIII.?. Wintner's Criterion
273
lar(f) - ar(fK)I 5 (cp(r))-1
sup I cr(n) I s II f - f Kill
II f - fKlll
yields, by letting K -4 oo, the truth of (2.2). (Iii) Assume that gcd(a,r) = 1. Put f = depending only on r, x
1 E f(n) e- /r(n) nsx
x-'
=
nsx
e_
I
a/r (n)
* V. Then, with O-constants
dn
f'(d)
1 z e(- ra'm) msx/d
=dsx E
z
I If '(d)l . O(1). f'(d) x (Xd + O(1)) + x1dsx 1
dsx,d-0 mod r
The absolute convergence ofax d-1 f'(d) gives a x1f'(d)I = o(x) [by partial summation], and the formula for the FoURIER coefficients follows. in A1, then the FouRIER coefficients exist. Therefore, If M(If'l) = 0 is assumed, the last displayed equation gives that
If f is
lim
x -9 m dsx,d=O(r)
f'(d)
d-1
exists and equals f (a/r).
(iv) Using (2.2), and
c (n) = d, if din, c (n) = 0 otherwise rd r rd r (see Exercise 3), we estimate the difference D
R
= f(n) -
21
a (f)
cr(n) =
rsR r
d
c (n) r
f'(d)
d-1
(d - rjd21
T c (n)) = Z rld,rsR r d
d-1
cr(n)
f'(d)
Thus we obtain IARI s
The map d H Fr
rd
rTd
I
Cr
(n) l
d-1
.
If'(d)I
Icr(n)I = IT E
pRlld Osks
This gives
Icr(n)I.
Icpk(n)
s IT(1+cp(p)+ ... pld
'
rla is multiplicative, and so, if pm ll n, dZR
+
cp(pm)+ pml
c (n).
rld,r>R r
2n'(d).n.
274
Ramanujan Expansions
AR) s n- dZR d-1
If'(d)I
24'(d)
_o,
as R oo, and the convergence of the RAMANI.JJAN expansion value f(n) is proved.
to the 13
Examples. We mention the [absolutely convergent] RAMANUJAN expansions n-1
n-1
where 92 (r) = r2
a(n) =
p(n) = 6 IC-2
1
r2
n2 .
z°r°
µ(r)
cr(n), {T2(r)}-1
.
cr(n),
IT (1- p-2) (Exercise 4). Several approximations of pjr
cp(n), by partial sums of its RAMANUJAN expansion, are given in Figure 1-6. Abbreviate 6 7-2 E r5R µ(r) (p2(r))-1 cr(n) by SR(n).
n
Figure VIII.1
Values
of
SS(n) in the
range
I s n s 600. 100
200
300
600
Figure VIII.2 Values
of
S1O(n) in the
range I
s n s 600.
Figure VIII.3 Values of S2O(n) in the range
1 s n s 600. 100
200
300
600
VIII.2. Wintner's Criterion
275
Figure VIII.4 Values of S4O(n) in the range
I s n s 600.
Figure VIII.S Values n
-1
.
cp(n)
of In
the range
I s n s 600. 100
200
300
600
Figure VIII.6
Values of SI (I= S, 10, 20,
40), and of n Hn-1 cp(n).
Figure VIII.6 gives the values of S5(n), S1O(n), S20(n), S40(n), and -1
n
cp(n) [in this order] in the range I s n s 120.
Hopefully, these diagrams give an impression of the convergence of partial sums of the RAMANLUAN expansion to the function n -1 p(n).
Ramanujan Expansions
276
VIII.3. MEAN-VALUE FORMULAE FOR MULTIPLICATIVE FUNCTIONS
RAMANL[IAN coefficients are closely connected with mean-values on residue-classes; In order to calculate these coefficients, we need some mean-value formulae, particularly for multiplicative functions. For the sake of completeness, we repeat some results from Chapter VII. Lemma 3.1. Assume that f is a multiplicative arithmetical function with finite semi-norm 11 f 11 for some q > 1. Then If(n)I s C n1,'9 for some constant C > 0, and f(n) = o(n1/q ), as n - oo. P-2 . If(p)I2 < oo.
(a)
(b)
P
2:
(c)
2:
p km2
X Z p k22
(d)
P-k' If(Pk)I < oo.
p-k If(pk)Ir < oo for every r In 1 s r < q.
For the proof see VII, Lemma 1.4.
Proposition 3.2. Let f be a multiplicative arithmetical function, with a mean-value M(f) * 0. Assume, further, that the series
Z P-k.If(pk)I
(3.1)
k=0
Is convergent for every prime p. Then M(f) = urn a
x-1(0) 1+
E on =
n=1
=
o
llm>
a-lim1+ np (1 + (I
1+
+
pto
p
f(p)-1 pa
P
+
f(p2)-f( p)
+
P
Therefore, for every prime p, 1 + f(p)-1
+
p2
p
Proof. The first assertion
f(p2)-f(p)
is
+
...
$ 0.
the continuity theorem for DIRICHLET
,VIII.3. Mean-Value Formulae for Multiplicative Functions
277
series, which is a simple application of the formula for partial sumis convergent for mation. In particular, the DIRICHLET series n=1 n no > 1. The second assertion is obvious from the first and the assumption M(f) * 0.
Remark. Assumption (3.1), for the convergence of E p-k If(pk)I, is fulfilled, for example, If f E Aq, where q > 1, and M(f) * 0, or if f Is in (see Chapter III), or If En I(µ*f)(n)I < co, or if f E A1, and M(f) 0 (VII, Thm. 5.1). Theorem 3.3 (Formulae for mean-values). Assume that f is a multiplicative function In 9q, where q > 1, with mean-value M(f) * 0. Then
II( 1+ P
M(f)
f(p)-1
f( p2)2f
+
p
+... ).
p
In particular: (a) If is completely multiplicative, then M(f) = III 1 + ( f(p)1 ) (1 -
f (p) )-1 1.
(b) If Is strongly multiplicative, then
M(f) = II
l
I +
RP)-1
).
(c) If is 2-multiplicative (this means that f(pk) = 0 for every prime p and every exponent k z 2), then
M(f) = IT ( 1 -
1+
f(p)
).
Proof. We use the formula of Proposition 3.2. Well-known results on infinite products (see the Appendix, Theorem A.7.1) guarantee that the main assertion of Theorem 3.3 is true as soon as the convergence of the three series 12 Z P-1' ( f(p) - 1 ) , Z P-2' 1 f(p) - 1 ,
P
P
and PEkk2 E P-k '
is proved. But this is obvious from the assumption f E
I f(Pk) E; q.
f(pk-I)
11
Remark. The assumptions f .vlq, q z 1, f multiplicative, and M(f) * 0 imply that f e (see Chapter VII, Theorem 5.1). E
q
Ramanujan Expansions
278
A simpler result is the following theorem.
Theorem 3.4. Assume that f Is strongly multiplicative, M(f) * 0 exists, and II f II < co for some q > 1. Then f(p)-1
+
M(f) = IT P
Proof. We start with M(f) =
( 1 + p-° ( f(p) -1) ). The pro-, 1+ 1T P
lim C3
duct is equal to
P
ll p-2a. If(p)-112 )J)'
exp (E {p-, . (f(P)-1) + P
The series Z
p-2. If(p) - 112 is convergent. Therefore, P-Q
limo .. 1+
'
( f(p) - 1 )
exists. In the same manner as used in the proof of the DABOUSSIDELANGE Theorem in Chapter VII, this implies the convergence
of
Z p1 (f(p) -1), and the desired result follows (see the Appendix). P
11
The following theorem deals with the ERATOSTHENES-MOBIUS trans-
form f' = µ * f of an arithmetical function f. Theorem 3.5. Assume that f e 9q Is multiplicative, and q > 1. Then: (a)
The mean-values of f' and of If'I are zero.
(b)
The series Y ,'=i n-1 f'(n)
converges, with limit M(f).
Proof. (a) It suffices to show that M(If'I) = 0. We use Theorem 3.1 from
Chapter
Ey I f'(pk)1
Ps
E 1 f'(Pk)I
P`sY
II
to
estimate
21
The
I f'(n)1.
nsx
assumption
log pk s c1 y is satisfied: log pk
pksy
f(pk) -
f(pk-1)1
.
log
plc
Z loge+3 Ep°syIf(Pk)logpk
p sy
5 0(y) + 3( E If(Pk)Iq)1/q .( E (log
pk)q')1/q'
P°sY
= O ( y + y (log Theorem II, 3.1 (3.2) gives
Y)1-1/q')
=
O( y ' (log Y )1/q )
J
VIII.3. Mean-Value Formulae for Multiplicative Functions
279
x Ensx If'(n)I x)-1+1/q
s c2 (log
exp {psx E P 1, If'(P)I + psx E k22 E P-k If'(Pk)I }
The sum E
E P-k If'(Pk) I
psx ka2
52E
S
EP
psx k22
is pEx
bounded P-1
If(pk-1)I )
E P-k (If(pk) I+
E
psx kk2
k, If(pk)I + E P-2. If(P)I = d (S3,9 psx
+
S2,q + 1)
in x, and
If'(P)I S {
P-t , I f(p) _ 1I2}2
Psx,iffp)kSS/4
{ Px
P-' } 2
+ n(SZ,q)
= O ( log log x ).
Therefore M(If'I) = 0. (b)
x-1,E nsx
f(n) =
nsx d n f '(d)
E dsx d
f'(d) = x-'-dsx E f'(d)'(d + n(1) )
+
(7(x-1
d xI
f'(d)I).
The existence of M(f) and M(If'I) = 0 now imply the convergence of E d_'- f'(d) with limit M(f). Remark. If f Is strongly multiplicative, we can also prove the convergence of the series n-'- f'(n), for r = 1, 2, ... n-0 mod r Define multiplicative functions by k X (P ) =
r
1if 101,
if plr,r,
F(
pk)
=
f(p ), {
1,
if p4 r , if plr.
Then the convolution relation F = 1 * (f' Xr) gives
x 1 E F(n) =dsx E
d-1
f'(d)Xr(d) + d(
x-1,
If'(d)Xr(d)I ).
E dsx F Is In 6q, the mean-value M(F) exists, and M(If' XrI) S M(If'I) = 0; so we obtain the convergence of Egcd(d,r)=1 d-1 f'(d). But
nsx
Ramanujan Expansions
280
f (n) _ (r 1 f'(r))
2:nm0 mod r n
d-1 f (d),
2: gcd(d,r)=1
because f Is strongly multiplicative (and f' Is 2-multiplicative). Thus the assertion is proved. o
VIII.4. FORMULAE FOR RAMANi1JJAN COEFFICIENTS
There
is
a
close
ar(f) _
connection
between
coefficients
RAMANLIJAN
and mean-values on residue-classes, Md(f) =
lim
X ->
ao
x1
nsx,n®O mod d
f(n).
Proposition 4.1. For every arithmetical function f,
(1) the existence of all the mean-values Md(f) for d =
1,
2, ...
implies the existence of all RAMANLUAN coefficients ar(f), r = 1, 2, ..., and these coefficients are given by
ar (f) _
(p(r))-1
Tr dr
Md(f), r = 1,
2, ...
(2) and, conversely, the existence of all ar(f), r = 1, the existence of all Md(f), and
M d (f)
rTd p(r)- a
= d 1
,
2, ...,
implies
r(f).
Proof. (1) Is obvious: M(crf) = Edir d µ(r/d)- Md(f). (2) For every x > 0, rid nx
cr(n) = 2 f(n)
f(n)
wax
_
tTd
t
nsx
r Td tjn,r) f(n)
n.0 mod t
t µ(r/t)
al(d/t)
µ(s) = d
So Md(f) exists and the formula given is valid.
I
nsx
n-0 mod d
f(n).
VIII.4. Formulae for Ramanujan Coefficients
281
So, for the calculation of RAMANLUAN coefficients, it is crucial to
obtain the mean-values Md(f). In order to be able to calculate these mean-values, we begin with the definition M(d)(f) =
x
lim
M
x-1
nsx, gcd n,d) = 1
if this limit exists. proposition 4.2. Assume that f is a multiplicative function, for which a) the mean-value M(f) exists and Is non-zero, b) for any prime p the series Y-kkO P-k.If(pk)I Is convergent,
c) and all the mean-values M(d)(f) exist. Then, for every prime p, 1+p and for every Integer d,
(4.1)
M(d)(f) = M(f)
p IT
(1 + p1. f(p) + P-2. f(p2) +
l
... 1-1
Proof. According to Proposition 3.2, M(f)
1+
C-1(o)
n=1 n-O f(n),
and similarly for M(d)(f) = M(f Xr), where Xd(n) =
I
If gcd(n,d) =
1,
and = 0 otherwise. Using the multiplicativity of f and of f Xr, and noting
2.f(p2)+... ), we obtain M(d)(f)
pI a ( 1 + p 1. f(p) + P-2. f(p2) + ...) = M(f).
Thus M(d)(f) t 0 and ( is true.
1
+
P-1.
f(p) + P-2. f(p2)
+
...
) $ 0, and (4.1)
We remark that for a function f in D1 the mean-values M(f), Md(f) and M(d)(f) do exist (see Chapter VI, Section 1). Moreover, if f Al and M(f) * 0, In the proof of VII, Theorem 5.1, the convergence of c
S3,1 (f) has been shown; hence all the series Y_ kiop-k If(pk)I are convergent. If 11 f 11 < co for some q > 1, then If(pk)1 s C. pk,'9, therefore a
Ramanujan Expansions
282
the series I + p-1 f(p) + P-2. f(p2) + we obtain the following proposition.
...
is absolutely convergent. Thus
Proposition 4.3. If f Al Is multiplicative, with mean-value M(f) * 0, then all the mean-values M(d)(f) exist and formula (4.1) holds. e
Theorem 4.4. Assume that f f Al Is multiplicative, and that M(f) * 0, Then the mean-values Md(f) and the RAMANrIIAN coefficients a(f) exist, and the maps
d '- Md(f) / M(f), and r '- ar(f) / M(f) are multiplicative. There are product representations for Md(f) and ar(f) as follows: Md (f) = M(f)
f
8+1
lf(p8)
TT
+
f(pps+1 )
p
Ps
13811d
2 f(p)
+
P
+...
1-1 I
,
and M(f)
ar(f) _ 9(r)
= M(f)
n \k
m
pSllr
f
f(pk+s-1)11, (1 +
((
+
p
O
fZ
+...
P-k, f(pk)
rT ( kx6 E
I-1
Y1
kzp
pShIr
Proof. For a fixed Integer d = p1'
write m = pi'
pr
...
pr'
$,
where gcd(&d) = 1. Then Md(f) = =
lim
°-+ 1+
d-1.
E
c 1(a) lim
n=O mod d
n-O f(n)
-1(a) E m-° , f(m , d )
0-+ 1+
m f(p;`'+S,)
=
lim ° -3 1+
1(
)' Et
(t,d)=1
f(Z)
$°
E µx0
E µ?O
By VII, Theorem 5.1, the multi-series E
µ, zo
µ °+S , P,
...E µr zO
...
112:0
µ+S, f( p,
.,µ,+S
) .
... f( p,µ,+S
.,µ,+S.
M
fpµ.+s,
... P 0+
Is absolutely con-
vergent in a 2 1. So we obtain (from (4.1))
M (f) = µE20 ...E
....
(d) (f)
VIII.4. Formulae for the Ramanujan Coefficients
8 = M(f) n f(s)
+
f(ps+t) p
p
p8Il d
+
...
283
1 + f(p)
2
)-1
+
p
p
This proves the formula for Md(f) and the multiplicativity of the map d H Md(f)/M(f). Proposition 4.1 yields the fact that the function
r - ar(f)/M(f) _
r
(f)
{(P(r))-1
dr d
U
Md
is multiplicative, and
as(f) M(f)
I
_
y(p)
=k
S
k=o P
f(pk+8-1))) CI +
P-k' (f(Pk+s) -
k' ( f(Pk) -
P
f(pS-1))
Corollary 4.5. Assume that f
e
f(p)
+
f
)
p
+ ...
-1
. lk o P-k. f(pk) )-1 At Is
strongly multiplicative, and
M(f)*0. Then Md(f)
=
a(f) r = M(f) Proof. M(f) = lim IT ( 1 °->1+
P
f(d) d
r 1+
g(r) +
f(p)-1 )-1
. nPirI` 1 -
1+
f(p)
I. )
P-6-MO-1)), therefore
(I
+
f(a)-1 ) P
1
Is non-zero for every prime p. Theorem 4.4 implies the above formulae.
Corollary 4.6. If f e Al is a completely multiplicative arithmetical function, for which the mean-value M(f) is non-zero, then Md(f) = M(f) d-1 f(d), M(f)
ar(f)
Tr f(d) µ(r/d) = M(f) (p(r))-1 (µ*f)(r) dr
Corollary 4.7. If f e A 1 Is 2-multiplicative and M(f) * 0, then MPs (f) = M(f) f(p) { p + f(p) }-1 If S = 1, and MPs (f) = 0 If S 22, aps (f) = a
P
f) (-1 + f(P)/(1+ P 'f(P))) If S = 1,
S (f) = - M(f) .
{(P(p2))-1
ap8 (f) = 0 If S Z 3,
( f(P)/(1 + p-if(P)) ) if 8 = 2.
Ramanujan Expansion,
284
Finally, we give some formulae containing the ERATOSTHENES trans_ form. The WINTNER condition (2.1) Implies Ensx If'(n)l = o(x). Then
Itln f'(t)
2:nsx,n-0 mod d f(n) = 2:n-.,n--O mod d
t-1. NO . ((x/d)
= ItSx
so Md(f) =
t
a
=x
t
' ztsx t
d-1
gcd(d,t) + 0(1) ) gcd(d,t) + o(x);
1.f'(t)
gcd(d,t) exists and the following result holds.
Theorem 4.8. If the series
is absolutely convergent, then the mean-values Md(f) and the RAMANIIIAN coefficients ad( f) exist for d = 1, 2, ... . If f is multiplicative in addition, then the meanvalues M(f) and Md(f) are given by (2.1)
M(f) = IT (1 + p-1 f'(P) + P-2' f'(P2) + ... P
f'(P)+ f p2 p p
),
2
Md(f) =
(1 + p7d
+
x n (1 + V(p) +
... ) ...
p'Ild
+ f'(Pk) + f (a" )+ f '(P'*') ) p
If f is multiplicative and M(f) $ 0, then Md(f) f (p') M(f)
P`Ild
ad(f)
M(f)
+ ... + f.(Pk)
(1 + f'(p) + ... +
=
P`lld
+...
f.(pk-1) +(I+ +
f (p)
f-)L
p
P
1
+
f'(
+
... ).
P
+
f (p2))
+
-1
P)lf.(Pk) + f (p ) +...)) + ...
and the maps d H Md(f)/M(f), r H ar(f)/M(f) are multiplicative.
VIII.S. POINTWISE CONVERGENCE OF RAMANUUAN EXPANSIONS
A large class of arithmetical functions f, for which the RAMANUJAN expansion (1.1) is pointwise convergent, is the set of multiplicative functions in 442. This is a consequence of the main Theorem S.1 in Chapter VII.
VIII.S Pointwise Convergence of Ramanujan Expansions
28S
'T'heorem 5.1. Assume that f Is a multiplicative function in A2 with mean-
value M(f) * 0. Then its RAMANUJAN expansion is polntwlse convergent and
Z a (f) r=1 r
cr(n) = f(n) for any n e N.
Remark 1. In general, convergence is neither absolute nor uniform In n.
Lemma 5.2. If f is a multiplicative function In
A2
with mean-value M(f) * 0, then - denoting by a*(f) = {M(f)}-1 ar(f) the normed RAMANUJAN coefficients - the following two series are convergent: ap,
(5.1)
P
(5.2)
P
Remark 2. The same proof (with a slight modification in (2)) works, if f e s4q for some q > 1 is assumed. Proof. (1) VII, Theorem 5.1 yields f e 92, and so, in particular, the series
eP = ( 1-p 1) . z P-k. f(Pk) k=O Is convergent for any prime p. II f 11q < oo implies If(n)I s c ni, and so there exists a prime p1 with the property I Zk21 P-k f(pk) I s 2 for all primes p 2 p1. Therefore, IePI z ;. According to Theorem 4.4, we obtain (for every p z p1) .
- ap = (p
k=O
1- f(p)
=
. Y P-k. (f(pk) - f(pk-1) )
eP}-1
+
1
eP
p
( (
1- f(P) )2 p
1
+
eP
1
(
1- f(p) + 1) / k21 p
f(pk)-f(pk-1).
pk.'
Summed over p Z p1, the three series on the right-hand side are convergent:
1-f(p) P
P
Z P
1
(
eP
l
I
= S1(f),
I
P
1-f(P) +1), E l p
e
(
1
P
-12 )
f(P))21 = 0(1) + o(2]1 f (P) P
f(Pk) f(Pk-') 1
pk"
This proves the convergence of (5.1).
P
P
C7(S2 (f) + S 3,2 (f)) + 0(1).
286
Ramanujan Expansions
(2) Choose a prime p2 such that p-1 If(p)I s 2 for every p II
P
I-1 s 4 for p ;t max{p1, p2}, where IP = (1 - p-1. f(p) )
(5.3)
k
O
p2' Then
P-k. f(pk)
Thus aP =
(
kO 1
IP
P-k,
f(pk))-1
k:1
(f(P) -1 `
f(P2) - f2(p)
+
p-1 f(p2)
P
- f2(P) I
1
1
f(pk) - f(pk_')f(P) )
+
k:3
p2
1 I+I
= °(I p-1
P-k. f(pk) -
pk
+ p-3/2 ).
p2
This gives
(5.4) p IaP*I2 = 0(P-1. If(p) -112 + P-3' If(P2)I2 + P-3. If(P)I4 +
P-2
and so P p Ia P *12 < oo, estimating the sums over the terms in (5.4) by C')(S2(f)), O(S3 2(f)), 0(S2(f)) and 0(1) respectively. Proof of Theorem 5.1. (1) We first prove the convergence of the RAMANUJAN expansion at the point n:
E a -c (n)rsx = Er digcd(r,n) aE
rsx r r
dT.
d- rsx,r-OE mod d a-r µ(r/d),
Thus, in order to prove the convergence of rE arc r(n), it is sufficient to show the convergence of the series E a* . µ(r) for every d. Write r d = n ps = t D, where t = ri PS Id,PS=O p8, and denote the squarefree kernel of t by a(t) = TPIt p. Then
E a* µ(r) = µ(«(t)) a"(t) rsx/a(t gcd(r,t)=1 P(r).arD
rs x
*
aD
rsx
t)
r -1 u(r),
where
µ(r) r- arD/aD,
if gcd(r, t) = 1,
0,
otherwise.
u(r) _
yIII.S Pointwise Convergence of Ramanujan Expansions
287
The convergence of 7- r 1 u(r) remains to be proved. Since x
-1
' %sx ( 1*u)(n) = Zrsx r 1'u(r) + of x-1 ' rsx lu(r)I),
it suffices to show that (a) M(1*u) exists, (b) M(Iul) = 0.
Proof of (a). The 2-multiplicative function T = 1* u belongs to 92. Since p-1'
p-' ' ( 1 - T(P))
/a*
u(p) = a*
= ap
for every p,' d, the series S 1(T) and S2(T) are convergent (see Lemma 5.2), and
S3 2(T) = P k:2 P-k' I f(pk)I2 =
{p(p_1)}-1
p
.IT(p)12
= o(P Ia*12) = 0(1).
VII, Theorem 5.1 Implies T e .p42, and so M(T) exists.
Proof of (b). By partial summation the estimate E
rsx
r-' - Iu(r)I2 5 IT (1 psx
+
Iu(P)I
) s exp { E
psx
P
I1-pf(P)I2 )
0(exp
Iu(P)I
}
P
= 0(exp S2(f)) = 0(1)
P implies x-1' I lu(r)I2 = o(1), and (b) and the first part are proved. rs x
(2) For any fixed n, the DIRICHLET series
A(a) = Er:l r-O' arCr(n)
is convergent for any a > 0. In fact, it is absolutely convergent since p-ko,laP. cp.(n) r-' ,ar cr(n)I s P:cx IT rZ kYo I
and, because of cp.(n) = -1 if k = I and p,j' n, and cp(n) = 0 if k 2 2 and the product Is absolutely convergent:
(E P-o'Ia*I )2 s Z P. la*I2 . Z P-(1+20) < P
P
P
P
P
CO
Ramanujan Expansiogs
288
(by Lemma 5.2). In o > 0 the DIRICHLET series A(d) has the product representation
E r-° a*c r r (n) = IT b p(o),
A(o)= M(f)
r>1
P
with factors
k aP. bp(d) = ep ko p-o
c p.(n)
According to the continuity theorem for DIRICHLET series, it suffices
to show that:
(c)
k
if p8IIn, then ep
(d)
O
ap. cp.(n) = f(ps),
IT b (o) = 1. P
lim
c-4O+ p>n
Proof of (c). It is easy to show (see Exercise 3) that 1
cp - P
oSkss+1 cp.)(n)
Ps. ifpslln,
-t0
otherwise.
Therefore, 1-
1) p
E
Osks8
1
M( f c P ) k
p
M(
P
M(f) - MP(f)).
s+1) =
So we obtain bp(0) = ep kkO
*
OsksS apk
.
* k S Y(p) - aps+i' P
f p) M(f) \ `1 - P) o kSs M`f Cpk) fpp) k
f(Ps)
1 k:O
(
1-
M (f) =
M(f)
p
M(f cps+i)l
f(ps),
Proof of W. cpk (n) = -1 [resp. 01. if k = 1 [resp. k i 21 and p
> n.
Therefore,
b (o) = e P
P
P
S (o), P
where 8 (o) _ (1- p-') ( ep - 1). The relation P-k
ep - 1 =k 1
(f(Pk) -
f(pk-1))
=
P (f(P) - 1) + p-2 f(p2) + C7(p3/2)
VIII.6. Still another Proof for Parseval's Equation
289
shows that the following series are uniformly convergent in 0 s 0 s 1: 1-p-o) P
P
P
P
(f(P)-I
C)( E
P-21f(p2)1 + p-3/21
P
Z18 (0)12=C)(Z1' (f(P)-1)12+1)=0(1). P
P
P
P
Therefore, 11 b P(o) is uniformly convergent In 0 s 0 s 1, and p>n
11b P(0)= ITb (0) = 1. p>n P
lim
o->O+ p>n
This concludes the proof of Theorem 5.1.
VIII.6. STILL ANOTHER PROOF FOR PARSEVAL'S EQUATION
In Chapter VI two proofs for PARSEVAL's equation were presented for functions f in 22. In this section, in the special case where f is multiplicative in addition (and M(f) $ 0), a third proof is given.
Theorem 6.1. Assume that f e A2 Is multiplicative, with mean-value M(f) * 0 . Then PARSEVAL's equation E
1sr
Iar(f)12. 9(r) = IIfIIZ = M (IfI2)
holds.
Proof. f e A2 implies the existence of M (Ifl2), and this mean-value is * 0 for M (If I2) Z M(f)12 > 0. Moreover, BESSEL'S Inequality yields the I
convergence of the series
Y_
lsr
Iar(f)I2' p(r), and so, using multipli-
cativity of the normed RAMANI(IAN coefficients, it has the product representation
15Z
Iar(f)12 pp(r) =
I M(f)I2 'k Iapk12 . W(pk) 0
Theorem 3.3 gives M(f) = I -I ep, M (If 12) = I-I(1 -
).
P
k20p-k
.
If(pk)12.
290
Ramanujan Expansions
So it is sufficient to prove (6.1)
lep12
.k
Iapk
O
12
k2OP-k.If(Pk)I2
,P(Pk) = (1 _p).2:
for every prime p. Consider the function (6.2)
kp(n) = ep
k
O
cp(n).
aPk
This series is finite, since cpk(n) = 0 as soon as pk-1 > n, and kp are even functions. Calculate the mean-value of in Ikpl2
Ikpl2
and
two
different ways.
xi2: Ik(n)I2=Ie PI2 nsx P The last sum
nsx
Osk,esl+logx/loBp
a*,a ex-1znsxck(n)ce(N). P P P P
cP,(n) c Pe(n) equals x 9(pk) + 0(p2k), if k = E, and
it is 0(pk+e), if k * t. And
a*, = Pe-1m2, ik f(P-)-f(p= o(P'k). p'" P Therefore,
x 1nsx 2 IkP(n) 12 = le P I2 . Osksl+logx/loBpI a*,P 12. Y(Pk)
+ leP 12x1 Osk,esl+logx/logy C7(1). This equation implies M(lkp12) = lep12
k2:0
I apk 12 cP(Pk)
On the other hand, kP(n) = f(pk) if pklln (see (c), p.288) and so
x' nsx IkP(n)12 = Osksl+logx/loge P
k. If(Pk)I2 pk
msx/p`,p.l' m
hence,
M(Ikp12)=(1-p
).
kOp-k,lf(Pk)12.
Comparing both representations of M(lkp12 ), (6.1) is proved.
VIII.B Exercises
291
VIII.7. ADDITIVE FUNCTIONS
A. HILDEBRAND and the second author of this book [1980] proved the
following result for additive functions. We do not prove this here, but refer instead to the paper quoted in the bibliography. Another proof for this result, in sharpened form, was given independently by K.-H. INDLEKOFER
Theorem 7.1. Assume that g Is an additive arithmetical function. If q z 1, then the following three conditions are equivalent: (i)
g E
(ii)
The mean-value M(g) exists and II gliq < oo.
(iii)
The following three series are convergent:
uI
.
1'g(P)
E
P-1.
Ig(P)I51
Ig(P) Isl
and
z
p. k21, Ig(p )I>1
p k'lg(pk)Iq.
VIII.8. EXERCISES
1) Let f ' = µ * f be the ERATOSTHENES transform of the arithmetical function f. If if'(m) f'(n) I Xm21 Zn21 lcm[m,n]
<
then f E .2
2) For any positive integers d and r, prove lim
x -->
o
x-
c
nsx,n-0 mod d r
Iw(r)
if rid,
d 0,
if r.}' d.
Ramanujan Expansions
292
3) (a)
Prove thatrd cr(n) = d, if din, and
a cr(n) = 0, id d4' n.
r
(b) For all Integers n z 1 and 8 Z 0, prove that
l :!E:: 0sks8
-
p-1
Osks8+1 Cp)(n)
CP
p6 , If ps ll n,
0
otherwise.
4) Verify the calculation of the RAMANL[IAN coefficients and the point-
wise convergence of the RAMANUJAN expansions for the arithmetical functions f = o/id, and f = 9/id, given in VIII.2, p.274.
S) Let f be a multiplicative arithmetical function; denote the ERATOSTHENES transform by f' = f *V. Prove that Iif' 112 < 00, whenever Of 112 < co is true.
6) Assume that f e At is multiplicative, and M(f) * 0. Prove that for all primes p, for which If(p)I < p, the formula f(p) _
1
M(f)
p-1
1 f() + E p k. (f(pk) k2e
pt-1
ape j
i - LL)} p
kyo p-k f(pk) 2:
holds. Hint: use Theorem 4.4.
7) If v is the function used In the proof of Theorem S.1, show that
M(1*v)=pktn(
1+v(p) p
293
Chapter IX
Mean- Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, II
Abstract. This chapter Is a continuation of Chapter II. We are going to give proofs for two, deep mean-value theorems for multiplicative functions, namely one due to E. WIRSING [1967], with a proof by A. HILDEBRAND [1986], and the other due to G. HALAsz [1968], with an elementary proof given by H. DABOUssI and K.-H. INDLEKOFER [1992]. This proof uses ideas from DABOUSSIs elementary proof of the prime number theorem. HILDEBRANDs proof uses a version of the prime number theorem with a [weak] error term, and thus, while HILDEBRANDs proof
does not give a new elementary proof of the prime number theorem, the DABOUSSI-INDLEKOFER proof does.
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions,
294
II
IX.1. ON WIRSING'S MEAN-VALUE THEOREM
The mean-value theorem due to EDUARD WIRSING for real-valued func-
tions has already been mentioned in II.S. In this section we restrict ourselves to real-valued arithmetical functions f of modulus IfI s 1, and we give A. HILDEBRAND'S proof [19861 for the following theorem. Theorem 1.1 (E. WIRSING, 1967). For any multiplicative, real-valued arith-
metical function f satisfying IfI s 1, the mean-value M(f) = lim
(1.1)
x-1
X
f(n)
exists. If the series P p 1
(1.2)
(1 - f(p))
is divergent, then the mean-value M(f) Is zero. Corollary 1.2 (ERDOS-WINTNER Conjecture). Any multiplicative arithmetical function assuming only values from the set {-1, 0, 1) has a mean-value.
Corollary 1.3 (Prime Number Theorem). The MOBIUS function n H µ(n) has a mean-value.
Remark. In fact, the Prime Number Theorem R(x) - io x x , as x --) co g
follows from Corollary 1.3. However, the proof of Theorem 1.1 (in the
stronger version of Theorem 1.4) and of its corollary uses a stronger version of the Prime Number Theorem, and so this result cannot be considered to give a new proof of the Prime Number Theorem. Corollary 1.2 is obviously a special case of Theorem 1.1, and the assertion of Corollary 1.3 for the MoBIUS function is contained in Corollary 1.2.
The divergence of I P
p-1
(1 - µ(p)) _ Z 2 p-1 implies M(µ) = 0. The p
deduction of the Prime Number Theorem (1.3) in the equivalent form (1.4)
fi(x) = Z A(n) - x nsx
IX,1. On Wirsing's Mean-Value Theorem
29S
possible by elementary ( though somewhat tricky) arguments, as shown by E. LANDAU. We start with the arithmetical function
is
h=log-t+2L',
(1.S)
where e is EULER'S constant, and t = 1 * is the divisor function; s denotes the unit of the ring of arithmetical functions with convolution, and from Chapter I we know the convolution relations 1
A = µ * log, l
=
i * t , E = it * 1.
Therefore,
nsx
nsx din
= dEmsx X µ(d)
h (m).
On the other hand,
{A(n) - 1 + 2 L° E(n)} = cp(x) - Ix] + 2 L°,
and so the Prime Number Theorem (1.4) is proved as soon as
IZ
µ(d)
h (m) = o(x) (as x - co)
'
is proved. A DIRICHLET summation (see
2),
1,
using the summatory
functions
M(x) = Z µ(n), and H(x) = Z h(n), nsx
nsx
gives, with some parameter B = B(x),
E Z 1i(d)
h (m) =
I
dsx/B
=d x/B
µ(d)
Z
msx/d
h(m) +
ii(d) H(d) +
Z h(m).
msB
B
Z
x/B
µ(d)
M(B)).
DIRICHLET's result on the divisor function (I, 2) and an application of EULER'S summation formula to Z log(n) give the asymptotic relation nsx
H(x) = Q ;x and the trivial estimate IµI s I
dsxB
µ(d)
I
leads to
H(a) I S Y' a /B
(a )
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions,
296
II
with some constants y1, Y2, and also to h(m) . Ml g) s Y1
X m:r B
.
x
B 5 Y1
B-1.
Our assumption M(µ) = 0 is only required for the estimation of the last sum msB h(m) M(m ). Given s > 0, fix the parameter B such that
max{y1'B1,Y2 B-1}s1 £
(i)
and (ii)
nsB
(This is
(log n + t(n) + 2e) s
13
possible, the sum in question being
e
B2.
s
y B log B.) Then
M(µ) = 0 implies that there is an x0(B) with the property max I M( x )I s 2, if x 2 xo(B).
(iii)
msB
m
B
Therefore, using (iii)) and (ii), EB
s BZ
XB{log m + t(m) + 2L°} s
13 s- x,
if x z xo(B). Therefore, I
Y_ X µ(d) h(m) I s E- x, if x 2 xo(B),
and the Prime Number Theorem 4(x) - x is proved. ( M(µ) = 0 ) is also true; an elementary The implication ( 4(x) - x ) proof of this implication is requested in Exercise 4.
For the proof of Theorem
we remark that
the case where X p 1 . (1 - f(p)) is convergent, it is absolutely convergent, and so the P function f is related to 1, and the Relationship Theorem (Chapter III, 1.1
in
Theorem 4.1) (or, more directly, an application of II. Corollary 2.3) easily gives the existence of M(f), and the value of the mean-value is (1.7)
M(f) = n lI + P-1'(f(p)-l) + p-2.(f(p2)-f(p)) +
... ).
Therefore, we may assume that the series (].8)
z
P
P-1
f(p))
_
is divergent. In this case the mean-value of f is M(f) = 0. More pre-
,%,I. On Wirsing's Mean-Value Theorem
297
cisely, we prove the following theorem. Theorem 1.4 (E. WIRSING, A. HILDEBRAND). If f is any multiplicative
arithmetical function, assuming only real values from the interval [-1, 1], then the divergence of the series (1.8) Implies the existence of a [universal] constant y [independent from f], so that In x Z 2 the estimate
Ix-1, Z f(n)ISY1+Z nsx
P-1.(1-f(p)))-3
psx
holds. In particular, the mean-value M(f) of f exists and Is zero. The proof of this theorem and of the crucial Lemma 2.1 will be postponed until section 2. We collect three auxiliary results, which have been dealt with in former chapters. Lemma I. S. Given any complex numbers wn, then for x > 2, the inequality
P-I.I
Z . x nsx,pln
psx
w n
-1x .nsx Zw n
x
Z
Iwn12
nsx
holds.
See I, Exercise 16.
Lemma 1.6. Assume that f Is a non-negative multiplicative arithmetical function, satisfying the two conditions
I f(Pk)
p" s x
log pk 5 Y1 x,
Z Z p-k f(pk) 5 Y2 psx kk2
with some constants Y1 > 0, Y2 > 0. Then, with some constant
Y,
depending only on Y1 and y2, the estimate x-1
21
nsx
f(n) 5 y- exp (psx Z P -1 (f(p)-1) )
holds.
Proof. This result may be deduced from II, Theorem 3.1 (3.3).
O
Examples. Lemma 1.6 can be applied to multiplicative functions f satis-
fying 0 5 f
5
1,
or 0 5
f(pk)
5 k+1 for all prime-powers pk, or
298
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions,
0 s f(pk) s al
2
for all prime powers
,
pk,
II
with some constants
X1 > 0, 2 > >2 > 0.
Lemma 1.7. Uniformly in x Z 2, and for all real-valued multiplicative arithmetical functions f satisfying -1 s f s +1, the estimate
Z n_'
-
P
x
holds.
Proof. The function g = I * f is multiplicative and satisfies Ig(p)) 1+ f(P)I = + f(P), and Ig(Pk)I s I + If(P)I + ... + If(Pk)I s k+l. There1
fore Lemma 1.6 implies x-1
-
12: g(n) I nsx
s x-1
E
nsx
I g(n)I
Y3 exp( Z p-1' (Ig(P)I - 1) )= p
Z psx
p-1
f(p)).
This estimate, together with
I n-1 f(n) nsx
=
1x nsx f(n).[ xn ] + O = 1x nsx g(n) + O(1),
where IOI s 1, gives the assertion of Lemma 1.7.
11
IX.2. PROOF OF THEOREM 1.4.
In Chapter II, the summatory function of f was denoted by M(f,x) (= nsx f(n)). Let us define the function A(f,x) by (2.1)
A(f,x) = I . M(f,x) = I . I f(n). nsx
Next, we use the (2.2)
and
(2.3)
notation
S(x)
S(x) = E psx
f(P)),
S(x) = min ;, a- SW
1x.2. Proof of Theorem 1.4
299
The proof of Theorem 1.4 depends on an oscillation property of J1l(f,x), stated in the following lemma. lemma 2.1. With an absolute constant C, for all multiplicative functions f, satisfying -1 s f s 1, with divergent series (1.8), the "oscillation condition" (2.4)
I
ftt(f,Y) - Jl1(f,x) 15 C
'
( log
log x
loYx)
)
holds in 3 s x s y s x5/4
proof of Theorem 1.4. We use the notation S(x) and S(x), introduced at the beginning of this section. First, with positive [absolute] constants Yt, 1 s I s 4,
S(x) Z Yt ' exp (- ;
(2.5)
P
p-1)
YZ '
( log x)-3
and, if 3sxsysx 1+S(x) (2.6)
log
Y3
log x )-i S ( log S-1(X) )-' s Y4 log(2y/x)
S(x) + 1)-1
21
Applying Lemma 2.1 and inequality (2.6) we obtain, in 3 s x s y s A(f, X) = A (f, Y) + O((S(x) +
x1+s(x)
1)-,).
An integration of this equation gives a representation for AZ(f,x) "in the mean",
m(f,x) _ (S(x) log
Y-
x)-1 '
Jx
I1(f,Y) dy + O((S(x) +1))
The integral is x1+S(x)
(x1+S(x)
Jx
Y-2. Z f(n) dy
Y-2
f(n)
max(x,n)
f(n)
(
n:9 x 1+S(x)
dy {max(x,n)}-1
-
x-1-S(x)
ns c1+S(x)
= E x< nsx i+s(x)
f (n) n
+ JIi(f, x) - Ii(f, x1+s(x))
_ 1 x<nsx1+s(x) f (n + 0(1),
and we obtain fti(f,x) = (S(x) log
x)-1 . C<
z nsx
1+S(x)
f(n) + O((S(x)+1))-' + n
x)-1
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions,
300
11
The estimation of ZnSx1+s(x) fn) and Ensx f(nn) is achieved using Lemma 1.7. The sum
{
p-1 f(p) } equals Z p-1 (f(p) - 1) + loglog x + O(1),
psx
psx
x1+s(x)
and the sum up to
is treated similarly; the difference p-1
I
f(p)I = 0(1)
.
x
Is bounded trivially. So we obtain f(n)
x<nsxl+S(x)
n
I
Insx y
S
f(n) n
s ys log x Finally, 8-1(x)
0(1 /
a
simple
calculation,
using
I+
f(n)
I
n
n5x1+S(x)
exp f- S(X) I. and
(2.3)
(2.5),
shows
that
exp{ - S(x)}, as well as (S(x) log x)-1, may be estimated by S(x) + 1 ), and Theorem 1.4 is proved.
11
Thus it remains to prove Lemma 2.1, which states: with an absolute constant C, for all multiplicative functions f, satisfying -1 s f s 1, with divergent series (1.8), the "oscillation condition" A(fly) - jli(f,x) 15 c ( log log x (2.4) I
)-i
log(2y/x)
holds in3sxsysx5/4 First, (2.7)
I
m(f,y) - m(f,x)
I
S 2 x-1
( Y- x + 1)
is trivial. Given 3 s x < y, we define S(x,y) by y = xt+s(x,y) [therefore 0 < 8(x,y) = ( log y/log x - I ) 1.1, and R(x,y) by R(x, y) = logs-' (x, y) _ I log lob x :g
log(y/x)
Equation (2.7) gives the assertion of the lemma if y - x is small. Therefore, we may assume that y - x >> x (log x)-', and S(X,y) Z (log
(2.8)
X)-3/2
Then R(x,y) is of the order 1 <<
log
log(2y/x)
<< R(x,y)<< V log log(2y/x)
n(.2. Proof of Theorem 1.4
301
and the right-hand side of assertion (2.4) is of the order 1/R(x,y).
Next we remark that it suffices to prove the assertion of the lemma for the function IAt(f,x)I. Thus we have to prove that (2.9)
Ii(f,y)l - IA(f,X)I
I
I
<< R 1(x,y)
This remark is obvious If Ai(f,y) and AC(f,x) are both positive or both negative. If not, then there is - due to the oscillation condition (2.7) - a point z lying between x and y, for which At(f,z) is very small. Application of (2.9) to the two Intervals Ex, z] and Cz, y ] proves
Ai(f,y) - Ai(f,x)
I
I
<<
R-1 (X,y).
Without loss of generality, we finally assume (2.10)
7-
psx
p-1
' (1 - If(p)I
)
5 R(x,y)
Otherwise, applied to Ifl, Lemma 1.6 gives R(x,Y) Im(Ifl,y)I << e-R(x,Y) IIt(Ifl,x)I << e
and (2.9) is obvious, since e- R s R 1 In R > 0.
Now we are going to prove (2.9), using (2.8) and (2.10). For an application of Lemma 1.5 with wn = f(n) we transform 'nsx PIn f(n), using the multiplicativity of f, as follows: X
n sZ
Pln
f(n) = f(P) At (f, P ) + E p
with an error term
E
f(p)
P
L' x
.
.
nsx/P,PI n
f(n) +
P
x
nsx, p'I n
f(n) = 0 (p ').
Using Lemma 1.5, the triangle inequality and the CAUCHY-SCHWARZ inequality, we obtain, for every u < x, 1u
P-1
LL P5x
f(P)'in (f,P) - A(f,x) P-1
.
S( psx Z p-'- IE
I Y-
n
f(n) - Ii(f,x)
u P5x p-1
f(n) -in(f,x)I2)2' .( u
p-1)n
-
IEPI
+ d(u
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, II
302
s
(
c-
x-1
nsx
If(n)12)' ( u
where u = x-/S(x,y) = exp{ log x E u
+ C)(1)
1)
1 8(x,y) }
=
O(R(x,Y)),
is chosen, and (see 1.6)
p-1=log logx=z R2+n(1) log u
p-1 "in the mean", with a small error, and so we obtain, with the given choice of u, is used. Relation (2.10) permits, to replace
(2.11)
IJit(f,x)I
Similarly, with v (2.12)
( u
=
Yu
IAt(f,x/p)I + C)(R(x,Y))
P-1
xs(x,y)+ s(x,y) we obtain
= v
(v<jp-1)
IA1(f,Y)I
1
P y
and Y_
v
P-1=log
(1+S(x,Y)) (8(x,y)+ S x,y )
+0(1)=z R2+0(1).
The difference between (2.11) and (2.12) is, in absolute value, R2(x,y)
Im(f,x)I - Im(f,Y)I
d(1)
(2.13) =
I
u
IAI(f,x/p)I -
v
p
IAI(f,Y/p)II +
We have to show that the second line of this equation is << R(x,y). We begin by replacing the sums over the primes by integrals, using partial summation and (a sharper version of) the prime number theorem: p-1 = loglog x + Y + 0( S2(x,y)/log x). For brevity, write p--<x S = S(x,y), R = R(x,y). Put u = x1as before, and U = xexp(-R). Remember that IAt (f,x)I s 1.
IAI(f,x/p)I << R(x,y), and so we restrict ourselves to the range u < z s U. Then YU
In z s u s z + 8z, by the trivial estimate (2.7), we obtain IAt(f,x/u)I - I./1i(f,x/z)I
for z/x s ( x1 -
x z
I
<< Z-1.(u-z) + u/x « S + (z/x) << S,
<< (log x)-3/2 << S. Therefore,
P-1 , IAt(f,x/P)I
=
IX.2. Proof of Theorem 1.4
303
= IAt(f,x/z)I Ez
=
z(1+s) =
z(1+S)
(f,x/z)I
fz
1z
8
. 2:z
dv + d(\log 82 v log v
IA (f,x/v)I
dv v log v
+
l z / + d(8 `
0(8
z(1+8)
z (
f
z(1+S)
dv v log v
dv v log v
Splitting up the range of summation into intervals of the type ]z, (1 + 8)-z ] (with a possible incomplete Interval at the end), and taking
Into account our former estimate for the interval ]U, x], we obtain Z
u
p-1
'
IAt (f,x/p)I + 0(R)
= f u (u log
= f1
/u
u)-1 ,
IAl(f,w)I
I At (f,x/u)I du + o( S f u (u log )-1 dw
(
u)-1 du )
+ O(R).
And in the same way, the relation EPSy p 1
'
IAt(f,y/p)I = f
l/u
I/n(f,w)I
.
)-1 (
dw + 0(R)
Is proved (note that y/v = x/u). Therefore, the desired estimate of the
difference on the right-hand side of (2.13) is
<< f l/u <<
IAt (f,w )I
((
w . log(y/w) )-1) dw + R
log(y/x) f l/u(log(x/w))-2 w-1 dw + R <<
8 + R << R,
and Lemma 2.1 (and hence Theorem 1.4 also) is proved.
11
IX.3. THE MEAN-VALUE THEOREM OF G. HALASZ
As outlined in the Introduction, the ERDOS-WINTNER conjecture states that any multiplicative function f assuming only the values 0, 1, and -1,
has a mean-value M(f). This conjecture Includes the prime number theorem because the assertion M(µ) = 0, where µ denotes the MdBIus
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, II
304
function, is [elementarily] equivalent to the prime number theorem, as was shown at the beginning of this century by E. LANDAU. The ERDOSWINTNER conjecture was not proved until 1967, by EDUARD WIRSING, as already mentioned; in particular, real-valued multiplicative functions f of absolute value IfI s 1 do have a mean-value. In 1968 G. HALASZ dealt with multiplicative complex-valued functions f of modulus IfI s 1,
making use of the technique of complex integration In a very skilful manner. His proof contains the following result. Theorem 3.1 (HAiAsz's Theorem). Let f be a complex-valued multiplicative arithmetical function, satisfying IfI s 1.
(1) If there exists a real number a0, for which the series p-1
(3.1)
p
(1
- Re{f(p)
p
-})
Is convergent, then the asymptotic relation (3.2)
nsx
f(n) = x
.
xa° 1+1a°
, psx fl 1((I-p-1)
.
(1 +
00 r=1
f r((1+1a)
P
l
°
+ o(x)
holds.
(2) If the series Y_ p-1 (1 - Re { P real number t, then
Is divergent for every
lim x-1 Z f(n) X -4c= nsx
(3.3)
= 0.
(3) In both cases there are constants c, a0 and a slowly oscillating function L of modulus IL) = 1, so that the asymptotic formula Z f(n) = c nsx
(3.4)
x1+1a°
.
L(iog x) + o(x)
Is true. Remark 1. Simple examples (see Exercises I and 2) show that complexvalued bounded arithmetical functions need not have a mean-value; of course, this is also obvious from (3.2). The result (3.2), where (3.1) is convergent, can be obtained comparatively easily, for example, it follows from the DELANGE Theorem. Therefore,
we concentrate our efforts on case (2) only, where the series (3.S)
Z p-1 (1 - Re{ P
Is divergent for every t e R.
The Mean-Value Theorem of Gabor Hal'asz
30S
put
I
e-w
a(w) =
nsexp(w)
f(n),
and
a = lim sup
1.
w -* a
"Without loss of generality" (using the results of Chapter III - the proof is reduced to the simplest possible case), we may assume that the values f(pk) are zero if k = 2, 3, .. (see Exercise 3). First we are going to prove the following proposition.
proposition 3.2. If f is multiplicative, Jfl s 1, and If the values f(pk), k 2 2, at higher prime-powers, are zero, then for every 8 zi lima - CO
(3.8)
fox la(w)1s dw =as.
X
Remark 2. For a fixed 8 z 1, this result is equivalent to
J'
(3.9)
o
lc (w)l8 . e-cw((3-1) dw = c-1 -
(a-1)-1
, as + of
(o-1)-i
),
as o - 1+,
for every c > 0.
(3.8), which is not needed in the proof, follows
The implication (3.9)
from the HARDY-LITTLEWOOD-KARAMATA TAUBERIAN Theorem (see the Appendix, A.4).
The other implication (3.8) x(3.9) is achieved by partial integration, giving fo la(w)js
, e-" dw =
x-1 fo e-w/x.( fo ha(u)ls du) dw =
o(x).
Using x = (c(o-1))-1, this Is (3.9).
Proposition 3.3. (DABOUSSI-INDLEKOFER). Assume that f: N -4 C Is multiplicative, IfI s 1, and the series (3.S) is divergent for every real t. Define a by (3.6) and (3.7). Assume, furthermore, for simplicity, that f(pk) = 0 for every prime p and every k Z 2. Then (3.10)
lim
X -0
X-1
fox Ia(w)I dw = a.
The proof of this result, which uses ideas from DABoussl's elementary proof of the prime number theorem, will be postponed until section 4. Proof of (3.8), Proposition 3.2. In 1 < 8 < co, HOLDER'S inequality gives
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, II
306
fo la(w)I dw 5 ( fo Ic(w)I s dw =x
)1i8
.
( fo
dw)1-0i8)
x-1 fo la(w)Is dw )1/8
and, using (3.10), we obtain x-1
lim inf x
0
fo la(w)Is dw s as.
The estimate
lim sup x 1
fo lot(w)18 dw s as
x-m
is trivial on behalf of the definition of a: a = lim supx proves Proposition 3.2, (3.8) [and thus (3.9) also].
Ia(x)I. This
By partial summation (see I.1), for a bounded arithmetical function f, n-s f(n) is reprein Re s > 1, the generating DIRICHLET series n=1 sented by a LAPLACE integral, F(s)
n-y n=1
f(n)
= s f,' nsu f(n) u (s+1 du = s Of a(w) e w(o-1)-iwt dw, and PARSEVAL's formula gives f +OD
(3.12)
F9s) 12 I
dt = 2n . fo Ia(w)l2
e 2w(o-1) dw.
The following lemma will be useful.
Lemma 3.4. Assume g is a multiplicative arithmetical function, uniformly bounded at the prime powers, lg(pk)I s y for k = 1, 2, ..., and every prime p. Then E Ig(n)I « x nsx
(3.13)
exp
p-1 (
px G
(Ig(p)I-1) ),
and, for the generating DIRICHLET series G(s) = In-1 (3.14)
f mI
G(s) I2dt
« fo exp(2
Exp(w)p-1.(Ig(p)I-1)) e-2w (o-1)dw, p
as o -3 1+.
The proof of (3.13) is given in II, Theorem 3.1. The proof of (3.14)
is
IX.3. The Mean-Value Theorem of Gabor Halasz
307
immediate from the PARSEVAL equation (3.12), where the function a has to be replaced by ag(w) = e-`° Znsexp(w) Ig(n)I. proof of G. HALASZ's Theorem. We assume that the series (3.5) diverges
for every real t, and that a * 0; we have to come to a contradiction. The inequality o > 1 Is always assumed. For every real t, as o -4 1+,
E p-a (1 - Re
(3.15)
J
P
converges monotonically increasing to infinity. The divergence of (3.15)
is uniform on every Intervall [-K,K]. This can be seen from a variant of DINI's theorem [see P. D. T. A. ELLIOTT 119791, Lemma 6.7, p.241, and the remark on p.242) ] or directly in the following way. Define p-a (1-
GCS(t) _
)), o > 1,
Re I f( P
and assume that divergence of (3.15) is not uniform. Then there exists a constant c > 0, a sequence 0I > d 2 > ... > 1, 0n -) 1, and points to e [ - K, K ] such that Ga (tn) s c-1 for every positive integer n. Taking a suitable subsequence we may assume to --> to. Fix o e ] 1, 00[ . There exists an integer n0 such that on s e for every n 2 n0, and so Ga(tn) 5 G0 (tn) 5 c 1.
Hence Ga(t0) s c-1 in o 11,0 0 1. This contradicts the divergence of (3.15) at t = t0, if d - 1+. e
Using the PARSEVAL equation (3.12), and then (3.9) (with 8 = 2, c = 2), we obtain (3.16)
f°
I
F99) I2dt
(0-1)-1
= ><
as 0
a2 +
1+.
Fix some large constant K. As mentioned above, the divergence of (3.15) to Infinity is uniform on Iti s K. This implies that (3.17)
lima
1+
c 1(0) = 0, uniformly in Iti s K.
IF(s)I
The proof of (3.17) is straightforward; the arguments were used, for example, in the proof of WIRSING's Theorem In Chapter II. First there is the product representation F(s)
1(a) = IT P
1+
F(P) P
-
aP
Fa+
P
).
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, 11
308
The product 1+ fcn)
_
_
1
Pd
Pd+It
P
f(n>
I
Pa+s
J
11+ i _ Po+lt
`
1-1
1
Po J
being convergent in Re s z ;, it is sufficient to examine the product
I nP (
P(a)
_ Po
1 + Pe+Pit
)
P o
- T PT
I
F
P
The maximum of the holomorphic function (1 + z) e-Z, Izi s r, is taken at the boundary, and an easy determination of the maximum gives (1+z)-e-'
I
I
s exp(Izi2)
Therefore, ll Re (P° (1 - F (P' -> 0, as o p s K because of the divergence of the series (3.5). So
P(o) << exp { -
uniformly in Iti (3.17) is proved.
Splitting the range of integration ]-oo,oo[ into [-K,K] and two infinite intervals, and using (3.17) in Iti s K, we obtain, as o - 1+, f_m I
F(s)
2
g
l
K
dt ='-K i
(3.18)
F(s) 13/21 F(s)
((0-1)-]
=0
(o)
s
(o)
}
I
dt + fltlaK I
. f KC I Fs s) I3/2ISI-` dt) + f
f'
s
s
F(s) 2 dt
I F5(s) I2dt.
Itl=K
F(s) I2dt Our aim is to obtain the estimate as o -4 1+. This result contradicts (3.16) [remember our assumption that a $ 0]. To achieve this result, the two integrals in the last line of equation (3.18) must be estimated sufficiently well. First, splitting the range of Integration into Intervals of length s 2, I
f
I
F(s) I2dt
ltI2K
s
<<
4
lmI2K 2:
m -2 m-2
ImlaK
(' J It-misl IF(s)I2 dt
('ll IZ ,
dt.
We assume that 1 < 0 < 2. Then we insert a factor IsI-2 2 into the integral 51 ... dt, extending the range of integration to the whole interval ]-co, oo [, and use Lemma 3.4 to obtain
fItl=K
F(s) s
2
dt
«
lml2K
m 2
-1
f(n) n n- n -s f(n)
2 I
dt
The Mean-Value Theorem of Gabor Halasz
« Z1m aK
m-2
309
e-2w(d-1)
fo
dw << K-1
K 13/2 , IsI-j In order to estimate the integral f-K I dt, we estimate F(s) IF(s)11 in the half-plane d z 1. Similarly, as before, using the product representation of the generating DIRICHLET series F(s), we obtain
IF(s)I1 <<
exp(G P
a
f(p) P-9)1 << 1 Zn_1
f(n)
n-s 1 = I H(s)I,
say. Therefore, using PARsEVAL's equation, EK
1
F(s)
13/2
Isl- dt << f
Isl-2
IH(s)12
2n f - Ie-w, O
dt (a()(n) f(n)12 , e-2w(o-1)dw.
G
nsexp(w)
Using Lemma 3.4, we obtain iK K
1
F (s)
I3/2IsI-z dt << f°° exp(- 2
9
a p-1) , e-2w(o-1) dw
psexp(w)
O W-.2
,
log 2
J
e-zw(d-t) dw <<
(d-1)-
,
and so
f
F(s) 12dt = o
as d -4 1+,
1
in contradiction with (3.16). Thus, in case of the divergence of the series (3.5), the mean-value of f is zero.
In our proof, f was assumed to have the property f(pk) = 0, if k 2 2. The deduction of the general case from this special result forms the content of Exercise 3.
IX.4. PROOF OF PROPOSITION 3.3.
Denoting by p(n) = p n..(n) the greatest prime factor of n, we define (4.1)
/tty(f,t) = t
l
%st,p(n)sy f W.
In this chapter, the notation /it(f,t) = t-1
2:nst f(n) has been used
Mean-Value Theorems and Multiplicative Functions, II
310
already;
so
Al.(f, t). First, we estimate the constant nsx f(n)I (see 3.7) from above.
Al (f, t)
a = lim sup x x -9m
1 I
=
Lemma 4.1. For every y > 0,
a s ri (1 - p-i)
(4.2)
('1 IAty(f,t)I C' dt.
The Proof of this lemma is nearly the same as that given In II.9, where DABOUSSI's elementary proof of the prime number theorem was presented. The only difference Is that the functions M(x) = Ensx µ(n) and My(x) have to be replaced by summatory functions, where the MdBIUS function 11 is replaced by the function f. 0 Lemma 4.2. For any R > a, as y -) oo, the estimate (4.3)
fy
IAIy(f,t)I t 1 dt s
(C-I
log y + o(log y)
Is true, where C Is the limit (4.4)
C=
lim
Y -->oo
log- iy
, Psy n 1(1- p-i l-i J1
The limit (4.4) exists by elementary results from prime number theory (see 1.6); note that the prime number theorem is not needed to prove the existence of this limit. Proof. The function
Af = f-i(*) * (f log ) has values A f(n) = 0 If n is not a power of a prime, and A f(pk) _
p
otherwise; obviously IA f(n)I s A(n). Again, we have to apply the techniques used in DABOUSSI'S proof, given in 11.9. The definition and the results concerning the function h (see II.9.) will be used, and we proceed as in the proof of (II.9.411). The only difference is, again, that In sums using the MOBIUS function this has to be replaced by the arithmetical function F.
Thus, an elementary proof of the HALAsz Theorem is concluded; in contrast to HILDEBRAND'S proof in section necessary to use the prime number theorem.
1,
2,
this time it is not
IX.S. Exercises
311
IX.S. EXERCISES
1) Prove: if t $ 0 is real, then the arithmetical function n H n't does not have a mean-value.
2) (a) Show that Znsx n-1 p(n) = 6 n-2 . x + o(x), as x -) co. I It is easy to obtain a sharper result]. (b) Use (a) and partial summation to show that the arithmetical function n H n- p(n) n1t does not have a mean-value if t 0 is real. 3) (a) Assume that f is multiplicative, Ifi s 1, and in addition, f(2k) = 0, for k = 1, 2, 3, ... . Use the relationship theorem of Chapter III, to show that M(f) = 0, if the series (3.S) is divergent for every real t. (b) If f is any multiplicative function, for which Jfl s 1, and for which the series (3.S) is divergent for every real t. Then deduce a
convolution representation f = h * fo, where Z n-' Ih(n)I < oo, and where f 0 is a function satisfying the assumptions of part (a) of this exercise. Use this representation to prove the HALksz theorem for f. 4) The Prime Number Theorem 4(x) - x implies M(µ) = 0. Hints: use ( and prove, if necessary) . 1
Y-nsx n-1
µ(n)I s 2 (see Chapter I, Corollary 2.5),
an asymptotic evaluation for lnSX log(x/n), and
log x = - nsx M(n) . (x/n) + O(x). Replace 4(x/n) by (x/n) + error, and get the desired result by a Y-nsX ii(n)
careful estimate of the resulting sums.
5) Let x0, c 0 be positive constants, and let f be a real-valued arithmetical function with the property
l it(f,y) - ./1(f,x)I s Prove: If lima exists.
.
I AZ (f, x) I
for all xo s x s Y. exists, then the limit limx
A (f, x)
Photographs of Mathematicians
N. G. DE BRUIJN
A. HILDEBRAND
L J.-L. MAUCLAIRE
P. D. T. A. ELLIOTT
313
314
Photographs of Mathematicians
J. KNOPFMACHER
H. DLi..:
A. PERELLI, A. Ivi6, P. ERDOS
J KUBILIUS
A.I. The Stone-Weierstrafl Theorem, Tletze's Theorem
315
Appendix A.I. THE STONE-WEIERSTRASS THEOREM, TIETZE'S THEOREM
WEIERSTRASS's Approximation Theorem states that real-valued, conti-
nuous function F, defined on [-1, +11, can be uniformly approximated by polynomials. We state several standard extensions of this theorem to compact spaces. The results referred to may be found, for example, in HEWITT-STROMBERG [1965]. We use the following notation:
er(X) [reap. 1?°(X)] is the vector-space of real-valued [resp. complexvalued] continuous functions on the topological space X. Its topology is induced by the supremum norm IIFIIu = sup IF(x)I. XE
A subset f c L°(X) "separates the points of X" if, for any given points x,y c X, x $ y, there is a function F E Y' such that F(x) $ F(y).
be a comTheorem A.1.1. [STONE-WEIERSTRASs Theorem] Let X * pact HAUSDORFF space. Assume that .° C "(X) separates the points of X, and contains the constant function 1: x H 1. Then the iR-algebra of polynomials p with real coefficients in the functions of °,
p(x)=E ... is
11 .11
ai
fi'(x)
i 4
- dense in er(X).
A classical example is: X = [a, b], ° = {1, X).
...
fk'. (x),
Appendix
316
Theorem A.1.2. Let X *
be a compact HAUSDORFF space, as before,
and let .f be a subset of e(X) separating the points of X, which contains the constant function I and which has the property that F E 'P implies that the complex conjugate function F Is In °, too. Then the C-algebra of polynomials p with complex coefficients in the functions of P, Is . Ilu- dense in 64(X). II
Corollary. (1) Polynomials with real coefficients are . u -dense in the algebra of all continuous real-valued functions on the compact Interval [a,b] c R. II
II
Polynomials with complex coefficients are II.IILL-dense In the algebra of continuous complex-valued functions on the torus If ={ z E C, I Z I= I}. (2)
(2') Trigonometric polynomials an
exp(27ei 10
are dense in the space of complex-valued, 1- periodic functions on R. Theorem A.1.3. [TIETZE's Extension Theorem]. Let Y *
be a compact subset of the locally compact HAUSDORFF space X. Let U be an open set "between" Y and X, Y c U c X. Given a continuous function f: Y --> C, then there Is a continuous extension
F: X -4 C with compact support, Fly = f, vanishing outside U.
A.2. ELEMENTARY THEORY OF HILBERT SPACE
Let X be a HILBERT-space with inner product <
and norm . E c X is called an orthogonal [ resp. orthonormal ] set II e II = if <e,e'> = 0, if e * e' both are in E and, in case of orthonormality, <e,e>
,
>
,.2. Elementary Theory of Hilbert Space
for each e
317
El. The FOURTER coefficient of x E X with respect to e E E is denoted by 11 a 11
=
1
E
z (e) = <x,e>.
An orthonormal set E is "complete" if <x,e> = 0 for every e e E Implies 0. For example, the set of functions x H exp(27ti nx), -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, ..., is complete in L2([0,1], A), where A is the LEBESGUE measure.
The GRAM-SCHMIDT orthonormalization process permits us to construct from any at most countable set E* _ { et e2*, ... } of linearly independ-
ent elements of X an orthonormal set E tional property LinC{ et
,
..., en } = LinC{ et
,
..., en
} with the addi-
et
,
}
for n = 1,
e2
,
...
2, ...
.
If X (0) contains a dense, countable, linearly independent set, then the GRAM-SCHMIDT orthonormalization process leads to a complete orthonormal set E in X. BESSEL'S Inequality. Given an orthonormal set E $ 0 In an Inner-product space X. Then E eeE
I
<x,e> 12 S 11x112,
and so the set { e e E, z (e) t 0 } Is countable.
Theorem A.2 1. Assume that X Is a HILBERT space, and E c X an orthonormal set. Then the following properties are equivalent: (i)
E Is complete.
(ii)
The smallest linear subspace of X containing E Is dense in X.
(iii) For every x E X, PARSEVALS equation is true: 11x112=E I<x,e>I2. eeE
The series contains at most countably many non-zero summands. (iv) For every x, y the [generalized] PARSEVAL equation holds: <x,y> = Z <x,e> eeE
'
.
Appendix
318
(v)
Every x e X has a FouRIER series
x-Z
ecE
with at most countably many non-zero coefficients <x,e> [the corresponding e's are denoted by e1, e2, ... ], and N
llm oo
IIx - nsN E
Theorem A.2.2. Let F be a bounded linear functional F: X - C, defined on the HILBERT space X. Then there exists a unique element y e X "representing" F: F(x) = <x,y> for every x e X.
Moreover, the operator norm
IIFII =
sup
Ilxll=l
IF(x)I
equals
Ilyll.
Theorem A.2.3. Assume that X Is a HILBERT space. The set -8(X) of all bounded linear operators T : X - X is [with composition as multiplication] a BANACH algebra with unit element. For every T e 8(X) there Is a unique "adjoint" T5 e 73(X), defined by = <x,T*(y)> for every x,y e X.
Moreover, T** = T, and [the operator norm J
IIT*II = IITII.
Some properties of the adjoint operator are listed below: (i)
(T1 + T2)'e = T1*+ T2*
(ii)
(aT) =aT
(iii)
( T1 ' T2) * = T2*
(iv)
IIT*
(v)
If = 0 for all x,y e X, then T = 0
(vi)
If = 0 for every x e X, then T = 0.
^
T1*
TII = IITII2
319
A.3. Integration
A. 3. INTEGRATION
reference
Our standard
are
the books by W. RUDIN
[19661
and
HEWITT-STROMBERG [1965].
Given a measure space (X, 4, µ), where 4 is a o-algebra of subsets of
x, and It is a non-negative measure, a function f : X ---3 C is termed measurable if f-1(O) is in 4 for every open set 0 in C. A [measurable] simple function is a finite linear combination of characteristic functions of [measurable] sets. The integral of a measurable simple function [ over
a set E in 41 can be defined in an obvious way as a finite sum. If f: X --j [0, ool is measurable, its integral [over E E 4 ] is defined as
I
E
f dµ =
sup
Osssf, s simple, measurable
fE s
dµ.
The extension of this definition to functions f: X - C is done via linearity.
A property is said to "hold almost- everywhere" if the set of points, where it does not hold, has measure zero. Concerning countable limit operations, there are important convergence
theorems:
Lebesgue's Monotone Convergence Theorem. Assume that {fn} Is a sequence of measurable functions fn: X - IR, satisfying 0 s f1(x) s f2(x) s ... s oo and limn fn (x) = f(x) for almost every x c X. Then f Is measurable, and lim
n --> m
fx
fn dµ = fX f dµ.
Fatou's Lemma. If f n : X -4 [ 0, oo ] is a sequence of measurable functions, then
fX lim inf f n-) m n
d1i s lim inf f
n-4 m X fn
dµ.
Lebesgue's Dominated Convergence Theorem. Let {fn } be a sequence of
complex-valued measurable functions defined a.e. on X with the property
320
Appendix
Y
fX
n=1
'fnI dµ < oo.
(This is equivalent to f X Yn=1 1fnI dµ < co.) Then the series
1,
=1
fn(x) = f(x)
is convergent for almost all x E X to a measurable function f, and
fX Ln=1 fn dµ = Zn=1 fX fn dµ. A useful discrete version of the Dominated Convergence Theorem is the following result.
Corollary. Let a sequence fN: IN - C, N =
1, 2, ..., of arithmetical functions be given, and let F: N -3 [0, co] be a function satisfying
Z n-1 F(n) < co. If IfNI s
F for every N E IN,
and If the pointwise limits limN , m fN(n) exist for every Integer n, then the limit lim N-) co Z°°n=1 fN (n) exists, and
Nlim co
Z
n=1
fN(n) = Z
n=1 N >
fN(n).
An important tool for the construction of integrals is the Theorem of F. Rmsz. Let A be a monotonic lx s y A(x) s A(y)) linear functional on the vector-space of continuous functions on the locally compact HAUsDORFF space X with compact support. Then there Is - a e-algebra f4 of subsets of X, containing all the BORBL sets of X, and - a [positiveI measure µ on A such that A(f) = f X f dµ
for every continuous function f on X with compact support. In addition, the measure has the following properties: (a) µ(K) < co for compact sets K. (b) µ Is outer regular, which means µ(E) = inf µ(V) for VDE, V open any E In A
A. 4.
Tauberian Theorems
321
(c) µ Is Inner regular, which means µ(E) =
sup
KcE, K compact
µ(K) for
E in 14
if E is open or if E has finite measure or if X Is o-compact (X is a countable union of compact sets) and HAUSDORFF.
(d) µ Is complete: a subset of a set E In 4 with measure zero is In 4 again and has measure zero. Theorem of FuBINI. Let (X, 4, µ) and (Y, 73, v) be a-finite (a countable union of finite measurable sets) measure spaces. If f Is a complexvalued (A x 73)-measurable function, defined (a.e.) on X x Y, which satisfies
fxxY
Ifl d(µ x v) < co
or f x(fYIfI dv)dµ < . or fY (f
Ifl dv)dv < co,
then
f xxY f d(µ x v) = f x(f Y f dv)dµ = f Y(fx The product-a-algebra 4 x
("3
f dµ)dv
.
is generated by the measurable rectangles
ExF,where B 4,Fe73.
A.4. TAUBERIAN THEOREMS (HARDY-LITTLEWOOD-KARAMATA, LANDAU- IKEHARA)
A good reference for the topics dealt with in this section is WIDDER [1946]. The HARDY- LITTLEWOOD-KARAMATA Tauberian Theorem will
be formulated in a version for LAPLACE-Integrals, from which a version
for DIRICHLET series, as well as for power series, will be deduced. We need the notion of a slowly oscillating function L: [a,oo[ -)1R.
L Is called slowly oscillating If L Is continuous, positive, and satisfies lim
x -) m
L(cx) / L(x) = 1
Appendix
322
for every c in 0 < c < co.
For example, the functions x H (log x)k, x H loglog x, x H exp(4og ) are slowly oscillating. Theorem A.4.1 (HARDY-LITTLEWOOD-KARAMATA). Assume that A(,)
Is a real-valued, non-decreasing function defined on the Interval Moo I, and A(0) = 0. Let the LAPLAcE-Integral
2(o) = a
f-
°LL du
O
be convergent for any o > 0, and suppose that for some slowly oscillating function L and some t > 0 the relation
f(c)
lim
o -3 0+
o--C
{
L(0-1) }-1 = y
holds (where L(o-1) / co In case that t = 0). Then, as x -> co,
A(x) -
xt
I'(t+I)
L(x).
For a proof, see, for example, HARDY [1949], p.166, or SCHWARZ [1969].
Partial integration gives n=1
an
n-6
=-
f
Y_
n
I
an
u-o-t du
(-o)
= o fO
n<exp(v)
a n)
e dvdv
and so we obtain the following Corollary. Corollary A. 4.2. Assume that t z 0 and that the DIRICHLET series mo(o) = G_ n 1 an
n-'3
with non-negative coefficients an is convergent for o
>
0, and
assume that
lim
a -->O+
{ o-t
mo(o)
L(o-1)
}-t
=y
(where L(o-1) / oo in case that t = 0). Then
Zx an
I (t 1)
(log x)t
L(log x), as x -4 co.
Theorem A. 4.3 (LANDAU-IKEHARA). Let A(.) be a real-valued, mono-
tonically non-decreasing function defined on the interval and let A(0) = 0. Assume that the LAPLAcE-Integral 9(s) = s
f
0
A(u) e su du
10,C01,
A.S. The Continuity Theorem for Characteristic Functions
323
Is convergent In the half-plane Re s > 1. Suppose that for every a > 0 the expression (a+it)-t
converges to a [continuous] function h(t), uniformly In Iti s 2X. If
a * 0, then lim
x -moo
ex- A(x) = a.
A far-reaching generalization of this theorem may be found, for example, in H. DELANGE 119541. For TAUBERIAN Theorems with remainder term, see, for example, GANELIUS 119711.
A.S. THE CONTINUITY THEOREM FOR CHARACTERISTIC FUNCTIONS
A standard reference for this section is LuKAcs 11970], Characteristic Functions, Section 2, 3. A function F: IR -* IR Is a "distribution function", If
It is monotonically non-decreasing, continuous from the right, and
satisfies F(-oo) = 0, F(+oo) = 1. Its FOURIER-STIELTJES transform
f(t) = f is
+°° eitx
dF(x)
called the characteristic function of the distribution function
F.
Simple properties are given in the following theorem. Theorem A. S.1.
(1)
If F Is a distribution function with characteristic
function f, then f(0) = 1, Ifl 5 1, and f(-t) = f(t). (ii) Any characteristic function Is uniformly continuous on R.
(iii) A linear combination of characteristic functions ft, ..., fn with coefficients al, ..., an, satisfying 0 s a, s 1, Ztsvsn a = 1, is a characteristic function again. In particular, Re f = z f + z f Is a characteristic function If f Is. (iv) The distribution functions Ft and F2 are identical if and only If
Appendix
324
their characteristic functions f1 and f2 are equal. (v) The distribution function F Is the convolution of F1 and F2,
F(x) = f
F1(x-i;)
d172(F)
if and only if f = f1 f2 for the corresponding characteristic functions.
So: if f1, f2 are characteristic functions, then f1 f2 and If1I2 are characteristic functions also.
(vi) A distribution function F Is purely discrete [this means, that F(x) _ 2: k ak S(x-i;k) with non-negative coefficients ak' satisfying
E ak = 1; 8 Is the function, defined by 8(x) = 0 if x < 0, 8(x) = 1
for x 2 0
1
If and only if its characteristic function is almost
periodic on R.
The determination of the distribution function F from a given characteristic function f is possible via the following theorem. Theorem A.S.2 [Inversion Theorem]. If f Is the characteristic function of the distribution function F, and If x+h and x are points of continuity for F, then F(x+h) - F(x) =
T
lim
1
m
2 7c
('T T
1_e-ith
e_itx
.
f(t) dt.
For applications to arithmetical functions, the following Continuity Theorem is of importance. A sequence of functions Fn is said to converge weakly to F if lim
n -- oo
Fn(x) = F(x)
for every point of continuity of F. Note that the set of discontinuity points of a distribution function is at most denumerable. Theorem A.5.3 [Continuity theorem]. Let {Fn} be a sequence of distribution functions and denote by {f n} the corresponding sequence of characteristic functions. Then F. converges weakly to a distribution function F if and only if the sequence fn(t) converges pointwise to a function f(t) which is continuous at t = 0. The limit function f(t) = limn - m fn(t) is then the characteristic function of F.
Remark. If the sequence {fn(t)} of characteristic functions converges
A.6. Gelfand's Theory of Commutative Banach Algebras
32S
[pointwise] to a characteristic function f(t), then the convergence is uniform in every finite interval -T s t s T.
A.6. GELFAND'S THEORY OF COMMUTATIVE BANACH ALGEBRAS
A commutative BANACH-Algebra 4 is a vector-space over C, - with a multiplication (x, y) H x y, which is associative, commutative and distributive with addition (and is compatible with scalar multiplication, a(xy) = x((xy) = (ax)y ),
- with a norm
II: A --) [0,co[ making A into a normed vector-space and which satisfies the inequality II x y II s lix II Ily il, - and which is complete with respect to the norm II. Il. II
.
We always assume in this section that 4 has a unit element e, and that Hell = 1. An element x is invertible if there exists an x-1 a 4 with the property xx-1 [ = x 1x ] = e. The set g of invertible elements of fA is open, and the map x H x- is an homeomorphism. The spectrum of an element x in 74, spec(x) _ { a e C
x-Xe is not invertible),
is a non-empty, compact set in C, spectral radius is p(x): =
IXI
s
sup
a E spec(x)
for all A
Ilxll
011
e
spec(x). The
1
and the spectral radius formula states p(x) = lim
n-), a
Ilxnll
1/n
We denote the set of algebra-homomorphisms defined on A by A[=A
] = (h: A --) C, h is an algebra-homomorphism).
Then the following assertions are true (see, for example, RUDIN [1966], 18.17):
Appendix
326
(I)
If m Is a maximal Ideal of p, then there Is some h In A such that
(ii)
m = kernel(h). A is In spec(x) If and only if there Is some h c A for which h(x) = X.
(iv)
x Is Invertible in A If and only If h(x) * 0 for every h in A. If x A, h e A, then h(x) a spec(x).
(v)
Ih(x)I 5 p(x) s
(vi)
Every h In A is continuous.
(Iii)
E
Ilxll.
According to these results the set A of algebra-homomorphisms Is in 1-1-correspondence with the set of maximal ideals, and so A is often referred to as "the maximal ideal space" of A. The radical of A is the intersection of all its maximal ideals, and A is termed semi-simple if the radical of A is the null-ideal, rad(A) = {0},
The GELFAND transform of an element x e A is the map x : A - C, defined by z (h) = h(x);
so the GELFAND transform ^ is a map
The GELFAND topology on A is the weakest topology making all the functions z continuous. With this topology, A becomes a compact HAUSDORFF space.
A B*-algebra is a [commutative] BANACH algebra (with unit element e) with an Involution *: A --) p, x H x*, satisfying 11x112
in addition to the usual conditions for an involution (x+y)* = X
(A x)* _
x ' y )* = Y
x*, (x*)* = X.
If A is commutative and semi-simple, then every involution is continuous. Theorem of GELFAND and NAIMARx. If A Is a commutative B*-algebra
with maximal Ideal space A, then the GELFAND transform ^ Is an Isometric Isomorphism from A onto the space of continuous functions on A,
A.7. Infinite Products
327
^: A -4 e(n).
In addition, for x e A h
e
0,
the relation
h(x*) = h(x), equivalent with (x )^ _ (x)
holds.
A little more detailed (see RUDIN 11973], 11.12): assume that A is a commutative BANACH algebra. Then
(a) The map x H x Is an Isometry If and only if 11x211
=
IIx112 for
every x in A. (b) A is semi-simple and A^ , the Image A of under the GELFAND transform, Is closed In 1?(0A) if and only if there is some constant K < oo, so that IIxI12 s K
lIx211 for every x in 14.
Corollary. IF A Is a commutative B*-algebra, and if x = x , and If there Is no X s 0 in spec(x), then there exists a square-root of x:
y=y,andy2=x.
A.7. INFINITE PRODUCTS
References for this section consist of textbooks of analysis or the theory of functions, for example the books by E. C. TITCHMARSH or J. B.
P=
CONWAY.
lsv
products of the product (with complex a) by P = Y J ( 1 + av ). Assume,
Denote
1 + av
the
partial
,n 1svsn
for simplicity, that all the factors l 1 + a of P are non-zero. The product P is said to be convergent if liran -) co P n exists and is * 0. A necessary condition for convergence Is lira n -gy m a n = 0. P is said to be absolutely convergent if n ( 1+ 1a V1 ) is convergent; absolute convergence Implies convergence, and absolute convergence is equivalent
to the absolute convergence of the series Elanl. The factors of an absolutely convergent product may be taken in any order. The conver-
Appendix
328
gence of X jun(z)I in some (closed) region of C is a sufficient condition for the uniform convergence of the product 11 ( 1 + un(z) ). By taking logarithms, infinite products are connected with infinite series
if some precautions are taken. Denote by log the principal branch of the logarithm function.
Assume that Re(I + an) > 0 for all n. Then TI (1 + an) converges to a non-zero limit If and only if the series log( 1 + an) Is convergent.
If Re an > - 1, then the series Y_ log l l + an ) converges absolutely if and only if the series n a n Is absolutely convergent. If Re an > 0, then the product ff (1 + an) Is absolutely convergent if and only if the series X an is absolutely convergent. n
Finally, we give a result on infinite products which is useful in number theory.
Theorem A.7.1. Assume that the two series p p
1a
,
P
Z P-2. la 12 P
P
where p runs over the primes (in ascending order), and where the a are complex numbers, are convergent. Let P
a yg(p,o): [1,1+S]-aC be a continuous functions satisfying bP < oo.
Ig(P, 6)I 5 bp, and Then
P a
(a) the product TI (i + P + g(p, a)) Is convergent for every 6
e [1,1+8], and,
IT 0+ a + g(p, d) )
(b) if it is supposed in addition, that A = lim
o-1+ P
exists, then (
p
a
P
Proof. In Izi s 2, write I + z = exp (z + R(z) ), where R(z) = log( I + z) - z = O(Iz12). Choose a prime po so large that I p-1 a + b s 2 for every P P p0. Then p I
A.B. The Large Sieve
329
g(p,(j)I s; for p z po, and o f [1,1+8]. a+ P Then, for p1 z p 0 and o E [1,1+8],
II PosPSP1
a
(1 +
a + g(P, o) p =
exp{
Pos
The convergence of in o Z 1, and lim°--* theorem
imply
( SP
a
l
/a
f
l
g(p, °))} P + g(p, e)) 1 exp { PosPSPiRl o+ p
implies uniform convergence of Z p-O a P P E p-O aP = p-1 aP. The assumptions of the P P p-1. a
P 1+
the
P
uniform
convergence
of
P
g(p,o)
and
R(p-O aP + g(p,o)) in t s 0 s 1 + 8, and we obtain the assertion (a) by letting p1 tend to infinity and o to 1+. (b) Is then obvious. P
A.B. THE LARGE SIEVE
References for this section are, for example, E. BOMBIERI, Le grand crible dans la theorle analytique des nombres, asterisque 18 (1974), H. DAVENPORT [1967], H. HALBERSTAM & K. F. ROTH [19661, M. N. HuxLEY [19721, H. L. MONTGOMERY [1971], H. L. MONTGOMERY & R. C. VAUGHAN, The Large Sieve, Mathematika 20, 119-135 (1973), H.-E.
RICHERT, Sieve Methods, Bombay 1976, W. SCHWARZ, Elnfiihrung in Slebmethoden der analytischen Zahlentheorie, Bibl. Inst. (1974).
We only need one aspect of the "Large Sieve", namely an estimate of an exponential sum S(x) _
a
exp(2ni n x)
M<nsM+N n In the mean, taken over well-spaced points.
Theorem A.B.I. Let x1, x2, ... xR, where R z 2, be real numbers, distinct
modulo one. Put (A.8.1)
8 = min III x r r*s
- xg
III
,
Appendix
330
where III
. III
denotes the distance to the nearest Integer. Then
E 1srsR
I S(xr)12 s (n N + 8-i)
E Ian 12. M <ns M+N
The expression (7c N + 8-1) on the right-hand side may be replaced by (N + 8-1), as was shown by H. L. MONTGOMERY and R. C. VAUGHAN.
A rather simple proof of theorem 8.1 may be obtained using GAL_ LAGHER's Lemma, as follows.
Lemma A.8.2. If f Is a continuously differentiable function,
8
Is as
above, and X+ 2 8 s xr s Y - 2 8, then 1
sR I f(xr)I2 s
-1. fXYIf(x)I2 dx + (fX If(x)I2 dx)
Y
'
(fX If'(x)I2 dx)l,
Theorem A.8.1, specialized to rational numbers a/q, immediately gives the following theorem. Theorem A.8.3.
2]
q5Q 1sa5q, gcd(a,q)=1
S(1)12 5 (nN + Q2)
a
q
I
12.
I
The factor (n N + Q2) may be replaced by (N + Q2).
Another kind of "Large Sieve-inequality" with weights is the following theorem.
Theorem A.8.4. Put
S
s r = min
s*r
isrsR
(N +
3, 2
S -11-1
r
J
III xr - X.
I
III .
Then
S(x ) 12 S
r
E Ia 12, M<nsM+N n
and
s
qsQ (N+
2
qQ)-1
lsa&q,gcd(a,q)=1 IS(a) q
2
Z
M<nsM+N
Ia I2. n
A.9. Dirichlet Series
331
A.9. DIRICHLET SERIES
A convenient reference for this section is
E. C. TITCHMARSH, The Theory of Functions, Oxford 1932. The well-known ABEL Theorem for power series: If an = s Is convergent, then f(x) = I an xn Is uniformly convergent In 0 s x s 1, and limX._1- f(x) = s, which may be formulated for complex x, too (uniform convergence Is then true In some angle), has a counterpart for the DIRICHLET series.
Continuity Theorem for DIUCHLET Series.
If the DIRICHLET series Z a n n-" is convergent In s = so , then It Is uniformly convergent In the SToLz angle I arg(s - so) I s 2 it - 8,
where 0<8<2nIs fixed. The region of convergence and of absolute convergence of a DIRICHLET
series Z'=1 an n
is a half-plane (these half-planes may differ). The
abscissa of absolute convergence is
a = Ins sup ( log n
)-1
.
log ( Ial I + ... + IanI ).
If all the coefficients an are non-negative, then the real point on the vertical boundary of the half-plane of convergence is a singularity of the DIRICHLET series. The product of absolutely convergent DIRICHLET series 21°° a n-5, E°° b n-9, is the DIRICHLET series Z°° c n n=1 n n=1 n n=1 n with coefficients C. = Eden
ad
b,/d'
The uniqueness theorem states that DIRICHLET series an n-9, Z b n - n-9, which are identical on some [small] region of C, have the same coefficients.
The "method of complex integration" is based on PERRON'S formula. If
c > 0, x Is not an integer, and e > oo - c, where a0 Is the abscissa of convergence of the DIRICHLET series f(s) = Z n=1 a n n-S, then Znsx
-s
{2ni)
-1 f c+loo f(s+w)w x wdw. loo C
33ti
333
Bibliography AposTOL, T. M. [1976], Introduction to Analytic Number Theory, New York
Heidelberg
Berlin 1976
BABU, G. J. [1972], On the distribution of additive arithmetical functions of Integral polynomials, Sankhya A 34, 323-334 (1972) BABU, G. J. [ 1973a,b1, Some results on the distribution of additive arithmetical functions, II, Acta Arithm. 23, 31S-328, 1973, III, Acta Arithm. 25, 39-49, (1973) BABU, G. J. [1978], Probabilistic methods In the theory of arithmetic functions, New Delhi, vii + 118 pp, 1978 BAKSTYS, A. [1968], On the asymptotic distribution of multiplicative numbertheoretic functions [Russian], Litovsk. Mat. Sbornik 8, S-20 (1968)
BARBAN, M. B. [1966], The "large sieve" method and Its applications to number theory, lisp. Mat. Nauk 21, 51-102 (1966), Russ. Math. Surveys 21 , 49-104, (1966) BEDIN, J. F. & DEUTSCH, Ch. [1972], Valeur moyenne de fonctions multiplicatives generallsees, C. R. Acad. Paris 275, A 245-247, (1972)
BELLMAN, R. [19501 RamanuJan sums and the average value of arithmetical functions, Duke Math. J. 17, 159-168 (1950) BESICOVICH, A. S. [1932], Almost periodic functions, Cambridge 1932 BIEBERBACH, L. [1955], Analytische Fortsetzung, Berlin - Gottingen Heidelberg 19SS
BOMBIERI, E. [1965], On the large sieve, Mathematika 12, 201-225, (1965) BOMBIERI, E. [1974], Le grand crible dans la theorie analytique des nombres, asterisque 18, 1974 BRINITZER, E. [1977], Eine asymptotische Formel fUr Summen Tiber the
reziproken Werte additiver Funktionen, Acta Arlthm. 32, 387-391 (1977)
BRULJN, N. G. de, [1943] Bijna periodieke multiplicative functies, Nleuw Archief voor Wiskunde 32, 81-95 (1943) CARMICHAEL, R. [19321 Expansions of arithmetical functions in infinite
Bibliography
334
series. Proc. London Math. Soc. (2) 34, 1-26 (1932) CHANDRASEKHARAN, K. [1970], Arithmetical Functions, Berlin - Heidelberg - New York 1970 CODECA, P. [1981], Sul comportamento quasi periodico del resto di tine
certa classe di funzlonl fortemente moltiplicative. Ann. Univ. Ferrara, Sez. VII Sci. Mat. 27, 229-244 (1981) CODECA, P. & NAIR, M. [1992], On Elliott's Theorem on Multiplicative Functions, Proc. Amalfi Conf. on Analytic Number Theory (1989), 17-34, 1992
COHEN, E. [1952], Rings of arithmetical functions, Duke Math. J.
19,
IIS-129 (1952)
COHEN, E. [19S5], A class of arithmetical functions, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 41, 939-944 (1955)
COHEN, E. [1958], Representations of even functions (mod r), Duke Math. J. 25, 4o1-421 (1958)
COHEN, E. [1961], Fourier expansions of arithmetical functions, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 67, 145-147 (1961)
COHEN, E. [1961/62], Almost even functions of finite abellan groups, Acta Arithm. 7, 311-323 (1961/62) CORDUNEANU, C. [1968], Almost Periodic Functions, New York don Sydney Toronto 1968
Lon-
CORPUT, VAN DER, J. G. [1939], Une Inegalite relative au nombre des diviseurs, Proc. Kon. Nederl. Akad. Wetensch. 42, 547-553, (1939)
DABOUSSI, H. [1975], Fonctions multiplicatives presque perlodiques B. D'apres un travail commune avec Hubert Delange. J. Arithm. Bordeaux (Conf. 1974), Asterisque 24/25, 321-324 (1975)
DABOUSSI, H. [1979], On the density of direct factors of the set of positive Integers, J. London Math. Soc. (2) 19, 21-24 (1979) DABOUSSI, H. [1980], Caracterisation des fonctions multipllcatives p.p.
BA A spectre non vide. Ann. Inst. Fourier Grenoble 30, 141-166 (1980)
DABOUSSI, H. [1981], Sur les fonctions multiplicatives ayant une valeur moyenne non nulle. Bull. Soc. Math. France 109, 183-205 (1981)
DABOUSSI, H. [1984], Sur le Theoreme des Nombres Premiers, C.
R.
Bibliography
335
Acad. Sc. Paris 298, 161-164 (1984) DABOUSSI, H. & DELANGE, H. [1974], Quelques proprietes des fonctions
multiplicatives du module au plus egal 1
1.
C. R. Acad.
Sci. Paris Ser. A 278, 657-660 (1974)
DABOUSSI, H. & DELANGE, H. [1976], On a theorem of P. D. T. A. Elliott on multiplicative functions. J. London Math. Soc. (2) 14, 34S-356 (1976)
DABOUSSI, H. & DELANGE, H. [1982], On multiplicative arithmetical functions whose modulus does not exceed one. J. London Math. Soc. (2) 26, 24S-264 (1982) DABOUSSI, H. & DELANGE, H. [1985], On a class of multiplicative functions, Acta Scient. Math. Szeged 49, 143-149 (1985) DABOUSSI, H. & INDLEKOFER, K.-H. [1992], Two elementary proofs of Halesz's theorem, Math. Z. 209, 43-52 (1992) DABOUSSI, H. & MENDES FRANCE, M. [1974], Spectrum, almost perio-
dicity and equidistribution modulo 1, Studia Scient. Math. Hung. 9, 173-180, 1974 DAVENPORT, H. [1967], Multiplicative Number Theory, Chicago 1967 DELANGE, H. [1954], Generallsatlon du theoreme de Ikehara, Ann. Scient. de l'Ecole Norm. Sup. (3) 71, 213-242 (1954)
DELANGE, H. [1961a], Sur les fonctions arithmetiques multipllcatives, Ann. Sci. de 1' Ecole Norm. Sup. 78, 273-304 (1961) DELANGE, H. [1961b], Un theoreme sur les fonctions arithmetiques multiplicatlves et ses applications, Ann. Sci. de l'Ecole Norm. Sup. 78, 1-29 (1961)
DELANGE, H. [1963a], On a class of multiplicative functions, Scripta Math. 26, 121-141 (1963)
DELANGE, H. [1963b], Application de la methode du crible a 1'etude des valeurs moyennes de certaines fonctions arithmetiques, Seminaire Delange-Pisot, 3e annee 1961/62, Paris 1963 DELANGE, H. [1967], A theorem on multiplicative arithmetic functions, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 18, 743-749 (1967) DELANGE, H. [1969], Sur certaines fonctions additives i valeurs entieres, Acta Arithm. 16, 195-206 (1969)
DELANGE, H. [1970a], A remark on multiplicative functions, Bull. London Math. Soc. 2, 183-185 (1970)
Bibliography
336
DELANGE, H. [1970b], Sur les fonctions multlplicatives de plusleurs entlers, L'E`nselgnement Math. 16, 273-304 (1970)
DELANGE, H. [1971], Sur des formules de Atle Selberg, Acta Arithm. 19, 105-146 (1971)
DELANGE, H. [1972], Sur les fonctions multiplicatives de module au plus egal A un, C. R. Acad. Paris 27S, Ser. A, 781-784 (1972)
DELANGE, H. [1974/75], On finitely distributed additive functions, J. London Math. Soc. (2) 9, 483-489 (1974/75) DELANGE, H. [1975], Quelques rdsultats sur les fonctlons multipllcatives. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris Sect. A 281, A 997-A 1000 (1975) DELANGE, H. [1976], On Ramanujan expansions of certain arithmetical functions, Acta Arithm. 31, 259-270 (1976) DELANGE, H. [1981], Sur certaines sous-ensembles de OVS' de fonction caracterlstlque presque-periodique-B. Journees de Theorle Analytlque et Elementaire des Nombres. 4 pp. Reims 1981 DELANGE, H. [1984], Generalization of Daboussl 's theorem, Topics In classical number theory, Vol. I, H. Coll. Math. Soc. J4nos Bolyai 34, Budapest 1981, 305-318 (1984) DELANGE, H. [1985], On a theorem of J.-L. Mauclaire on limit periodic sequences. Bull. London Math. Soc. 17, 518-526 (1985)
DELANGE, H. [1987], On a formula for almost-even arithmetical functions, Illinois J. Math. 31, 24-35 (1987) DELANGE, H. [1988], Probabilistic Number Theory, Ramanujan Revisited,
Proc. Cent. Conf. Univ. of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1987, Academic Press 1988, 153-165
DELSARTE, J. M. [1945], Essal sur ]'application de la thdorle des fonctions presque-pdriodiques d l'arithmetique, Ann. Scl. de l'E`cole Norm. Sup. 62, 185-204 (1945)
DIAMOND, H. G. [1982], Elementary methods In the study of the distribution of the prime numbers, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 7, 553-589 (1982)
DIAMOND, H. G. & ERDOS, P. [1981], On sharp elementary prime number estimates, L'Enseignement mathem. 26 (1980), 313-321 (1981)
DUNCAN, R. L. [1971], Some applications of the Turin-Kubillus inequa-
337
Bibliography
lity, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 30, 69-72 (1971) EDWARDS, D. A. [1957], On absolutely convergent Dirichlet series, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 8, 1067-1074 (1957)
ELLIOTT, P. D. T. A. [1967, 1968], On certain additive functions I,
II,
Acta Arithm. 12 , 365-384 (1967), ibid. 14, 51-64 (1968) ELLIOTT, P. D. T. A. [1970], The Turdn - Kubllius inequality, and a limitation theorem for the large sieve, Amer. J. Math. 92, 293-300 (1970)
ELLIOTT, P. D. T. A. [1971], On the limiting distribution of additive functions (mod 1), Pacific J. Math. 38, 49-59 (1971)
ELLIOTT, P. D. T. A. [1974], On the position of a theorem of Kubillus in Probabilistic Number Theory, Math. Ann. 209, 201-209 (1974)
ELLIOTT, P. D. T. A. [1975], A mean-value theorem for multiplicative functions, Proc. London Math. Soc. (3) 31, 418-438 (1975) ELLIOTT, P. D. T. A. [1977], The Turdn-Kubillus Inequality, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 65, 8-10 (1977) ELLIOTT, P. D. T. A. [1979, 1980a], Probabilistic Number Theory, Vol. I, II. New York - Heidelberg- Berlin 1979, 1980 ELLIOTT,
P.
Mean-value theorems for functions bounded in mean a-power, a > 1. J. Austral. Math. Soc.
D.
T.
A.
[1980b],
29, 177-20S (1980) ELLIOTT, P. D. T. A. [1980c], High-power analogues of the Turdn-
Kubilius Inequality, and an application in number theory. Canadian Math. J. 32, 893-907 (1980) ELLIOTT, P. D. T. A. [1987a], Functional analysis and additive arithmetical functions. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 16, 179-223 (1987) ELLIOTT, P. D. T. A. [1987b], Applications of elementary functional
analysis to the study of arithmetic functions, Colloquia Mathematica Soc. Janos Bolyai 51, Number Theory, Budapest, 35-43 (1987) ELLIOTT, P. D. T. A. [1987c1, A local Turdn-Kubllius inequality, Acta Arithm. 49, 127-139 (1987)
ERDbs, P. [1946], On the distribution function of additive functions, Annals of Math. (2) 47, 1-20 (1946) ERDOS, P. [1947], Some asymptotic formulas for multiplicative functions,
Bibliography
338
Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 53, 536-544 (1947) ERDOS, P. [1949a], On a new method in elementary number theory which
leads to an elementary proof of the prime number theorem, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 35, 374-384 (1949)
ERDOS, P. [1949b], On a Tauberlan theorem connected with the new proof of the prime number theorem, J. Indian Math. Soc. 13, 131-144 (1949)
ERDOS, P. 11952], On the sum -Yk 1 d(f(k)), J. London Math. Soc. 27, 7-15 (1952)
ERDOs,, P. 11957], Some unsolved problems, Mich. Math. J. 4, 291-300 (1957)
ERDOS,, P. & HALL, R. R. [1980], On the Moblus function, J. Reine Angew. Math. 315, 121-126 (1980)
ERDOS, P. & MAXSEIN, T. & SMITH, P. R. [1990], Prlmzahlpotenzen in rekurrenten Folgen, Analysis 10, 71-83 (1990) ERDOs, P. & RENYI, A. [1965], On the mean value of nonnegative multi-
plicative number-theoretical functions, Mich. Math. J.
12,
321-338 (1965)
ERDOS, P. & RuSZA, I. & SARKOZY, A. [1973], On the number of solu-
tions of f(n) = a for additive functions, Acta Arithm. 24, 1-9 (1973)
ERDOS, P. & SAFFARI, B. & VAUGHAN, R. C. 11979], On the asymptotic
density of sets of Integers, II, J. London Math. Soc. (2) 19, 17-20, (1979)
ERDOs, P. & WINTNER, A. [1939], Additive arithmetical functions and statistical independence, Amer. J. Math. 61, 713-721 (1939) ERDOS, P. & WINTNER, A. [1940], Additive functions and almost periodicity (62), Amer. J. Math. 62, 63S-645 (1940) ESTERMANN, T. 11952], Introduction to Modern Prime Number Theory, Cambridge 1952
GALAMBOS, J. [1970a], A probabilistic approach to mean values of multiplicative functions, J. London Math. Soc. (2) 2, 40S-419 (1970)
GALAMBOS, J. [1970b], Distribution of arithmetical functions. A survey, Ann. Inst. H. Polncare, Sect. B 6, 281-305 (1970) GALAMBOS, J. [1971a], Distribution of additive and multiplicative func-
Bibliography
339
tions, in: The Theory of Arithmetic Functions, Conf. Western Michigan Univ., Springer Lecture Notes 251, 127-139 (1971)
GALAMBOS, J. [1971b], On the distribution of strongly multiplicative
functions, Bull. London Math. Soc. 3, 307-312 (1971) GALAMBOS, J. [1972], On the asymptotic distribution of values of arith-
metical functions, Accad. Nazionale del Lincei, Ser. VIII, Vol. S2, 84-89 (1972)
GALAMBOS, J. [1973], Approximation of arithmetical functions by additive ones, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 39, 19-25 (1973) GALLAGHER, P. X. [1967], The large sieve, Mathematika 14, 14-20 (1967) GANELIUS, T. H. [1971], Tauberlan Remainder Theorems, Berlin Heidelberg New York 1971 GAT, G. [1991], On almost even arithmetical functions via orthonormal systems on Vilenkin groups, Acta Arithm. 60, 105-123 (1991) GELFAND, I. M. [1941], Normed Rings, Mat. Sbornik 9, 3-24 (1941) HALASZ, G. [1968], Uber die Mittelwerte multiplikativer zahlentheoretischer Funktionen, Acta Math. Sci. Hung. 19, 365-403 (1968) HALAsz, G. [1969], Uber die Konvergenz multiplikativer zahlentheoretischer Funktionen, Studia Scient. Math. Hung. 4, 171-178 -
(1969)
HALAsz, G. [1971], On the distribution of additive and the mean-values of multiplicative arithmetic functions, Studia Scient. Math. Hung. 6, 211-233 (1971)
HALAsz, G. [1972], Remarks to my paper "On the distribution of additive and the mean-values of multiplicative arithmetic functions", Acta Math. Acad. Sci. Hung. 23, 425-432 (1972) HALAsz, G. [1974], On the distribution of additive arithmetic functions, Acta Arithm. 27, 143-152 (1974) HALBERSTAM, H. & RICHERT, H.-E. [1971], Mean value theorems for a
class of arithmetic functions, Acta Arithm.
18,
243-256
(1971)
HALBERSTAM, H. & RICHERT, H.-E. [1974], Sieve Methods, London, New York 1974 HALBERSTAM, H. & ROTH, K. [1966], Sequences, Oxford 1966 HALL, R. R. & TENENBAUM, G. [1988], Divisors, Cambridge 1988
Bibliography
340
HARDY, G. H. [1921], Note on Ramanujan's trigonometrical function cq(n)
and certain series of arithmetical functions. Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc. 20, 263-271 (1921) HARDY, G. H. [1949], Divergent Series, Oxford 1949 HARDY, G. H. & RAMANWAN, S. [1917], The normal number of prime
factors of an Integer, Quart. J. Math. (Oxford) 48, 76-92, (1917)
HARDY, G. H. & WRIGHT, E. M. [1956], An Introduction to the theory of numbers, 3rd edition, Oxford 1956 HARTMANN, P. & WINTNER, A. [1940], On the almost-periodicity of additive number-theoretical functions, Amer. J. Math. 62, 753-758 (1940)
HASSE, H. [19641, Vorlesungen Uber Zahlentheorle, Berlin G6ttingen Heidelberg New York 1964 HEPPNER, E. [1973], Die maximale Ordnung primzahl-unabhangiger multiplikativer Funktionen, Archiv Math. 24, 63-66 (1973) HEPPNER, E. [1980], Uber benachbarte multiplikative zahlentheoretische Funktionen mehrerer Variabler, Archiv Math. 35, 454-460 (1980)
HEPPNER, E. [1981], Uber Mittelwerte multiplikativer zahlentheoretischer
Funktionen mehrerer Variabler, Monatsh. Math.
91,
1-9
(1981)
HEPPNER, E. [19821, Uber Mittelwerte multiplikativer, zahlentheoretischer Funktionen, Ann. Univ. Sci. Budapest 25, 85-96 (1982)
HEPPNER, E. [1984], On the existence of mean-values of multiplicative functions. Topics in Classical Number theory, Vol. I, II. Coll. Math. Soc. Jfinos Bolyal 34, Budapest 1981, 717-729 (1984)
HEPPNER, E. & MAXSEIN, T. [1985], Potenzreihen mit multipllkativen Koeffizienten, Analysis 5, 87-95 (1985) HEPPNER, E. & SCHWARZ, W. [1983], Benachbarte multiplikative Funktionen. Studies in Pure Mathematics (To the Memory of Paul Turan). Budapest 1983, 323-336 HEWITT, E. & Ross, K. A. [1963, 1970], Abstract harmonic analysis, I, H. Berlin-Heidelberg-New York 1963, 1970 HEWITT, E. & STROMBERG, K. [1965], Real and abstract analysis, Berlin-
Bibliography
341
Heidelberg-New York 1965
HEWITT, E. & WILLIAMSON, J. H. [1957], Note on absolutely convergent Dirichlet series, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 8, 863-868 (1957)
HILDEBRAND, A. [1984], Uber die punktweise Konvergenz von RamanuJan-Entwicklungen zahlentheoretischer Funktlonen. Acta Arithm. 44, 109-140 (1984) HILDEBRAND, A. [1986], On Wirsing's mean value theorem for multiplicative functions, Bull. London Math. Soc. 18, 147-152 (1986)
HILDEBRAND, A. [1988], On the number of prime factors of an Integer, Ramanujan Revisited, Proc. Cent. Conf. Univ. of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1987, Academic Press 1988, 167-18S HILDEBRAND, A. & SCHWARZ, W. & SPILKER, J. [1988], Still another
proof of Parseval's equation for almost-even arithmetical functions, Aequationes Math. 35, 132-139 (1988) HILDEBRAND, A. & SPILKER, J. [1980], Charakterisierung der additiven,
fastgeraden Funktlonen, Manuscripta Math.
32,
213-230
(1980)
HoOLEY, C. [19761, Applications of sieve methods to the theory of numbers, Cambridge
London
New York
-
Melbourne
1976
HuA, Loo KENO [1982], Introduction to Number Theory, Berlin Heidelberg New York 1982 HUXLEY, M. N. [1972], The Distribution of Prime Numbers, Oxford 1972 HUXLEY, M. N. 119811, A note on polynomial congruences, Recent Progress in Analytic Number Theory (Durham 1979), Vol. 1, 193-196, London New York et al. 1981 HUXLEY, M. N. & WATT, N. [1987], The Hardy-Littlewood Method for Exponential Sums, Colloquia Mathematica Soc. Janos Bolyai 51, Number Theory, Budapest, 173-191 (1987) INDLEKOFER, K.-H. [1972], Multipllkatlve Funktlonen mehrerer Varlabler, J. f. Reine u. Angew. Math. 256, 180-184 (1972)
INDLEKOFER, K.-H. [1976], On the distribution of values of additive arithmetical functions, Coll. Math. Soc. J. Bolyai, Debrecen 1974, 111-128 (1976)
INDLEKOFER, K.-H. [1980], A mean-value theorem for multiplicative
Bibliography
342
functions, Math. Z. 172, 255-271 (198o) INDLEKOFER, K.-H. [1981a], Remark on a theorem of G. Haldsz, Archiv Math. 36, 145-ISI (1981) INDLEKOFER, K.-H. [1981b], Some remarks on almost-even and almostperiodic functions, Archiv Math. 37, 353-358 (1981)
INDLEKOFER, K.-H. [1981c], Limiting distributions and mean-values of arithmetical functions, J. Reine Angew. Math. 328, 116-127 (1981)
INDLEKOFER, K.-H. [1984], On multiplicative arithmetical functions,
Topics in Classical Number Theory, Vol. I, II. Coll. Math. Soc. Janos Bolyai 34, Budapest 1981, 731-748 (1984) INDLEKOFER, K.-H. [1986], Limiting distributions and mean-values of complex-valued multiplicative functions, Prob. Theory and Math. Stat. Vol. 1, 547-5S2, VNU Science Press 1986 INDLEKOFER, K.-H, [1992], Remarks on an elementary proof of Halisz's theorem, Preprint 1992 INGHAM, A. E. [1962], On absolutely convergent Dirichlet series, Studies
in Mathematical Analysis and Related Topics. Essays In Honor of G. Polya, Stanford Calif. p. IS6-164 (1962) IvtC, A. [1985], The Rlemann Zeta-Function, New York et al. 198S JURKAT, W. & PEYERIMHOFF, A. [1976], A constructive approach to Kronecker approximation and its application to the Mertens conjecture, J. Reine Angew. Math. 286/287, 322-340 (1976)
KAc, M. & KAMPEN, E. R. van & WINTNER, A. [1940], Ramanujan sums and almost periodic behaviour, Amer. J. Math. 62, 107-114 (1940)
KAMPEN, E. R. van [1940], On uniformly almost periodic multiplicative and additive functions, Amer. J. Math. 62, 627-634 (1940) KAMPEN, E. R. van & WINTNER, A. [1940], On the almost periodic behaviour of multiplicative number-theoretical functions, Amer. J. Math. 62, 613-626 (1940) KANOLD, H. J. [1961], Uber perlodische multiplikative zahlentheoretische Funktionen, Math. Ann. 144, 135-141 (1961)
KANOLD, H. J. [1962], Uber periodische zahlentheoretische Funktionen, Math. Ann. 147, 269-274 (1962)
343
Bibliography
KATAI, 1. [1968a,b], On sets characterizing number-theoretical functions, Acta Arithm. 13, 31S-320, II (The set of "prime plus one" is a set of quasi-uniqueness), Acta Arithm. 16, 1-4 (1968) KATAI, I. [1969], On the distribution of arithmetical functions, Acta Math. Acad. Sci. Hung. 20, 69-87 (1969)
KLUSCH, D. [1986], Mellin Transforms and Fourier-Ramanujan Expansions, Math. Z. 193, 515-526 (1986) KNOPFMACHER, J. [1975], Abstract analytic number theory, Amsterdam/ Oxford 197S KNOPFMACHER, J. [1976], Fourier analysis of arithmetical functions. Annals Mat. Pura Appl. (IV) 109, 177-201 (1976) KONINCK, J. M. de & GALAMBOS, J. [19741, Sums of reciprocals of additive functions, Acta Arithm. 25, 159-164 (1974)
KRYZIUS, Z. [1985a], Almost even arithmetic functions on semigroups (Russ.). Litovsk. Mat. Sbornik 25, No. 2, 90-101 (1985) KRYZIUS, Z. [198Sb], Limit periodic arithmetical functions. Litovsk. Mat. Sbornik 2S, No. 3, 93-103 (1985), KUBILIUS, J. [1956], Probabilistic methods in the theory of numbers, (Russ.), Uspechi Mat. Nauk 11, 31-66 (1956) KUBILIUS, J. [1964], Probabilistic methods in the theory of numbers,
Amer. Math. Soc. Translations of Math. Monographs, Vol. 11, 1-182 (1964) KUBILIUS, J.
[1968], On local theorems for additive number-theoretic functions, Abh. aus Zahlentheorie and Analysis zur Erinnerung an Edmund Landau, VEB Dt. Verl. d. Wiss. Berlin 1968, 175-191
KUBILIUS, J. [1975], On an Inequality for additive arithmetic functions, KuiPERs,
L.
Acta Arithm. 27, 371-383 (1975) & NIEDERREITER, H. [1974], Uniform Distribution of Sequences, New York London et al. 1974
KUNTH, P. [1988], Einige funktionalanalytische Aspekte In der Theorle der zahlentheoretischen Funktionen, Dissertation Frankfurt 1988 KUNTH, P. [1989a], Einlge Ergebnisse aus der nlcht-multiplikativen B4Theorle, Archly Math. 53, 373-383 (1989) KUNTH, P. [1989b], Der topologische Dualraum des Raums BQ der q-fast-
Bibliography
344
geraden zahlentheoretischen Funktionen (0 < q < co), Archiv Math. S3 , SS3-564 (1989)
KUNTH, P. [1989c], Uber eine arithmetische Charakterisierung der multiplikativen, fast-geraden Funktionen, Manuscripta Math. 65, 275-279 (1989) KUNTH, P. [1990], Uber die asymptotische Dichte gewisser Teilmengen
der natilrlichen Zahlen, Acta Arithm. 55, 95-106 (1990) LEITMANN, D. & WOLKE, D. [1976], Periodische and multiplikative zahlentheoretische Funktionen, Monatsh. Math. 81, 279-289 (1976) LEVIN, B. V. & FAINLEIB, A. S. [19671, Anwendung gewisser Integral-
gleichungen auf Fragen der Zahlentheorie, (Russ.), Uspechi Mat.Nauk 22, 122-199 (1967)
LEVIN, B. V. & FAINLEIB, A. S. [1970], Multiplicative functions and probabilistic number theory, Russian. Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Ser. Mat. 34, 1064-1109 (1970) LEVIN, B. V. & TIMOFEEV, N. M. [1970], Sums of multiplicative functions, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 193, 992-99S (1970)
LEVIN, B. V. & TIMOFEEV, N. M. [1974/75], On the distribution of values of additive functions, Acta Arithm. 26, 333-364 (1974/75)
LooMis, L., [1953], An introduction to abstract harmonic analysis, Princeton N. J. 1953
LuCHT, L. [1974], Asymptotische Eigenschaften multiplikativer Funktionen, J. f. Reine u. Angew. Math. 266, 200-220 (1974) LuCHT, L. [1978], Uber benachbarte multiplikative Funktionen, Archiv Math. 30, 40-48 (1978)
LuCHT, L. [1979a], Mittelwerte zahlentheoretischer Funktionen and lineare Kongruenzsysteme, J. Reine Angew. Math. 306, 212-220 (1979)
LUCI-IT, L. [1979b], Mittelwerte multiplikativer Funktionen auf Linear-
formen, Archiv Math. 32, 349-35S (1979)
LucHT, L. [1981], Power series with multiplicative coefficients, Math. Z. 177, 359-374 (1981)
LUCI-IT, L. [1991], An application of Banach algebra techniques to multiplicative functions, Preprint 1991 LuCHT, L. & TUTTAS, F. [1979], Mean-values of multiplicative functions
34S
Bibliography
and natural boundaries of power-series with multiplicative coefficients, J. London Math. Soc. (2) 19, 25-34 (1979) LuKAcs, E. [1970], Characteristic functions. 2nd ed. 350 pp, London 1970 v
Application of the method of Dirichlet generating series In the theory of distribution of values
MANSTAVICIUS, E. [19741,
of arithmetic functions, (Russ.) Litovskii Mat. Sbornik 16, 99-111 (1974)
MAUCLAIRE, J.-L. [1980a,b], Suites llmlte-perlodlques et theorie des nombres, 11,111, Proc. Japan Acad. Ser. A Math.Sci. 56, 223-224, 56, 294-295 (1980) MAUCLAIRE, J.-L. [19811, Fonctions arlthmetiques et analyse harmonique,
Analytic Number Theory, Proc. Symp. Tokyo 1980, 83-94 (1981)
MAUCLAIRE, J.-L. [1983a,b, 1984], Suites limite-periodiques et theorie des nombres, VII, VIII, Proc. Japan Acad. Ser. A Math. Sci. 59, 26-28, 59, 164-166 (1983), 60, 130-133 (1984) MAUCLAIRE, J.-L. [1986], Integration et Theorie des Nombres, Paris 1986
MAXSEIN, T. [1985], Charakterislerung gewisser Klassen zahlentheoretischer Funktionen, Dissertation, Frankfurt 198S MAXSEIN, T. [1989a], Potenzreihen mit fastgeraden Koeffizienten, Acta Math. Hung. 53, 263-270 (1989) MAXSEIN, T. [1989b], Potenzreihen, the elner Wachstumsbedingung genil-
gen and additive Koeffizienten besitzen, Acta Math. Hung. 54, 3-7 (1989)
MAXSEIN, T. [1990], Potenzreihen mit additives Koeffizienten, Analysis 10, 17-21 (1990)
MAXSEIN, T. & SCHWARZ, W. [1992], On a theorem concerning func-
tions In different spaces of almost-periodic functions, Proc. Amalfi Conference on Analytic Number Theory (1989), 315-323, (1992)
MAXSEIN, T. & SCHWARZ, W. & SMITH, P. [19911, An example for Gelfand's theory of commutative Banach algebras, Math. Slovaca 41, 299-310 (1991)
MCCARTHY, Paul J. [1986], Arithmetical Functions, New York - Berlin
Bibliography
346
- Tokyo 1986
MOLITOR-BRAUN, CARINE [1991], La propriete de Wiener, Seminaire de mathematique de Luxembourg, Trav. Math. 3, 33-44 (1991) MONTGOMERY, H. [1971], Topics In multiplicative number theory, Berlin - Heidelberg - New York 1971 MONTGOMERY, H. & VAUGHAN, R. C. [1973], On the large sieve, Mathematika 20, 119-134 (1973)
MONTGOMERY, H. & VAUGHAN, R. C. [1977], Exponential sums with multiplicative coefficients, Inventlones Math. 43, 69-82 (1977)
MOTOHASHI, Y. [1970], An asymptotic formula In the theory of numbers, Acta Arithm. 16, 255-264 (1970)
MOTOHASHI, Y. [1973], On the distribution of the divisor function In arithmetic progressions, Acta Arithm. 22, 175-199 (1973) NAGEL, T. 119191, Uber hohere Kongruenzen nach einer Prlmzahlpotenz als Modulus, Norsk Matem. Tidsskr. 1, 95-98 (1919) NAGEL, T. [1923], Zahlentheoretische Notizen I, Eln Beitrag zur Theorle der hoheren Kongruenzen, Vidensk. Skrifter, Ser. I, Mat. Nat.K1. No. 13, 3-6 (1923)
NAGELL, T. [1951], Introduction to Number Theory, New York
Stock-
holm 1951, reprinted 1964
NAIR, M. [1982], A new method in elementary prime number theory, J. London Math. Soc. (2) 25, 385-391 (1982) NAIR, M. [1982], On Chebychev-type inequalities for primes, Amer. Math. Monthly 89, 126-129 (1982) NEUBAUER, G. [1963], Eine empirische Untersuchung zur Mertens'schen Funktion, Num. Math. S, 1-13 (1963)
NEwMAN, D. J. [1975], A simple proof of Wiener's f - Theorem, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 48, 264-265 (197S) NOVOSELOV, E. V. [1964], A new method In probabilistic number theory, [Russian], Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR ser. Mat. 28, 307-364 (1964)
NOVOSELOV, E. V. [1982], Introduction to polyadic analysis (Russian), Petrozavodsk, Gos. Univ. 112 pp (1982)
ODLYZKO, A. M. & TE RIELE, H. J. J. [1985], Disproof of the Mertens Conjecture, J. Relne Angew. Math. 357, 138-160 (1985)
Bibliography
347
ORE, O. [1921], Anzahl der Wurzeln hdherer Kongruenzen, Norsk Mat. Tidsskrift, 3, 63-66 (1921)
ORE, O. [1922], Uber hdhere Kongruenzen, Norsk mat. Forenings Skrifter 1, Nr. 7, lSpp (1922)
PAUL, E. M. [1962a,b], Density In the light of probability theory, I,
IT,
Sankhya, The Indian Journ. of Statistics, Ser. A 24, 103-114, 209-212 (1962)
PAUL, E. M. [1963], Density in the light of probability theory, III, Sankhya, The Indian Journ. of Statistics, Ser. A 2S, 273-280 (1963)
PHILLIPS, R. S. [19511, Spectral theory for semi-groups of linear operators, Transactions Amer. Math. Soc. 71, 393-415 (1951) POLYA, G. & SZEGO, G. [1925], Aufgaben and Lehrsatze aus der Analysis, I, II, Berlin 192S PRACHAR, K. [1957], Prlmzahlvertellung, Berlin
Gottingen
Heidelberg
1957
RAMANUJAN, S. [19181, On certain trigonometrical sums and their appli-
cation In the theory of numbers, Transactions Cambr. Phil. Soc. 22, 259-276 (1918); Collected papers, 179-199
RE`NYI, A. [1955], On the density of certain sequences of integers, Publ. Inst. Math. Acad. Serbe Sci. 8, 157-162 (195S) RENYI, A. [1965], A new proof of a theorem of Delange, Publ. Math. Debrecen 12, 323-329 (1965)
RENYI, A. [1970], Probability Theory, Amsterdam London 1970 RIBENBOIM, P. [1989], The Book of Prime Number Records, 2nd edition, Berlin Heidelberg New York 1989 RICHERT, H.-E. [1976], Lectures on Sieve Methods, Bombay 1976 RIEGER, G. J. [1960], Ramanujan'sche Summen In algebralschen Zahlkdrpern, Math. Nachrichten 22, 371-377 (1960) RIEGER, G. J. [1965], Zum Tellerproblem von Atle Selberg, Math. Nachr. 30, 181-192 (1965)
RosSER, J. B. & SCHOENFELD, L. [1962], Approximate formulas for
some functions of prime numbers, Illinois J. Math.
6,
64-94 (1962)
RossER, J. B. & SCHOENFELD, L. [1975], Sharper bounds for the Chebychev functions $(x) and ¢(x), Math. Comp. 29, 243-269
Bibliography
348
(1975)
RUBEL, L. & STOLARSKY, K. [1980], Subseries of the power series for e", Amer. Math. Monthly 87, 371-376 (1980) RUDIN, W. [1962], Fourier analysis on groups, New York 1962 RUDIN, W. [1966], Real and complex analysis, New York 1966 RUDIN, W. [1973], Functional analysis, New York 1973 RYAVEC, C. [1970], A characterization of finitely distributed additive functions, J. Number Theory 2, 393-403 (1970) SAFFARI, B. [1968], Sur quelques applications de la methode de l'hyperbole de Dirichlet a la theorie des nombres premiers, L'Enseignement Mathematique 14, 205-224 (1968) SAFFARI, B. [1976a], Existence de la density asymptotique pour les facteurs directs de W, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 282, A 255258 (1976)
SAFFARI, B. [1976b], On the asymptotic density of sets of integers, J. London Math. Soc. (2) 13, 475-485 (1976) SATHE, L. G. [1953a,b, 1954a,b], On a problem of Hardy and Littlewood
on the distribution of integers having a given number of prime factors, I, II, J. Indian Math. Soc. 17, 63-82, 83-141 (1953), III, IV, ibid. 18, 27-42, 43-81 (1954) SCHOENFELD, L. [1976], Sharper bounds for the Chebychev functions
9(x) and ¢(x). II, Math. Comp. 30, 337-360 (1976) SCHWARZ, W. [1969], Einfiihrung in Methoden and Ergebnisse der Primzahltheorie, Mannheim 1969 SCHWARZ, W. [1973a], Ramanujan-Entwicklungen stark multiplikativer zahlentheoretischer Funktionen, Acta Arithm. 22, 329-338 (1973)
SCHWARZ, W. [1973b], Ramanujan-Entwicklungen stark multiplikativer Funktionen, J. f. Reine u. Angew. Math. 262/263, 66-73 (1973)
SCI-IWARZ, W. [1973c], Eine weitere Bemerkung fiber multiplikative Funktionen, Colloquium Math. 28, 81-89 (1973) SCHWARZ, W. [1974], Einftihrung in Siebmethoden der analytischen Zahlentheorle, Mannheim/Wien/Zurich 1974
SCHWARZ, W. [1976], Aus der Theorie der zahlentheoretischen Funktionen, Jber. Deutsche Math.-Verein. 78, 147-167 (1976)
Bibliography
349
SCHWARZ, W. [1979a], Some applications of Elliott's mean-value theorem, J. Reine Angew. Math. 3o7/3o8, 418-423 (1979) SCHWARZ, W. [1979b], Periodic, multiplicative number-theoretical functions, Monatsh. Math. 87, 65-67 (1979) SCHWARZ, W. [1981], Fourier-Ramanujan-Entwicklungen zahlentheoretischer Funktionen mit Anwendungen, Festschrift Wiss. Ges. Univ. Frankfurt, 399-415, Wiesbaden 1981 SCHWARZ, W. [1985], Remarks on the theorem of Elliott and Daboussi,
and applications, Elementary and analytic theory of numbers (Warsaw 1982), 463-498, Banach Senter Publ.17, PWN, Warsaw 1985
SCHWARZ, W. [1986], A correction to: "Remarks on Elliott's theorem on mean-values of multiplicative functions" (Durham, 1979) and some remarks on almost-even number-theretical func-
tions, Analytic and elementary number theory, Marseille 1983, 139-IS8, Univ.Paris XI, Orsay 1986 SCHWARZ, W. [1987a], in die Zahlentheorie, 2°`I edition, Darmstadt 1987 SCHWARZ, W. [1987b], Almost-even number-theoretical functions, Proba-
bility theory and mathematical statistics, Vol.
II
(Vilnius
198S), 581-587, Utrecht 1987
SCHWARZ, W. [1988], Ramanujan expansions of arithmetical functions, Ramanujan Revisited, Proc. Cent. Conf. Univ. of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1987, Academic Press Boston 1988, 187-214
SCHWARZ, W. & SPILKER, J. [1971], Eine Anwendung des Approximationssatzes von Weierstra13-Stone auf Raman ujan -Sum men. Nieuw Archief voor Wisk. (3) 19, 198-209 (1971) SCHWARZ, W. & SPILKER, J. [1974], Mean values and Ramanujan expan-
sions of almost even arithmetical functions, Coll. Math. Soc. J. Bolyai 13. Topics in Number Theory, 315-357, Debrecen 1974 SCHWARZ, W. & SPILKER, J. 11979], Wiener-Levy-Satze filr absolut konvergente Reihen, Archiv Math. 32, 267-275 (1979) SCHWARZ, W. & SPILKER, J. [1981], Remarks on Elliott' s theorem on
mean-values of multiplicative functions. Recent Progress
Bibliography
350
in
Analytic
Number
Theory,
Durham
1979,
325-339,
London 1981
SCHWARZ, W. & SPILKER, J. [1983], Elne Bemerkung zur Charakterisie-
rung der fastperiodischen multiplikativen zahlentheoretlschen Funktlonen mit von Null verschledenem Mittelwert. Analysis 3, 205-216 (1983)
SCHWARZ, W. & SPILKER, J. [1986], A variant of proof of Daboussi's theorem on the characterization of multiplicative functions with non-void Fourier-Bohr spectrum. Analysis 6, 237-249 (1986)
SELBERG, A. [1949], An elementary proof of the prime number theorem, Ann. of Math. (2) SO, 305-313 (1949) SELBERG, A. [1950], An elementary proof of the prime number theorem for arithmetic progressions, Canad. J. Math. 2, 66-78 (1950) SELBERG, A. [1954], Note on a paper by L. G. Sathe, J. Indian Math. Soc. 18, 83-87 (1954)
SIEBERT, H. & WOLKE, D. [1971], Uber einige Analoga zum Bombierlschen Primzahlsatz, Math. Z. 122, 327-341 (1971) SIVARAMAKRISHNAN, R. [1989], Classical Theory of Arithmetic Functions, 1989
SPILKER, J. [1979], A simple proof of an analogue of Wiener's 1/f
Theorem, Archiv Math. 32, 265-266 (1979) SPILKER, J. [1980], RamanuJan expansions of bounded arithmetical functions, Archiv Math. 35, 451-453 (1980) SPILKER, J. & SCHWARZ, W. [1979], Wiener-Levy-Satze fUr absolut konvergente Relhen, Archiv Math. 32, 267.275 (1979)
TE RIELE, H. J. J. [1985], Some historical and other notes about the Mertens conjecture, and Its disproof, Nieuw Archief voor Wiskunde (4) 3, 237-243 (1985)
TITCHMARSH, E. C. [1951], The Theory of the Riemann Zeta-Function, Oxford 1951
TULYAGANOV, S. T. [1991], Comparison of Sums of Multiplicative Functions, Soviet Math. Dokl. 42, 829-833 (1991); Russian original 1990
TuRAN, P. [1934], On a theorem of Hardy and Ramanujan, J. London Math. Soc. 9, 274-276, 1934
Bibliography
351
TuItkN, P [1936], Uber einige Verallgemeinerungen eines Satzes von Hardy and Ramanujan, J. London Math. Soc. 11, 12S-133 (1936)
TupAN, P. [1984], On a New Method of Analysis and Its Applications, New York Chichester et al. 1984 TUTTAS, F. [1980], Uber die Entwicklung multiplikativer Funktlonen nach Ramanujan-Summen. Acta Arithm. 36, 257-270 (1980) USDAVINIS, P. [1967], An analogue of the theorem of Erdds-Wintner
for the sequence of polynomials with integer coefficients (Russ.), Litovskii Mat. Sbornik 7, 329-338 (1967) VAUGHAN, R. C. [1977], On the estimation of trigonometrical sums over primes, and related questions, Institut Mittag-Leffler, Report No. 9, 1977 WAIBEL, M. [1985], Charakterlsierung (exponentiell) multiplikatlver .&`I-fastgerader Funktlonen mit nichtverschwindendem Mittelwert, Diplomarbelt Freiburg 1985 WARLIMONT, R. [1983], Ramanujan expansions of multiplicative functions, Acta Arithm. 42, 111-120 (1983)
WEYL, H. [1916], Uber the Gleichverteilung von Zahlen modulo Eins, Math. Ann. 77, 313-352 (1916) WIDDER, D. V. [1946], The Laplace Transform, Princeton 1946
WINTNER, A. [1942], On a statistics of the Ramanujan sum, Amer. J. Math. 64, 106-114 (1942)
WINTNER, A. [1943], Eratosthenian Averages, Baltimore 1943 WINTNER, A. [1944], The Theory of Measure in Arithmetical Semigroups, Baltimore 1944 WIRSING, E. [1956], Uber the Zahlen, deren Primteiler einer gegebenen Menge angehoren, Archiv Math. 7, 263-272 (1956) WIRSING, E. [1961], Das asymptotische Verhalten von Summen fiber multiplikatlve Funktionen, Math. Annalen 143, 75-102 (1961) WIRSING, E. [1967], Das asymptotische Verhalten von Summen Uber multiplikative Funktionen, II, Acta Math. Acad. Scl. Hung. 18, 414-467 (1967)
WIRSING, E. [1981], Additive and completely additive functions with restricted growth, Recent Progress in Analytic Number Theory, Vol. II (Durham 1979), p.231-280 (1981)
Bibliography
3S2
WOLKE, D. [1971a], Uber das summatorlsche Verhalten zahlentheoretischer Funktlonen, Math. Ann. 194, 147-166 (1971)
WOLKE, D. [1971b], Multiplikative Funktlonen auf schnell wachsenden Folgen, J. Reine Angew. Math. 251, 54-67 (1971) WOLKE, D. [1972], A new proof of a theorem of van der Corput, J. London Math. Soc. (2) 5, 609-612 (1972) WOLKE, D. [1973], Uber die mittlere Verteilung der Werte zahlentheore-
tischer Funktionen auf Restklassen, 1-25 (1973)
I,
Math. Ann. 202,
Author Index
353
Author Index
Apostol x, 39, 42
Estermann 38
Astley xi Axer 45, 53
Fubini 321
Barban 61 Besicovich 186 Bieberbach 218
Gallagher 330 Ganelius 323 Gelfand 142, 326
Bombieri 39, 239 Bruijn, N. G. de, 132, 150 Brun 38
Ilalasz 49, 76, 78, 293, 304 1-lalberstam 27, 39, 171, 329
Hall 26, 58, 181, 183
Cauchy 91
Hanson 59
Chandrasekharan x
Hardy x, 12, 19, 28, 29, 322
Conway 327
Hasse 19 Heppner 97
Corduneanu 134
Hewitt 105, 155, 160, 184, 315, 319
Daboussi ix,
32,
41,
45,
78, 82,
Hildebrand 77, 164,
165,
83, 85, 117, 203, 204, 213, 228,
185,
233, 236, 239, 240,
293, 294, 297, 310
261,
293,
202, 210, 219,
167,
Holder 40
305, 310
Davenport 30, 39, 329 de Bruijn 132, 150 Delange ix, 49, 51, 78, III, 233, 234, 235, 236, 239, 240, 248, 323
Hooley 221
Hua x Huxley 30, 39, 329 Ikehara 322
Dini 307 Dirichlet 14, 289 DUkcr xi
Indlekofer ix, 78, 291, 293, 305 Ivic V 30 Jacobs xi
Elliott ix, x, 20,
21,
24, 49, 51,
Jurkat 33
233, 235, 236, 307
Erdos 32,
166,
220, 291,
76,
294, 303
83,
181,
183,
213,
Kampen, van ISO
Author Index
354
Knopfmacher x, 29, 47, 185, 192 Kohlenbach 367 Kubilius x, 20, 114 Kuipers 131
Kulisch xi Kunth 224 Landau 295, 304, 322 Lebesgue 319 Leitmann 131, 132 Loomis 104, 105, 146 Lucht 103, 115, 216, 218, 219
Lukacs 140, 323
Mauclaire 162, 202 Maxsein 143 McCarthy x
Rademacher 41 Ramanujan 20 Rankin 56 Renyi 139, 23S Richert 39, 171, 329
Riele, to 33 Riesz 327 Rohlfing xi, 367
Rosser 33, 60 Roth 27, 329 Rubel 223 Rudin 104, 105, 127, 145, 146,
Saffari 45, 82, 83, 117, Schmerbeck xi Schoenfeld 33, 60 Schwarz 12, 30, 32, 39, 97,
Montgomery 39, 79, 329, 330
Nagell 74 Naimark 142, 326 Nair 91
Smitz 143
Neubauer 33 Niederreiter 131 Novoselov 162
Spilker 125, 166
Stolarski 223 Stromberg 155, 160, 184, 315, 319 Szegi 92, 218
Odlyzko 33
Tenenbaum 26, 58, 183
Page 38
to Riele 33
Patterson xi
Titchmarsh 30, 327, 331 Tranah xi
Peyerimhoff 33 Phillips 105 Po lya 92, 218 Prachar 2, 30, 32, 33, 38
125,
131, 143, 322, 329
Selherg 32, 38 Siegel 38 Sierpinski 42 Sivaramakrishnan x
Mozzochi xi, 367
189,
319, 327
Turan 19
'I'schiersch xi Tuttas 218, 219
Author Index
35S
Vaughan 79, 83, 329, 330 Vinogradov, A. I., 39 Vorhauer xi
Indlekofer 313, 365
Ivic
232, 314, 36S
Jutila 232 Walfisz 38 Weyl 47, 82
Karacuba 232 Ka tai 365 Knopfmacher 314 Kubilius 43, 314, 366
Widder 319 Wiener 104 Williamson 105
Wintner 45, 50,
53, 54 76, 83,
213, 271, 294, 303 Wirsing 45, 49, 51, 65, 68, 76, 77, 293, 294, 297, 304
72,
Laurincikas 366 Littlewood 44 Lucht 314
Wolke 131, 132
Wright x, 12, 28, 29
Photographs
Mauclaire 232, 313, 314 Mendes France 366 Mobius 44 Montgomery 365 Mozzochi 365
Bateman 314 de Bruijn 313
Nair 232
Daboussi 231, 314
Perelli 314
Davenport 44
Pintz 366
Delange 231, 314
Porubsky 366
Dirichlet 44 Elliott 231, 313, 365, 366
Ramachandra 366 Ramanujan 43
Erdi s 43, 232, 314, 365, 366
Rankin 231 Renyi 231
Freiman 366
Richert 232, 366
Fouvry 314 Schinzel 365, 366
Hardy 44
Selberg 232
Hildebrand 313, 36S
Siegel 232
Huxley 232
Stepanauskas 366
356
Tenenbaum 313, 314, 366 Vaughan 365 Vorhauer 366
Wintner 43
Wirsing 231, 365, 366
Author Index
Subject Index
3S7
Subject Index
v4
124, 186
Bq 19S
AeA loo
,$q 118, 187, 192
- , completeness
Aq 195
,4 q 118, 188, 192 -
2- 123, 127, 133ff, 145, 186
Banach algebra 104, 127, 133, 142,
, completeness 192
Au 127, 133ff, 186
14S
Abelian groups, - number of nonisomorphic 47 Abel's summation formula 4, S5 Absolutely convergent DiRICHLET series 105 Absolutely convergent power series 104
Additive function 6,
192
19, 114,
Bernoulli polynomial 3 Besicovich norm 78, 115, 138, 186 Bessel's inequality 199, 251f, 2S3, 289, 317 Best approximation 208 Borel transform 222 B*-algebra 127. 326
136,
150, IS1, 222, 291
- -, Examples 6, 57, 150, 181
Euler's constant Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality 20ff, I?
Adjoint 318
80f, 120, 174, 199f, 241, 247f,
Alexandroff one-point-compactification 145, 164 Almost-even function 127, 156ff Almost-periodic function 119, 127,
301
134
Applications of Wirsing's Theorem 73ff
Arithmetical function 4 Arithmetical functions, meanvalues of mean-value related 97, 99f, 10off, 109, 113, 118
Axer's Theorem 53
Character 3Sf
Character, Dirichlet's 35ff, 132 201, 216, 261ff, 266
Character group 36 Characteristic function 140, 323f Characterization of additive functions In 8" 136 Complementary divisor S Complete orthonormal system 207, 317
Completely additive 42 Completely multiplicative 10, 49, SO, 52, 100, 130, 253, 283
B 124f, 186
130,
Complex Integration 30
Subject Index
358
Computer-algebra system Wemann II, 70, 71, 93, 108, 214,
- lower 46 - upper 46, 255 Derivation 42 Dini's theorem 307
226, 244
Conjecture of - - Erdos 183
- - Erdds-Wintner
49,
76,
294, 303 - - Mertens 33
- - Von Sterneck 33 Continuity theorem for characteristic functions 47, 140, 324f
Direct product 82, 94 Dirichlet characters 35ff, 132, 201, 216, 261ff, 266
Dirichlet L-functions 36f Dirichlet series 27ff, 41, 105, 287f, 325f
--
generating 27, 69, 107f,
- - for DIRICHLET series 54, 217, 331
- - for power series 331 Convergence of distribution functions 139 Convolution 5, 29, 88, 99, 102f, 106 - inverse 7, 103f
--
,
306
Dirichlet's trick 14, 29S Distribution function 139f, 323f Divisor function 9, 12ff, 29, 47, 62, 75, 96, 122, 295f Dualization principle 24 Dualized Turan-Kubilius inequality 24, 41
values at prime powers 8
,
130,
unitary 41
Ei(x) 31
Elementary mean-value theorems 49ff
124, 186
Elementary proof of the Prime
Dq 195 q 118 187, 192
Number Theorem 85ff Elementary results on primes
Du 127, 133ff, 186 Daboussi's theorem 203, 228, 233,
32, 91, 96 Entire functions,
260, 261
Daboussi & Delange theorem 78f, 81f
bounded
on
]-00,0]221 s (unit element) 5, 295 9q 23S, 251
Delange series 235, 239, 243 Delange theorem 49, 111, 248, 3o4 A2 142ff
Eratosthenes transform 49ff, 271,
A.V 147ff
Erdos & Fuchs theorem 27
Density 46, 83, 114
Erdos & Wintner conjecture 49,
278, 291f Erdos conjecture 183
Subject Index
359
- periodic IS, 124, 129
76, 294, 303
- Von Mangoldt A Functional equation of c(s) 28
Erdos & Wlntner theorem 213 Euclidean norm 23
Euler product 28,
99f, 101, 102.
107, 2S0
99, 102, 106, 236
Euler's constant e xviii,
3, 31ff,
6S, 68, 72, 171, 295
Euler's function p 9, 29, 50, 95, Euler's summation formula 3, 14, 28f, 39, 42 Even function 15, 124ff homomorphism
142,
148
f+, f
133
Fatou lemma 319 Fibre-constant function 1S, 150 Fourier-Bohr spectrum 261
Fourier coefficients xix, 47, 78f, 98,
122,
134,
Gamma function xviii Gaussian normal distribution 139
Gelfand theory
171, 187, 274f
Evaluation
p102f
190,
199,
229,
262, 272, 317
104,
142ff,
t46,
326
Gelfand transform 142, 144, 157, 163, 326
Gelfand topology 144, 326 Generating Dirichlet series 27, 69, 107f, 306 Generating power series 26f Gram-Schmidt orthonormalization process 317
Halasz theorem 49, 76, 78, 304ff Hardy-Littlewood circle method 26
- - of multiplicative functions 78f, 98, 262 Fourier series 104, 126, 147, 317
Hildebrand theorem 167, 210 Holder's inequality 116, 187f, 197, 198, 203, 237, 305
191,
Function - additive 6, 19, 114, 136, 150f, 222, 291
- almost-even 127, 156 - almost periodic 119,
127, 188, 198 127,
134
- arithmetical 4ff - Euler's Euler's function - Moblus Mobius - multiplicative = multiplicative
Inclusion relations between spaces of arithmetical functions Ikehara theorem 322
Inequality of Bessel 199, 251, 2S3, 289, 317
- - Cauchy-Schwarz 20ff, 80f, 120, 174, 199, 241, 247f, 301 - - Holder 116, 187f, 191, 197f,
Subject Index
360
203, 237, 305 Minkowski 187
- - Turin & Kubilius
19ff,
164, 235, 248
---
,
Limit periodic function 127 Liouvllle function A 40 Lipschitz continuity 135, 20Sf, 216, 256
Dual 23ff,
41,
li x 31f
164, 297
Infinite Products 327f Integer-valued additive funcdtions 113
Integral logarithm 31f Integration of arithmetical functions 1S6ff Inverse
with
respect
to
con-
von Mangoldt function
29,
40,
295
Maximal ideal 326 Maximal ideal space
123,
142ff,
326
M(d) (f) 281 Mean-value xix, 33, 46, 48ff, 93f,
volution 7 Inversion formula of Mobius 9ff
98,
Involution 126, 142
- - function M(f,x) 46 - - lower 46
Kernel function 167, 175 Kronecker-Legendre symbol 19
-- of c r 160 -- of 950
121,
126,
157,
190f,
199,
215f, 234, 276f
- of the Mobius function A, von Mangoldt function xviii, 29, 40, 295 A, Liouville function 40 Lambert series 25 Landau & Ikehara theorem 322 Laplace transform 222, 306, 319 Large Sieve inequality 79, 329f Lebesgue's dominated convergence theorem 114, 241f, 319 Lebesgue's monotone convergence theorem 319 L-function 36f Linear congruence, number of solutions 41 Limit distribution 47, 139, 141, 212ff, 217
33, 85f, 311
-- ofd50 - - upper 46, 134 Mean-value,
product
represen-
tation S2, 94, 238, 259, 276f,
278, 283f
Mean-value theorem of Axer 53
- - - Halisz 49, 76, 78, 304ff - - - Wintner SO, 53, 83, 164 Mean-value with divisor-condition 191, 228, 237, 280f Measurable function 319 Measure on AB 158 Mertens conjecture 33 Minkowski's inequality 187 Mobius function 8f, 11, 12, 29,
Subject Index 33,
361
46, 49, 85,
101, 165,
173,
Orthonormalsystem,
178, 191f, 209, 294, 311
--
, incomplete sums 173 Mdblus inversion formula 9ff Moment 140 µ ' Mdbius function Multiplicative functions 6ff,
207, 316
12,
283
121,
128, 245, 278, 283
Multiplicative truncation 100
229 115,
Partition function 26 Periodic function 15, 124ff, 129f Perron's formula 331 9 (Euler's function) 9 cpf(p,s) 100
Nair's elementary method 91 Non-negative multiplicative functions 58, 60, 63, 65ff, 76, 118,
138, 186
n(x) xvili, 30, 31f p-multiplicative 131 Polynomial congruence 40, 74
Power series, bounded on the negative real axis 221f Power
series,
non-continuable
219
- Euclidean 23
78, 115, 118. 138, 186, 236
- - with multiplicative coefficients 218f Primes in arithmetic progressions 35, 37ff Primes, number of 29f, 31ff, 34f - - - elementary estimates
126, 186
- semi-continuity 224 Notation xviiff Null-space 194 Number of prime divisors 6 Number of solutions of polynomial congruences 74 w, 0 6, 121
Operator norm 23 Orthogonality relations
Partial summation 2, S3, 67, 70, 89, 239
- - in 2u 146, 150, 1S4 - - related 97, 99, 100 strongly 52, 100,
q
Parseval equation 202, 206f, 208f, 220, 230, 256, 270, 289, 306ff, 317
- - , completely 10, 100, 253,
Besicovich 78,
complete
Oscillation condition 299f
33, 98, 101, 222, 311
Norm,
208
32, 91ff, 96
Prime number theorem
31,
46,
85, 294, 303, 311
---
---
elementary proof 32 elementary proof by Daboussi 85ff
- - - of Bombieri-Vinogra16,
37,
dov 39
Subject Index
362
- - - of Page-Siegel-Walfisz 38
Primes, table of 34, 35 Product measure 158, 160 Products with primes 32 PrUfer Ring 148
Spaces of arithmetical functions
q-almost even 187 q-almost periodic 188 q-limit periodic 187 q-norm 78, 138, 186, 188
133ff
----
127, 188, 198
Ramanujan coefficients xix, 47, 161f,
166,
190,
202, 207, 209, 219, 253, 270ff, 280ff, 292 Ramanujan expansion 98, 165, 166f, 183, 219, 270, 272, 279ff, 274f, 284f
partial sums of, 168f,
-
184
Squarefree numbers 47, 48, 192 von Sterneck conjecture 33 Stirling's formula 92, 96 Strongly additive 19, 114, 128 Strongly multiplicative 52, 100, 121, 128, 245, 278, 283 Submultiplicative 15
Summation formula of Abel
4,
S5
Ramanujan sum xviil, 98, 118, 124,
inclusion relations
Spectrum 32S Spectrum, Fourier-Bohr 261
Radical 145, 326
98, 125, 134,
S2(f), S3,q M 235, 239 Semi-continuity 224 Semi-norm 78, 115, t86 Semi-simple 326 Shifted function 133, 200, 216 Sign-function 169, 255 Slowly oscillating 69, 321
143f,
16ff,
40,
157,
161,
166, 211, 215, 240, 253, 270
Rankin's trick 56, 58, 61, 95, 183,
- - - Euler 3 Sum of divisors of n SO Sum of two squares 73f, 95, 122 Supremum norm 123, 126, 186
24S
Related multiplicative functions 97, 99, 100ff, 109, 113, 118 Relationship Theorem 65, 101, 171, 240
--
,
Appplications of 111ff
R E 100, 103
Rlemann zeta-function xviii, 28ff
Divisor function Table of primes 34, 35 Tauberian theorems 322f -c-function
- theorem of Hardy-Littlewood-Karamata 6S, 68f, 305, 322 - theorem of Landau-Ikehara
322 S1(f) 234, 239
Taylor's formula 71
Subject Index
363
Tchebycheff results 30f
164, 235, 248
Theorem of Axer 53 - - Barban 61ff
---
,
dualized 23ff, 41, 164, 297
- - Daboussi 203, 228, 233,
2 - multiplicative 237, 283
260, 261
- Daboussi & Delange 78,
Uniform convexity 224
Uniform distribution mod 1
81
- - de Bruijn 132 - Delange 49,
47,
81f, 131 111,
,
248,
304
Uniformly almost-even function 127, 156f
- - Elliott 233, 236
Uniformly almost-periodic function 123, 127
- - Erdos & Fuchs 27
- - Erdos & Wintner 213 - - F. Riesz 320 - - Fubini 321 - - Gelfand & Naimark 326 - - Halasz 49, 76, 78, 304ff - - Hildebrand 167, 210, 219, 297
- - Hooley 221 - - Leitmann & Wolke 131
- - L. Lucht 115f Saffari & Daboussi 82,
Uniformly limit-periodic function 127
Uniform norm II
.
II
u
126, 186
Uniqueness theorem for additive functions in A I 195 - - - DIRICHLET series 331 Uniqueness theorem for multiplicative functions in DI 195
- - - - - in Du 138 Unitary convolution 41
Von Sterneck's conjecture 33
117
- - Stone - Weierstra8 134f, 315
- - Wiener 104
- - Wintner 50, 53, 83, 164
- Wirsing 49,
65, 68, 73,
76f, 234, 294, 297, 307
3(x) 30, 32, 60 Tietze
extension
theorem
1S517,
316
Truncation 100, 202, 226, 251 Turin-Kubilius inequality 19ff,
Weak convergence 139 Weierstra(3 criterion 71 WelerstraB-Stone approximation theorem 126, 134ff,
146,
199,
204, 315
Weyl's criterion 82 Wintner's condition 271, 284 Wintner's theorem 52, 53, 83, 164
Wirsing's condition 53f, 58 Wirsing's theorem 49, 65, 68, 73,
364
Subject Index 76f, 234, 294, 297, 307
--
,
applications of, 73ff
Zeta-formulae 29
Zeta-function of Riemann 28ff
xviii,
Photographs of Mathematicians
365
E. WIRSING
A. SCRINZEL, P. ERDOS, E. WIRSING
A. HILDEI3RANu
I. T11-;1TAI, N.-H. INDLEKOFER
H. L. MONTGOMERY
366
Photographs of Mathematicians
A. SCHINZEL, P. ERDOS, FREIMAN
P. ELLIOTT, G. TENENBAUM
M. MENDES FRANCE, A. LAURINCIKAS, G. STIPANAUSKAS
S. PORUBSKY, K. RAMACHANDRA, J. KUBILIUS
H.-E. RICHERT,
E. WIRSING, J. PINTZ,
U. VORHAUER
A. SCHINZEL
Photographs of Mathematicians
367
Acknowledgements The photographs reproduced in this book mainly show mathematicians having worked in the fields of Arithmetical Functions, Prime Number Theory or Sieve Theory. In the authors' opinion, photographs of mathematicians ought
to be published more often. Unfortunately, in this book, there are several omissions of photographs, but the authors were, for various reasons, unable to obtain photographs of some mathematicians they wanted for publication in this book.
For help with the photographs reproduced here and for permission to publish these the authors are grateful to o the Master and Fellows and the Librarian of Trinity College, Cambridge, England,' and Prof. J. W. S. CASSELS for his kind help,
o The Ferdinand Hamburger Jr. Archives (The John Hopkins University, Baltimore) and Greystone Studies,' o ULRIKE VORHAUER, Ulm,
e the collection of photos at the Mathematisches Forschungsinstitut Oberwolfach, and to Prof. K. JACOBS, Erlangen, o Prof. S. J. PATTERSON, Gottingen, and Dr. H. ROHLFING, Niedersachsische Staats- and Universitatsbibliothek, G6ttingen,3
e Prof. C. J. MozzocHi, o Dr. U. KOHLENBACH, Frankfurt,
o several mathematicians kindly cooperating by sending photos.
Some photographs were taken by the first author. WOLFGANG SCHWARZ, Frankfurt am Main
JURGEN SPILKER, Freiburg im Breisgau
'Photographs of DAVENPORT, HARDY, LITTLEWOOD, RAMANUJAN.
'Photograph of A. WINTNER. 'Photograph of C. L. SIEGEL.